Panel Progress
Introduction
Introduction
Welcome to the Creo Parametric 5.0.6.0 Online Help
About Searching from the Help Center
About Home and Topic Pages
To Use the F1 Key for Context-Sensitive Help
What's New Creo 5.0
What's New: Creo Parametric 5.0.0.0
Installation
Viewing Tooltips During Installation
Silent Uninstall for Creo
Uninstalling Creo Applications
Piping
Removing Pipe Segments
Data Management
Usability Is Improved in Creating Documents
Hiding the Revise and Checkout Command
Alignment of Terminology
Assembly Design
Enhancements to Creo Product Insight Extension in Creo Parametric 5.0.2.0
Enhancements to Creo Product Insight Extension Added in Creo Parametric 5.0.1.0
Retrieving a Master Representation
IFX Supports Inserting Heli-coils
IFX Supports Collapsible Lists
Electrical Design
Applying Stripes to Cables and Wires
Creo Advanced Framework (AFX)
Element Definition User Interface in AFX Is Improved
Surfacing
Loft Improvements in Style
Mini Toolbar in Style
Creating Symmetrical Curves in Style
Creating Mirror Curves in Style
Resolve Mode Is Improved in Style
Slice of Shapes by Plane Is Available in Freestyle
Preview of Imported Objects in Freestyle
Support for Importing and Exporting 3MF Format
Freestyle Surfacing in Box Mode Is Available
Snapping When Adding Edges Is Improved in Freestyle
Align Curvature Is Available in Freestyle
Align to Non-G2 Chains in Freestyle
Part Modeling
Enhanced Definition for Datum Point Feature
New Volume Helical Sweep Tool
Using Sketch Regions
Round Handling in Draft
Point Pattern Workflow Is Improved
The Mirroring of Features Is Enhanced
Usability in Sketcher Is Improved
Model-Based Definition
New Value for maintain_limit_tol_nominal for Detailed Drawings and Model–Based Definition
Configuration Option to Define the Type of Symbols Palette in Detailed Drawings and Model-Based Definition
Configuration Option to Maintain Tolerance Value in Detailed Drawings and Model-Based Definition
Additional Values for Symbol Font in Detailed Drawings and Model-Based Definition
Conversion Tool for Legacy Set Datum Annotations in Model-Based Definition
Mini Toolbars for 3D Annotations in Model-Based Definition
Improved Undo and Redo Support in Model–Based Definition
Improved Failure Notifications for 3D Annotations in Model-Based Definition
Enhanced Workflow for Radial Dimensions in Model-Based Definition
Detailed Drawings
New Value for maintain_limit_tol_nominal for Detailed Drawings and Model–Based Definition
Definition of Witness Lines Extension Is Updated in Detailed Drawings
Configuration Option to Maintain Tolerance Value in Detailed Drawings and Model-Based Definition
Configuration Option to Define the Type of Symbols Palette in Detailed Drawings and Model-Based Definition
Control Offset of Basic Dimension to Its Leader in Detailed Drawings
Delete Contents of Table Cells in Detailed Drawings
Additional Values for Symbol Font in Detailed Drawings and Model-Based Definition
Annotation Placement In Detailed Drawings
Enhanced Workflow for Radial Dimensions in Detailed Drawings
Mini Toolbar Support in Detailed Drawings
Improved Undo and Redo Support in Detailed Drawings
Additional Report Parameters in Detailed Drawings
ISO-Compliant Leader Notes in Detailed Drawings
Improved Performance for Large Assemblies in Detailed Drawings
Sheet Metal
New Types of Corner Reliefs
Flattened Representation of Sheet Metal Part Is Improved
Conversion Is Improved
Closed Section for Bend Relief
Improved Rounds and Chamfers for Flexible Modeling
Data Exchange
Transferring Configurations from Creo Elements/Direct to Explode States
Improved Associative Drawing Import from Creo Elements/Direct
Support for Importing and Exporting 3MF Format
Usability Is Improved for Import Profile
Creo View Export Profile Settings Are Improved
Import Validation Tool Is Improved
Opening Inventor Files Through Creo Unite
Manufacturing
Simplified Visualization and Mass Properties Calculation in Additive Manufacturing
Support for Conical Beams from Additive Manufacturing in Creo Simulate
Support for Truss Lattice in Additive Manufacturing
Support Structures Are Available for 3D Printing
Support for Thermal Loads in Additive Manufacturing
Highlighting Toolpaths in Subtractive Manufacturing
Predefined NC Parameters in Subtractive Manufacturing
Slice by Slice in Volume Milling (Subtractive Manufacturing)
Modern User Interface for Conventional Milling (Subtractive Manufacturing)
Modern User Interface for CMM (Subtractive Manufacturing)
Mold Machining Extension in Subtractive Manufacturing
Fundamentals
ThingMark Support for Augmented Reality (AR) in Creo 5.0.3.0
Configuration Option for Augmented Reality (AR)
Additional Commands for Showing and Hiding
Enhanced Guidance for Workflows
Mini Toolbar Is Improved
Modernized Appearance
Searching the Model Tree Is Easier
Designing in Perspective
Creo Simulate
Sneak Peek for Creo Simulation Live Is Available in Creo 5.0.3.0
Enhancements to Creo Flow Analysis in Creo 5.0.2.0
Diagnosing Failures in Mechanism
Automatic Meshing Refinement
Support for Detailed Stresses
Support for User-Defined Output Measure
Support for User-Defined Level for Contact Interface
Support for User-Defined Output Measure for Quality Index
Solver Accuracy Settings for Contact Analysis
The Production Version of Creo Topology Optimization Is Available in Creo 5.0.1.0.
BETA Version of Creo Topology Optimization Is Available
Creo Flow Analysis
Model Analysis
Creo EZ Tolerance Analysis Is Introduced
Reviewing the Analysis Results in Clearance and Creepage Analysis Is Easier
Defining Meta Data in Clearance and Creepage Analysis Is Easier
Defining the Analysis in Clearance and Creepage Analysis Is Easier
Defining Electrical Nets in Clearance and Creepage Analysis Is Easier
New Shortcut Menus in Clearance and Creepage Analysis
Modelcheck Reports Are Modernized
Creo Tutorials
Creo Tutorials
Creo Parametric Tutorials
Beginners Tutorials
Introduction to Creo Parametric
Downloading Models for the Tutorial
Selecting the Working Directory
Exercise 1 – Modeling a Piston
User Interface
Creating a New Part
Creating an Extrusion
Removing Material
Creating Rounds
Creating Datum Features
Creating Sketches
Creating Extrusions Using the Sketches
Mirroring Extrudes
Creating Holes
Creating Rounds
Creating a Revolve
Creating Patterns
Finalizing the Piston
Exercise 2 – Creating Complex Parts with Patterns
Creating Patterns
Creating Chamfers
Creating and Patterning Holes
Exercise 3 – Working with Assemblies
Piston Assembly
Assembling a Solidworks Assembly
Crankshaft Assembly
Exercise 4 – Performing Motion Analysis
Motion Analysis
Exercise 5 – Creating Drawings
Piston Part Drawing
Piston Sectioned Views
Detailed Views
Annotating Drawings
Crankshaft Assembly Drawing
Creo Flexible Modeling
Beginners Tutorials
Creo Flexible Modeling Description and Uses
Downloads for the Creo Flexible Modeling Tutorial
About the Creo Flexible Modeling User Interface
Moving Geometry
Working with Rounds and Chamfers
Maintaining Tangency
Working with Patterns
Removing Features
Updating Drawings
Creo Intelligent Fastener Tutorials
Beginners Tutorials
Introduction to Creo Intelligent Fastener Beginner Tutorial
Exercise 1 - Assembling Fasteners in Existing Holes
Exercise 2 - Assembling a Fastener Onto a Datum
Exercise 3 - Reassembling a Fastener Onto a Datum
Exercise 4 - Assembling Fasteners Using Mouse Clicks
Exercise 5 - Redefining Fasteners
Exercise 6 - Deleting Fasteners
Advanced Tutorials
Requirements for Creo Intelligent Fastener Advanced Tutorial
Downloads for Creo Intelligent Fastener Advanced Tutorial
Assembling Fasteners
Exercise 1 – Assembling Fasteners with Orientation
Exercise 2 – Assembling Fasteners on All Instances and Patterning
Exercise 3 – Creating Fasteners Without External References
Exercise 4 – Verifying Screw Connections
Assembling Dowel Pins
Exercise 5 – Assembling Dowel Pins on Points, Axes, or Holes
Exercise 6 – Assembling Dowel Pins by Mouse Click
Integrating and Customizing Parts
Exercise 7– Integrating Legacy Screw Fasteners into the IFX Library
Exercise 8 – Integrating a Single Screw Fastener into the PTC Creo Intelligent Fastener Library
Exercise 9 – Migrating Parts with Family Tables
Exercise 10 - Troubleshooting for Adding Legacy Fasteners
Creo Advanced Framework Extension
Beginners Tutorials
Creo Advanced Framework (AFX) Basic Tutorial
Introduction to Creo Advanced Framework
Exercise 1: Defining an AFX Project
Exercise 2: Assembling Profiles
Assembling Profiles on a Straight Curve
Assembling Profiles Between Two Points
Assembling Profiles on Bend Curves
Reusing Profiles
Patterning Profiles
Exercise 3: Creating Joints
Joining Two Profile Ends
Joining Profile Ends to Other Profiles
Joining Profile Ends to Selected Surfaces
Creating Profile Cutouts
Exercise 4: Modifying and Moving Profiles
Rotating and Moving Profiles
Modifying Profile Section Size
Modifying Profile Section Type
Exercise 5: Assembling Connector and Equipment Elements
Assembling a New Endplate Connector
Reusing an Endplate Connector
Modifying an Endplate Connector
Assembling an Equipment Plate
Exercise 6: Creating Bills of Material (BOMs) and Drawings
Creating a BOM of Components Assembled by AFX
Automatically Creating Profile and Plate Drawings
Clearance and Creepage Extension
Beginners Tutorials
Exercise 1 —Assigning Meta Data
Exercise 2 — Defining Electric Nets
Exercise 3 — Setting Analysis Parameters
Exercise 4 – Reviewing Analysis Results
Exercise 5 — Saving Analysis Results
Creo Mold Machining Extension Tutorial
Introduction to High-speed Mold machining
Exercise 1: Creating High-Speed Milling Sequences
Creating High Speed Rough Sequence
Creating High Speed Rest Rough Sequence
Creating High Speed Finish Sequence
Creating High Speed Rest Finish Sequence
Exercise 2: Working with High-Speed Milling Parameters
Working with Rough and Rest Rough Parameters
Working with Finish and Rest Finish Parameters
Exercise 3: Creating Sequences Using Multiple Orientations
Creating Rough and Rest Rough Sequences Using Multiple Orientations
Creo Simulate Tutorials
Beginners Tutorials
Introduction to PTC Creo Simulate Lite
Exercise1—Setting up a Model for Analysis
Exercise1—Setting up a Model for Analysis
Opening a Model in PTC Creo Simulate Lite
Assigning a Material
Creating Constraints
Creating Loads
Running Analyses
Exercise2—Reviewing Analyses Results
Exercise2—Reviewing Analyses Results
Reviewing Results
Creating Cutting Surfaces
Creating Capping Surfaces
Evaluating Results
Exercise3—Optimizing the Design
Exercise3—Optimizing the Design
Assigning a Material
Creating and Running a Design Study
Reviewing Results
Optimizing the Design
Confirming Optimized Results
Creo Flow Analysis Tutorials
Beginners Tutorials
Tutorials
Tutorial 1 - Without Heat Transfer: Power Inverter
Without Heat Transfer: Power Inverter Overview
Without Heat Transfer: Power Inverter Exercise 1—Extracting the Fluid Domain
Without Heat Transfer: Power Inverter Exercise 2—Preparing the Mesh
Without Heat Transfer: Power Inverter Exercise 3—Defining Physics Modules
Without Heat Transfer: Power Inverter Exercise 4—Assigning Boundary Conditions
Without Heat Transfer: Power Inverter Exercise 5—Creating a Monitoring Point
Without Heat Transfer: Power Inverter Exercise 6—Performing the Simulation
Without Heat Transfer: Power Inverter Exercise 7—Analyzing Results
Tutorial 2 - With Conjugate Heat Transfer: Power Inverter
With Conjugate Heat Transfer: Power Inverter Overview
With Conjugate Heat Transfer: Power Inverter Exercise 1—Extracting the Fluid Domain
With Conjugate Heat Transfer: Power Inverter Exercise 2—Preparing the Mesh
With Conjugate Heat Transfer: Power Inverter Exercise 3—Defining Physics Modules
With Conjugate Heat Transfer: Power Inverter Exercise 4—Assigning Boundary Conditions
With Conjugate Heat Transfer: Power Inverter Exercise 5—Performing the Simulation
With Conjugate Heat Transfer: Power Inverter Exercise 6—Analyzing Results
Tutorial 3 - Cyclone Separator
Cyclone Separator Overview
Cyclone Separator Exercise 1—Extracting the Fluid Domain
Cyclone Separator Exercise 2—Preparing the Mesh
Cyclone Separator Exercise 3—Defining Physics Modules
Cyclone Separator Exercise 4—Assigning Boundary Conditions
Cyclone Separator Exercise 5—Creating Monitoring Points
Cyclone Separator Exercise 6—Performing the Simulation
Cyclone Separator Exercise 7—Analyzing Results
Tutorial 4 - Multiphase Fuel Tank
Multiphase: Fuel Tank Overview
Multiphase: Fuel Tank Exercise 1—Adding the Simulation Domain
Multiphase: Fuel Tank Exercise 2—Creating Boundary Conditions
Multiphase: Fuel Tank Exercise 3—Preparing the Mesh
Multiphase: Fuel Tank Exercise 4—Defining Physics Modules
Multiphase: Fuel Tank Exercise 5—Assigning Boundary Conditions
Multiphase: Fuel Tank Exercise 6—Defining Fluid Properties
Multiphase: Fuel Tank Exercise 7—Performing the Simulation
Multiphase: Fuel Tank Exercise 8—Analyzing Results
Topology Optimization Tutorials
Beginners Tutorials
Introduction to Topology Optimization Tutorial
Downloading and Opening the Model
Setting Up the Model
Setting Up the Optimization and Creating the Mesh
Setting Up and Running the Optimization Study
Exploring the Results of the Topology Optimization Study
Constructing a New Optimized Model
Editing the Freestyle Feature
Creo Render Studio Tutorials
Beginners Tutorials
Creo Render Studio Beginner Tutorial
Introduction to Creo Render Studio Beginner Tutorial
Downloading the Model for this Tutorial
Exercise 1—Changing the Appearance of the Model’s Surface
Exercise 2—Changing the Scene
Exercise 3—Rendering in Real Time
Exercise 4—Saving the Rendered Image
PTC Mathcad Tutorials
Optimize Your Design with Engineering Notebook Powered by PTC Mathcad
Embed PTC Mathcad Worksheet
Link PTC Mathcad Input Regions in PTC Creo Parameters Table
Set the Volume of Piston Head Equation Using the PTC Mathcad Equation Editor
Set the Surface Area of Engine Block Using the PTC Mathcad Equation Editor
Set the Minimum Engine Displacement Using the PTC Mathcad Variable Definition
Using PTC Mathcad Solve Block
Push Results to PTC Creo Parametric
Fundamentals
Fundamentals
Fundamentals Overview
Configuring Fundamentals
About Configuring Creo Parametric
To Set Configuration Options
To Import or Export a Configuration File
To Add or Remove Configuration Options from Favorites
Configuration Option Settings for English and Metric Unit Systems
Modifying Entity Colors Using the Graphics Node
Configurations Options for Fundamentals
User Interface Basics
Working with Creo Parametric Windows and Dialog Boxes
About the Creo Parametric Main Window
Navigating Through the Hierarchy of the Selected Object
About the Ribbon
About Ribbon KeyTips
About Ribbon Resizing
To Modify Group Collapse Priority During Ribbon Resize
About Quick Access Toolbar
About Commands Not in the Ribbon
To Open or Close the Navigator
To Open or Close the Browser
About the Menu Manager
About the Dashboard
About Entering Data
About Dialog Boxes
Using Accelerators and Mnemonics
Shortcut Menus
About Working with a Creo Parametric Window
To Open a System Window
Customizing the User Interface
Setting Up Creo
Customize the User Interface
Customizing the User Interface
Customizing the Ribbon
Customizing the Quick Access Toolbar
Customizing Mini Toolbar and Shortcut Menu
Customizing Keyboard Shortcuts
Customizing Graphics Toolbar
About Propagating Customizations Across Modes
Environment
About Environment Settings
To Change Creo Parametric Environment Settings
To Resume the Display of Suppressed Dialog Boxes
Working with Mapkey Macros
About Mapkeys
To Add a Map Key
Mapkeys Dialog Box
To Define a Mapkey
Defining or Editing Mapkeys
Mapkey Execution
Example: Creating Nested Mapkeys
About an Incremental Mapkey
About Working with Mapkeys in Drawing
System Colors
About System Appearance
Customizing the System Appearance
To Open an Existing Color Scheme
To Redefine a System Appearance
To Define a Custom Background Color
To Save the Current Color Scheme
System Colors
Using Model Colors in Drawings
About Display of Shaded Edge
Model Display
To Improve Dynamic Display Quality
To Control Shading Quality
Entity Display
To Specify the Display of Individual Datum Entities
Tip: Datum Display Configuration Options
To Change the Display of Tangent Edges
To Switch Between Shaded and Wireframe Display
To Hide or Unhide Datum Entities
To Show or Remove Hidden Lines
Tip: When Hidden Line Removal is Not Correct
To Show or Hide Items During Spinning or Animation
To Set the Spin Center for an Object
To Show Reference Designators
To Show Note Names
Window Settings
About Customizing the Layout of the Window
User Interface Custom Settings
To Export User Interface Custom Settings
About Restoring the User Interface Defaults
To Restore User Interface Default Settings
About Importing the User Interface Custom Settings
About Exporting User Interface Custom Settings
About Saving User Interface Custom Settings
To Import User Interface Custom Settings
To Add Mapkeys to the Ribbon or Quick Access Toolbar
Working with Licenses
About Creo Parametric Licenses
To List, Get, or Release a Floating Module License
Using Pro/Web.Link
About Pro/Web.Link
To Set Access Permissions for Pro/Web.Link
To Remove a Web.Link License
To Automatically locate Item in the Model Tree
About Query and Preselection Highlighting
About Selection
About Filters and Selection
To Create a User-defined Selection Filter or My Filter
About Collectors
About Working with Collectors
To Select Items
Selection Actions
About Disabling Preselection Highlighting
To Select with Preselection Highlighting Disabled
About Selecting Entities Using the 2D Box
Chains and Surface Sets
Chains
About Chains
To Construct a Chain
To Modify Chain Types and References
To Trim or Extend a Chain
To Add Relations for Extend Values of Chain Ends
About Validating Chains Dynamically
To Append or Exclude Items from a Chain
To Modify the Start Point or Direction of a Chain
Example: Intent Chains
Example: Tangent Chain
Surface Sets
About Surface Sets
To Construct an Individual Surface Set
To Construct an All Solid Surface Set
To Construct a Quilt Surface Set
To Construct a Loop Surface Set
To Modify a Loop Surface Set
To Construct an Intent Surface Set
To Construct a Seed and Boundary Surface Set
Example: Constructing a Seed and Boundary Surface Set
To Modify a Seed and Boundary Surface Set
To Exclude Surfaces from Surface Sets
To Modify Rule-based Surface Sets
To Modify Non Rule-based Surface Sets
Drag and Drop
About Drag and Drop
Tool Pausing
About Tool Pausing
To Pause a Tool
Working with Handles
About Handles
To Duplicate a Handle
Snapping a Handle
Using Verify Mode
About Verify Mode
To Use the Verify Mode
About Feature Creation Preview
To Use Feature Creation Preview
About Undoing and Redoing Actions
Customizing the Non-ribbon User Interface
About Customizing the Non Ribbon User Interface
To Add or Remove Toolbars
To Add a Mapkey to the Menu Bar or Toolbars
To Add a Split Button to a Toolbar
To Change the Appearance of Menu Bar and Toolbar Commands
To Move a Command from One Location to Another
To Rename a Menu Bar Menu
To Remove Commands from the User Interface
Customize Dialog Box
Customizing the Menu Manager
About Customizing the Menu Manager
To Create a menu_def.pro File
To Add an Option to the Menu Manager
Referencing Mapkeys in menu_def.pro settings
Rules for Adding Options to the Menu Manager
Example: User-Defined Menu Manager Options
About Setting Default Menu Options in the Menu Manager
Rules for Setting Default Menu Manager Options
Tip: Controlling Automatic Loading of a menu_def.pro File
To Set a Default Menu Manager Menu Option
Using Configuration Files in the Non-ribbon User Interface Mode
About Configuration Files
About config.pro Options
Setting config.pro Options
Setting config.win Options
To Save config.win Changes Automatically
To Load a config.win File
To Set config.pro Options
Using the Options Dialog Box
To Search for a Configuration Option
Creo Parametric User Interface
The Home Tab
About the Home Tab
Distributed Computing Technology in Creo Parametric
About Distributed Computing Technology in Creo Parametric
To Specify Host Machines for Distributed Computing
To Configure Workstations to Use with Distributed Computing
The File Menu
Working with Creo Parametric Files
About Creo Parametric Files
About File Types
Creating Files
About Creating New Files
To Create a New File
To Copy into an Empty Part or Assembly
Object Templates
Configuration Options for Object Templates
Opening Files
About Opening Files
To Open a File
Transferring Files Using FTP
Retrieving an Earlier Version of a File
Retrieving Files Across Platforms
Retrieving Objects Using Wildcards
Retrieving Models and Environment Settings from the Previous Session
Simplified Representations
To Open a File Containing a Family Table (Instances)
About Previewing Files
To Preview Files
Previewing Assemblies
Previewing Drawings
About Searching For and Retrieving Models
To Load a search.pro File
To Edit a search.pro File
To Temporarily Disable a Search Path
Example: Adding Search Paths
About Viewing Thumbnails
To View Files as Thumbnails
Selecting the Working Directory
To Select a Working Directory
Mirroring Parts
To Mirror a Part
Deleting Files
About Deleting Files
To Erase the Current Object from Memory
To Erase Undisplayed Objects from Memory
To Delete Old Versions of a File
To Delete All Versions of a File
Saving, Exporting, Renaming, and Backing Up Files
About Saving Files
To Save a File
To Save a Copy of a File
To Rename a File
To Back Up a File
Printing and Plotting Files
About Printing and Plotting
To Print an Object: Basic Procedure
To Print a Model
To Print an Object to a File
Example: PostScript Plots
To Change Plotting Pen Attributes
Assigning Colors to Another Pen
Example: table.pnt File
To Create a Pen Table File
Specifying the Location of a Pen Table File
Plotter Configuration Files
Plotting Views Directly
About Directly Plotting 3D Views
To Directly Plot a 3D View
To Plot Using a Projection Layout View
To Plot Using a Manual Layout View
To Plot Using a Drawing Template View
Exiting Creo Parametric
To Exit Creo Parametric
Working with Trail and Training Files
About Trail and Training Files
To Run a Trail or Training File
To Create a Training File
To Pause a Training File During Execution
Directives for Creating Training Files and Trainer Text Files
The Model Tab
About the Model Tab
About Datum Feature Creation
About the Style Function
The Analysis Tab
About the Analysis Tab
About a Saved Analysis
To Create an Analysis Feature From a Saved Analysis
Analyzing Model Properties
About Model Analysis
About Computing Mass Properties
To Analyze Mass Properties
To Compute the Mass Properties for a Cross Section
List of Computed Mass Properties for a Cross Section
To Calculate Clearance Between Two Entities
To Display Global Clearance Information
To Display Closed Quilt Volume Interference
To Display Global Interference Information
To Compare Edge Lengths
To Display Edge Type Information
To Check the Thickness of a Part
To Display Model Size
Measuring Geometry
About Measuring Geometry
Using Measurements
About the Measure Tool
About the Measure User Interface
To Switch among Types of Measurement
To Work with Measurement Panels
Example: Working with Measurement Panels
About the Pointer in the Measure Tool
To Customize the Display of Measurement Results
Measuring Entities
About Measuring Entities
Using the Summary Mode
About Summary Mode
To Measure Using One or More Reference Entities
Example: Measuring Using Two Reference Entities
To Replace an Entity Selected for Measurement
To Measure a Cone
To Measure a Sphere
To Measure a Torus
Example: Measuring a Torus
Using Specific Measurement Types
About Using Specific Measurement Types
Length
About Measuring Length
To Measure Length
Distance
About Measuring Distance
To Measure Distance
Example: Maximum Distance
Using Reference Entity Options
About Reference Entity Options for Distance
About the Plane Option
Example: Plane Option
About the Line Option
Example: Line Option
About the Axis Option
Example: Axis Option
About the Center Option
Example: Center Option
Angle
About Measuring Angle
To Measure Angle
Example: Angle Range
Diameter
About Measuring Diameter
To Measure Diameter
Area
About Measuring Area
To Measure Area
Volume
About Measuring Volume
To Measure Volume
Transform
About Generating a Transformation Matrix
To Generate a Transformation Matrix
Copying and Saving Measurements
To Copy a Measurement Value from the Measure Tool
To Save a Measurement as a Feature
To Save and View a Measurement as a Saved Analysis
Measurements Shown
Measurements Shown for Various Entity Types
Measurements Shown for Selections of Three or More Entities
To Measure Draft Entities in Drawings
Analyzing Curves
About Analysis Types
Using Any Analysis Dialog Box
Setting Plotting Resolution
About Analyzing Curves
To Display Information About a Point on a Curve or Edge
Point Information on the Edge or Curve
To Display Minimum Radius of a Curve or Edge
To Display the Curvature of a Curve or Edge
Example: Curvature of a Curve or Edge
To Display an Offset Curve
Example: Offset Curve
To Display Deviation of a Curve or Edge
Analyzing Surfaces
About Analyzing Surfaces
To Display Information About a Point on a Surface
To Display Surface Radii
To Display the Curvature of a Surface
Example: Curvature of a Surface
To Display Cross Sections of a Surface
Example: Section Curvature for a Surface
To Display Highlight Sections of a Surface
Example: Highlight Sections of a Surface
To Display the Dihedral Angle for an Edge or Curve
Example: Dihedral Angle for an Edge or Curve
To Display an Offset Surface
To Display the Deviation of a Surface to Points
Example: Deviation of a Surface to Points
To Display Shaded Curvature of a Surface
Example: Shaded Curvature of a Surface
To Perform a Draft Check on a Part
Example: Draft Check on a Part
To Display the Slope of a Surface
Example: Slope of a Surface Relative to a Reference Plane
To Display Curve Reflection
Example: Curve Reflection
To Display Shadows
To Mesh a Part Surface
Example: Meshed Surface
Comparing Part or Assembly Files
About Part Comparison
To Compare the Features of Two Parts
To Measure the Geometric Deviation between Two Parts
To Compare the Components or Features of Two Assemblies
The Tools Tab
About the Tools Tab
Using Auxiliary Applications
About Auxiliary Applications
To Work with Auxiliary Applications
Viewing Model Creation History
About Viewing Model Creation History
To View Model Creation History
Using the Model Player
Getting Information
About Getting Information
About the Display of Information
To Display Component Assembly Information
To Display the Model Revision History
To Display the Date and Time
To Display a List of Messages in the Current Session
Getting Part and Assembly Information
About Displaying Part and Assembly Information
About Bill of Materials (BOM)
To Create a BOM
To Define the BOM Format
About a Saved Analysis
About the User Defined BOM Output Format File
Example: Default BOM Report Format File
BOM and Mass Properties Behavior
To Display Feature Information
To List Model Features
To Display Detailed Model Information
To List All In-Session Models
Getting Manufacturing Information
About the Information Window
To Get Cast Model Information
To Get Diagram Information
To Get Sheetmetal Toolpath Information
To Get Sheetmetal Design Information
To Get Harness and Cable Information
To Get Mold Model Information
To Get Process Sequence Information
To Get Process Setup Information
To Get Manufacturing Model Information
Investigating References
About Reference Investigation
Feature References
Relations References
Component References
External References
About Deleting References
The View Tab
About the View Tab
Appearances
Creating Appearances
About Material Appearance
About the Appearance Gallery
To Apply an Appearance to the Model
Editing Appearances
About Appearance Preview and Properties
About the Color Editor
To Display Colors
To Apply a New Appearance to the Model
To Modify an Appearance from the Model
To Copy and Paste an Appearance
About Applying Appearances to Assemblies
To Apply Appearance to a Component in an Assembly
To Search for Appearances
Applying Appearances using the Search Tool
To Remove an Appearance from the Model
Textures
About Textures
Map Appearance Options
Types of Mapping
About Loading or Storing Textures
To Create a Textured Appearance
About Placing Textures
Positioning the Appearance Textures
To Place Textures
To Manipulate Textures from the Graphics Window
To Manipulate Textures from the Model Appearance Editor
To Save Textures
To Display Textures
To Remove Textures
Scenes
About the Scene File
Creating Scenes
To Retrieve and Update an Existing Scene from the Disk
To Remove a Scene from the Scene Gallery
To Save a Scene with the Model
About Lights
About Light Icons
To Create Lights
Modifying Lights
To Delete Lights
To Save a Light File
To Open a Light File
About High Dynamic Range Images (HDRI)
To Set the Background
Setting up Environment
Adjusting the Model View
About Dynamic Viewing
About Handles
To Cosmetically Shade a Model
To Display the Default Orientation
To Refit the Model to the Window
To Revert to the Previously Displayed Orientation
To Repaint the Window
To Disable Highlighting of Selected Model Tree Items
To Update a Drawing of Model Geometry
About Viewing a Model Normal to One or Two Directional References
To View a Model Normal to One or Two Directional References
About View Operations
About View Operations
Shortcuts for Changing the Model View
About Using Zoom on the Model
To Zoom in the Model View
To Change the Position or Size of the Model View
About Orientating and Viewing the Model
About Orientating and Viewing the Model
To Orientate Dynamically
To Orientate by Reference
To Set Orientation Preferences
About Disabling the Orientation Center
About Orient Mode
About Activating the Orient Mode
About Orient Types
About Saved Orientations
Tip: Shortcut for Display of Saved Orientations
Tip: Orienting a View by Reference
To Delete a View
To Save a View Using the View Manager
To Change the View Angle in a Drawing
The View Dialog Box
About 3D Mouse Behavior
Model Display Options
About Setting the Model Display
To Show Cables as Thick or Centerline
To Change the Appearance of Edges and Lines
To Display Process Components
About Shaded Models
About Visual Mirroring
About Order Independent Transparency
To Set Transparency for a Model
About Hiding Entities
About Hiding Features and Entities
To Hide an Entity On the Fly
To Redisplay Hidden Entities
Using Perspective Views
About the Perspective View
About the Perspective View Settings
To Set the Perspective View
About Fly-Through and Walk-Through
To Fly Through a Model
To Walk Through a Model
Cross Sections
Creating Cross Sections
About Part and Assembly Cross Sections
To Create a Cross Section using View Manager
To Create a Planar Cross Section
Example: Planar Cross Section
To Create a Planar Cross Section Using the Default Coordinate System
To Create a Planar Cross Section Using Any Coordinate System
To Create a Datum Asynchronously when Creating a Planar Cross Section
About an Offset Cross Section
To Create an Offset Cross Section
Example: Offset Cross Section Created to One Side
To Create a Cross Section through Part Model and Quilts
To Create Cross Section through Assembly Model and Quilts
To Create a Cross Section through a Single Part
Example: Cross section through Part Model and Quilts
About Zone Cross Sections
To Create a Zone Cross Section Using Planar References
About Pattern of Cross Sections
To Create a Reference Pattern of a Planar Cross Section
Working with Cross Sections
About Cross Section Operations
To Change the Location of the Cross Section or Position the Cross Section
To Enable or Disable Free Positioning of the Cross Section
To Display a Cross Section
To Cap the Surface of a Cross Section
About Display of Sections in the Model Tree
About View Clipping
To View Clip a Model Using a Cross Section
To Change the Clipping Direction
About 2D View of the Active Clipping Planes
To Display the 2D View of the Active Clipping Planes
To Rename a Cross Section
To Copy a Cross Section From a File
To Copy a Zone
To Remove a Cross Section
To Modify Section Dimensions
About Redefining an Offset Cross Section
About Interferences between Components in a Cross Section
To Display Interferences among Components in a Cross Section
To Create a New Hatch Pattern
Linear and Non-linear Cross-Hatch Patterns
Modifying Cross Sections
About Modifying Cross-Hatching
To Edit Cross Section Hatching
To Retrieve and Edit a Hatch Pattern File
To Display a Cross Section as Hatched or Filled
To Change the Fill Color
To Modify Hatch Spacing
To Modify the Size of a Hatch Pattern
To Modify the Hatch Angle
To Set the Default Spacing and Angle
To Modify Hatch Line Style
To Modify the Offset of Parallel Hatching
Images
About Images
About the Images User Interface
To Insert an Image on a Datum Plane or a Planar Surface
Example: Images on Datum Planes and Planar Surfaces
To Select an Image
About the Images Origin
To Move an Image
To Rotate and Flip an Image
About Fitting Images
To Fit an Image to a Value
To Scale and Stretch an Image
To Reset an Image
To Display Images
To Show and Hide an Image
To Set the Image Transparency
To Make an Image Color Transparent
To Remove an Image
The Applications Tab
About the Applications Tab
The Help and Command Search Icons
About Getting Help
About PTC Learning Connector
To Get Context-Sensitive Help
About Command Search
To Search a Command
Commands not in the Ribbon
To Select Locations in the Graphics Window Using the Keyboard
Working with the Model
Model Tree
About the Model Tree
About the Search or Filter of the Model Tree Nodes
About Manipulating the Order of Features on the Model Tree
Understanding Glyphs on the Model Tree
Model Tree Icons
Model Tree Icons (A-C)
Model Tree Icons (D-F)
Model Tree Icons (G-M)
Model Tree Icons (N-S)
Model Tree Icons (T-Z)
Annotation Elements
Assembly Placement
Drawing Tree
Mechanism Tree
Piping
Simulation Objects
Basic Model Tree
Model Tree Display
About Searching in the Model Tree
About Adding Information to the Model Tree
To Add Columns to the Model Tree
About Model Tree Operations
About Selecting in the Model Tree
To Move the Model Tree Insertion Locator
About Model Tree Status Display
To Select Objects Using the Model Tree
To Change Model Tree Column Order
To Change Model Tree Placement
To Display or Hide Items On the Model Tree
To Expand or Collapse the Model Tree
To Remove Columns from the Model Tree
To Reorder Features in the Model Tree
To Filter Items on the Model Tree
About Suppressing Items in the Model Tree
To Suppress and Resume Features
Model Tree Notes
To Create a Model Note Using the Model Tree
To Create a Note Hyperlink Using the Model Tree
Saving Model Tree Information
To Save Model Tree Information
To Save Model Tree Settings
Advanced Model Tree
Configuration
To Save a Model Tree Configuration
To Retrieve a Saved Model Tree Configuration
To Load a Model Tree Configuration at Startup
Parameters
To Remove a Parameter Subtype In the Model Tree
To Create Parameters Using Model Tree Columns
Layers
Layer Basics
About the Layer Tree
Using Hidden Items Layer
About Layer Names
About Selecting the Active Model in the Layer Tree
To Create a New Layer
To Copy Layers Between Two Models in Session
Using a Template Layer Model
To Activate a Layer
To Deactivate a Layer
Managing Layers with the Same Name
To Delete a Layer
To Copy an Item Between Layers
To Copy All Items on a Layer
To Set Properties for a Layer
To Obtain Information about a Layer
To Set a Layer Interface ID
To Remove a Layer Interface ID
Layers Remove Item Commands
About Layer Display
To Set Layer Display Status
To Create Sublayers
To Control the Display Status of Sublayers
Layer Items
To Add Items to a Layer
To Add Items to Layers Using Rules
To Add Items to Multiple Layers
To Remove Items from a Layer
To Purge Items from a Layer
To Copy Items from One Layer to Another Layer
To Add External Components to Layers
To Delete a Feature or Component Using the Layer Tree
To Suppress a Feature or Component Using the Layer Tree
About Applying Visibility Changes to Sub-Layers
Default Layers
About Default Layers
About Creating Layers for Subtractive Features
Valid Options for Item Type in a Default Layer
Using Layer Status Files
About Using Layer Status Files
To Save Layer Display Status Settings as a File
To Open a Layer Status File
To Edit a Layer Status File
Using Default Layer Status Files
Example: A Typical Layer File
Using the Layer Tree
To Include or Define Rules in Layers
To Nest Layers within Layers
To Display and Select Items in the Layer Tree
To Display a Layer Status File
To Expand or Collapse the Tree Menu
Search Tool
About the Search Tool
About Rules and Criteria for Searching Entities
Example: Using Rules and Criteria for Comparing Entity Names
To Search for Objects in the Model Tree
To Build a Query in the Search Tool
To Build a Nested Query in the Search Tool
To Save Query in the Search Tool
To Save a Query to a File
To Retrieve and Use a Stored Query File
About Searching for Multiple Values to Edit
To Search and Edit Multiple Values
To Search for Intent Objects
To Search for Objects Referenced by an Intent Object
To Search for Overridden Dimensions
Annotation Search
About Searching for Annotations
To Search for Annotation Elements
To Search for Annotation Feature Elements
To Search for Annotation Element by Parameters
To Search for Annotation Feature by Names
To Search for Annotation Feature by Classification
To Search for Annotation Elements with Missing References
To Search for Annotation Element by Layers
To Search for Annotation Element by References
To Search for Inactive Annotation Elements
Note Search
To Search for Notes Attached to All Features
Data Sharing Features
To Search for Data Sharing Features with Annotation Element
To Search for Data Sharing Features by Annotation Element Type
To Search for Data Sharing Features by Annotation Element Parameters
About Saving Queries to Feature
To Save a Query to a Feature
Tip: Saving Queries to a Feature
Tip: Cases for Saving Queries to a Feature
Manipulating the Queries Saved in a Feature
To Rerun a Query on an Updated Model
To Manually Collect Items Through Rule-Based Saved Queries
Notification Center
Using the Notification Center
Notification Manager Configuration Options
To Set Notification Center Options
About the Notification Center
To Use the Notification Center
Regenerating the Model
About Regenerating Models
About the Regeneration Footer
To Move Features to the Regeneration Footer
About Resolving Failures in Regeneration
To Regenerate a Model
To View Model Creation History
Using the Model Player
Integrating Changes Using Creo Parametric
About Integrating Different Iterations of a Model
About the Integration Report
About Canceling Integration Changes
Example: Integrating Different Iterations of a Model in Creo Parametric
Integrating Changes using Pro/INTRALINK
About Integration
To Use the INTEGRATE Menu
Accessing the Integrate Mode to Resolve Conflicts
Example: A Sample Difference Report before Specifying Actions
Comparing Family Tables in Assemblies
To Prepare the Objects for Integration
To Integrate Changes in Creo Parametric
About Switching References in a Drawing
To Switch References in a Drawing Manually
Example: Integration Process Conflict
Embedded Mathcad Worksheet in Creo Parametric
About Embedded PTC Mathcad Prime Worksheets in Creo Parametric Models
To Use a PTC Mathcad Prime Worksheet in a Creo Parametric Model
To Use PTC Mathcad Prime Parameters in Relations
Relations and Parameters
Terminology Used in Relations and Parameters
Relations
Basic Relations Information
About Relations
Rules for Using Relations
About Order of Evaluation of Relations During a Regeneration
About Simultaneous Equations
Relations Errors
Operators and Functions Used in Relations
About Operators Used in Relations
Conditional Statements in Relations
About Functions Used in Relations
Operators and Functions for Strings
Specifying the Number of Decimal Places
Passing Strings as Arguments in Relations
Example: Graph Evaluation Function
Mass Property Functions
Parameters Used in Relations
Using Parameter Symbols in Relations
Using String Values for Parameters
Creating and Editing Relations
About Adding Relations
To Add a Relation to a Model
Specifying a Feature and Model in a Relation
Example: Sample Feature Relations
Example: Sample Part Relations
Using Comments in Relations
To Determine the Value of an Expression
To Edit a Relation
To Delete an Obsolete Relation
Viewing Relations
To View a Relation
Relations and Parameters Information Window
Sorting Relations
About Sorting Relations
Example: Sorting Relations
Dimensions and Relations
To Switch Dimension Format to Symbolic
Negative Dimensions in Relations
Modifying Dimensions Driven by Relations
About Using Reference Dimensions in Relations
Relations in Sections
About Creating Relations in Sections
Specifying User-Defined Parameters in Sections
Example: Sample Sections Relations
Relations in Assemblies
To Specify a Parameter in Another Model
To Determine the Session ID of a Model in Assembly Mode
Using a Session ID of a Component in Assembly Relations
Example: Session IDs for Models in an Assembly Tree
Using an Internal Component ID in Assembly Relations
Example: Using a Component ID in an Assembly Relation
Example: Sample Assembly Relations
C Programs and Relations
About an Interactive C Program
To Edit an Interactive C Program
Using the usermain.c Template
To Determine Environment Variables
To Link an Interactive C Program
To Execute an Interactive C Program
Example: User Program
Parameters
About User Parameters
About Parameter Properties
Nonassociativity of User Parameters
Using the Parameters Dialog Box
Syntax for Including Parameters in Notes
Using a Note Parameter to Include Model Notes in Family Tables
To Create a Parameter
About the Parameter Used in Relations
Tip: Creating Common Parameters
To Delete a Parameter
About Copying Parameter Definitions
To Copy Parameters between Two Models in Session
To Designate Parameters for Use in Pro/INTRALINK
Using the Designate Dialog Box
Units in Parameters and Relations
About Units in Parameters
To Specify Units for a Parameter
About Changing Parameter Units
About Units in Relations
To Specify Units in Relations
Example: Including Units with Relations
Restricted Value Parameters
About Restricted Value Parameters
Properties of the Restricted Value Parameters
About a Restriction Definition File
Syntax for Creating a Restriction Definition File
Example: Sample Restriction Definition File
To Create a Restricted Value Parameter
About Updating Parameter Definitions in a Model
To Update Parameter Restriction Definitions in the Model
Generating Reports on Restricted Value Parameters
About Table-restricted Parameters
Syntax for Creating an External Definition File for Table-restricted Parameters
Defining Contraints on Table-restricted Parameters
Example: Sample Restriction Table
To Create Table-restricted Value Parameters
To Delete Table-restricted Parameters
To Modify Table-restricted Parameters
To Show Restricted Parameters
Tip: Converting Restricted Parameters to Table-Restricted Parameters
Annotation Element Parameters
About Annotation Element Parameters
About Automatic Creation of Annotation Element Parameters
Example: Automatic Creation of Annotation Element Parameters
To Define Annotation Element Parameters
About Propagation of Callout Parameters
Example: Propagation of Callout Parameters
Family Tables
Basics of Family Tables
About Family Tables
About Multi-Level Family Tables
About User-Defined Feature Family Tables
Creating Family Tables
To Create a Family Table
To Create a Multi-Level Family Table
To Modify a Family Table of an Instance
Example: Several Levels of Family Tables
Example: Slot Added as a Feature
To Create or Modify a UDF Family Table
Adding Items to Family Tables
To Add an Assembly Member to a Family Table
To Add a Merge Part to a Family Table
Adding Dimensions to Family Tables
To Add a Dimension to a Family Table
Tip: Selecting Dimensions in a Family Table
Tip: Entering Negative Dimension Values in a Family Table
To Switch Between Absolute and Relative Dimension Values in a Family Table
To Add a Tolerance to a Dimension in a Family Table
Adding Parameters to Family Tables
About Adding Parameters to a Family Table
To Add a Parameter to a Family Table
To Add System Parameters to a Family Table
Adding Features to Family Tables
About Adding Features to Family Tables
To Add a Feature to a Family Table
To Add a User-Defined Feature (UDF) to a Family Table
Tip: Adding UDFs to Family Tables
Tip: Adding Features to a Family Table Using Suppression
Tip: Adding Features in Multi-Level Family Tables
Adding Reference Models to Family Tables
To Add a Reference Model to a Family Table
Tip: Adding Reference Models
Example: Adding a Reference Model to a Family Table
Adding Patterning to Family Tables
To Add a Pattern Table to a Family Table
Example: Patterning
To Pattern a Family Table Instance
Creating Instances of Parts or Assemblies in Family Tables
To Create an Instance of a Part or Assembly
Creating Instances by Patterning
To Add an Instance With No Table-Driven Features
Working with Instances in Family Tables
About Instance Operations
About Verifying Instances
To Create a Real Model from an Instance
To Verify an Instance
To Copy an Instance to the Generic Model
To Rename an Instance
To Save Instances of Parts and Assemblies
To Lock or Unlock an Instance
Working with Instance Index Files
About Instance Index Files
To Create an Instance Index File
Tip: Updating the Instance Index File
Working with Instance Accelerator Files
About Instance Accelerator Files
To Create an Instance Accelerator File
To Delete Invalid Instance Accelerator Files
To Update the Generic and All Instance Accelerator Files
Retrieving Instances
About Retrieving Instances
To Preview an Instance
To Open an Instance from Within the Family Table
To Retrieve the Generic During File/Open
To Retrieve an Instance During File/Open
Tip: Speeding Up Instance Retrieval
Searching in a Family Table
About Searching in a Family Table
About Using Expressions When Searching a Family Table
To Perform a Single-Condition Search in a Family Table
To Perform a Multiple-Condition Search in a Family Table
To Perform a Search for Instances in a Family Table
Example: Using Expressions to Perform a Family Table Search
Deleting Items from Family Tables
About Deleting Items from Family Tables
To Delete an Item from a Family Table
To Delete an Instance from a Family Table
Saving Family Table Information
About Saving Family Tables
To Save Family Table Information
To Import a Family Table into a Model
Working with Family Tables
About Modifying Family Tables
To Add Comments in a Family Table
To Select an Entire Row or Column in a Family Table
To Hide or Show Family Table Columns
To Cut, Copy, and Paste Items in a Family Table
To Print a Family Table
To Highlight Family Table Items in the Graphics Window
To Change Column Location in a Family Table
Creating a Drawing of a Family Member
Renaming Family Tables, Assemblies, and Drawings
To Delete a Family Table
Tip: If You Delete a Family Table Inadvertently
To Edit a Family Table Outside of Creo Parametric
To Edit a Family Table Using Microsoft Excel
To Display the System Mass Properties in a Family Table
Glossary
Glossary for Fundamentals
Augmented Reality
Augmented Reality
About Augmented Reality Experience for CAD Design
Workflow to Publish and View Augmented Reality Experience
To Place a ThingMark
To Set a Spatial Target
To Publish Models to AR Experience
To Share an Experience Model
Premium Experience Service Administrative Portal
Collaboration
About the Collaborative Environment
Collaboration Scenarios
About Collaboration Scenarios: Creo and Windchill Integration
Scenario 1: To Download a Part from the Workspace
Scenario 2: To Assemble a Component from the Windchill Database
Scenario 3: To Add a Standard Component from 3DModelSpace
Collaboration Scenario: Users Without Windchill
Configuring Collaboration Tools
About Configuring Collaboration Tools
To Set Configuration Options for Collaboration Tools
Configurations Options for Collaboration Tools
Creo Browser
About the Creo Browser
About Configuring the Creo Browser
About Undocking the Creo Browser
About Using Multiple Browser Tabs
To Open, Close, and Reload Browser Tabs
Browser Controls
To Set Your Own Home Page
The proep Protocol
Navigation Tools
About the Navigation Tools
Model Tree
To Update the Status of Objects in the Model Tree
Folders
About the Folder Browser
To Preview and Retrieve a Model Using the Folder Navigator
Folder Content for the Local File System
Folder Content for Windchill Cabinets
Manipulating Folders
Favorites
About the Favorites Navigator
About Online Resources
To Manage Online Resources
To Add a Favorite Link to the Favorites Navigator
To Organize Favorites
History
About the History Navigator
To Add a History Record to Favorites
Search
About the Model Search
Search Results
To Conduct a Simple Search
To Conduct an Advanced Search
Accessing Component Catalogs
About Accessing Component Catalogs in 3DModelSpace
About Catalog Parts
To Incorporate Catalog Parts into Your Model
Mail Tool
About the Mail Tool
To Mail Objects as Attachments
Customizing the Browser and Navigator
To Customize the Browser
Using the Shortcut Menu for Browser Customization
To Customize the Navigation Tabs
Working with FTP Sites
Accessing Data on FTP Sites
Working with a Registered FTP Site
Program
Pro/PROGRAM Basics
About Pro/PROGRAM
The WHICH DESIGN Menu
To View the Model Design
Example: A Model Design
Incorporating Changes
To Incorporate Changes in the Model
Entering Input Variables
To Select or Modify Input Parameters
Execution Errors
About Execution Errors
Feature Errors
Geometry Errors
Creating Instances
To Create a Part or Assembly Instance Programmatically
Example: Creating an Assembly Instance
An Example of Parametric Design
Example: A Parametric Design for a Blender Cover
Editing a Design
About Editing the Model Design
Relations
Using Comments to Annotate Relations and Features
Input Parameters and Prompts
About Input Parameters and Prompts
Customizing Prompts for Input Variables
Conditional Input Statements
IF-ELSE Statements
About Design Branches
Other Variable Types in IF Statements
Replacing Components in Assembly Designs
About Replacing Components in Assembly Designs
To Interchange Components Programmatically
To Interchange Components Using Relations
To Replace Family Table–Driven Components
Example: Replacing Family Table-Driven Components
To Replace User-Defined Features Using Pro/PROGRAM
Example: Replacing User-Defined Features
EXECUTE Statements
Using EXECUTE Statements in Assembly Listings
Transferring Input Values from the Upper-level Assembly
Specifying a Part to Execute in an Assembly Program
Using EXECUTE Statements inside IF-ENDIF Statements
Mass Properties and INTERACT Statements
Updating Mass Properties When Geometry Changes
Using INTERACT Statements as Place Holders
Feature Operations
To Suppress Part or Assembly Features
Example: Suppressing and Resuming Individual Part or Assembly Features
To Change Feature Dimensions
Editor Errors
Editing a Design to Correct an Error
Model-Based Definition
Model-Based Definition
Model-Based Definition
Model-Based Definition
Annotation Features
About Annotation Features
About Detail Options
About Detail Options in 3D Mode
To Customize Environment Using Detail Options
To Retrieve and Apply Existing Detail Options File
To Search for a Detail Option in 3D Mode
Detail Options Specific to 3D Mode
annotation_snap_to_guide_range
arrow_length_ratio
arrow_width_ratio
attach_sym_height_ratio
attach_sym_width_ratio
default_thickness_dim_prefix
default_thickness_dim_suffix
dim_leader_length_ratio
dot_diameter_ratio
leader_elbow_length_ratio
minimum_angle_dimension
set_datum_leader_length_ratio
show_hidden_quilt_sket_pnt_axes
text_height
wf_inch_solid_dtl_setup_file
wf_metric_solid_dtl_setup_file
witness_line_delta_ratio
witness_line_offset_ratio
Annotation Feature Basics
About Annotation Feature Structure
About Annotation Types
About Annotation Plane
About Annotation Orientation
About Annotation Planes Gallery
About Managing Annotation Planes
About Annotation Orientation by Plane
To Define Annotation Orientation by Plane
About Annotation Orientation by Named Orientation
To Define Annotation Orientation by Named Orientation
About Flat-to-screen Annotation Orientation
To Define Flat-to-screen Annotation Orientation
About Reference Types
Strong and Weak References
About Designated Area References for Annotations
Creating Annotation Features
About Creating Annotation Features
To Create an Annotation Feature
Using the ANNOTATION FEATURE Dialog Box
Manipulating the References of an Annotation Element
Creating Backup References of an Annotation Element
Example: Creating an Annotation Feature
About Set Datum Tag Annotations in Annotation Elements
To Create a Set Datum Tag Annotation Element
About Editing a Set Datum Tag Annotation Element
Placement Behavior of Set Datum Tag Annotations
About Ordinate Baselines
To Create an Ordinate Baseline
About Datum Target Annotation Features
About Datum Target Annotation Element
To Create a Datum Target Annotation Feature
About Semantic Query
Working with Semantic Query
Examples: Working with Semantic Query
Working with Annotation Features
About Working with Annotation Features
About the Display of Annotations with Warnings and Errors
Highlighting the Annotation References
To Pre-highlight and Format Annotations Individually
To Display Annotation in the Model Tree
To Display Annotations in the Graphics Window
To Select an Annotation Feature
To Redefine an Annotation Feature
To Edit References of an Annotation Feature
To Replace References of an Annotation Feature
To Rename an Annotation Feature
To Reorder an Annotation Feature
To Remove an Annotation Feature from Display
To Suppress or Resume an Annotation Feature
To Delete an Annotation Feature
To Pattern an Annotation Feature
Example: Patterning an Annotation Feature
About Propagating Annotations in the Same Model
About the Annotation Element Propagate Feature
To Propagate Annotations in the Same Model
About Dependent Copies of Annotations
To Remove or Restore the Dependency of Annotation Elements
To Convert an Annotation Element Propagate Feature to an Annotation Feature
To Select the Original of a Dependent Annotation Element
About Annotations in Difference Reports
To Create a Difference Report
Example: Difference Report Containing Annotations
Working with Annotation Elements
About Working with Annotation Elements
To Select an Annotation Element
To Modify Parameters of Multiple Annotation Elements
About Moving Annotations in Annotation Elements
About Placing Annotations on a Reference Plane
To Place an Annotation on a Reference Plane
To Move an Existing Annotation to a Reference Plane
About Working with the Combined Views
About 3D Detail Tree
About Combined Views
To Redefine an Annotation Feature
Using Combined States to Control Visibility of Items
Publishing Combination States
Copying Combination State
About Adding Annotations to Combined Views
To Create a New Combined View and Add Annotations
To Show Annotations at Part Level in an Assembly
To Remove Annotations from a Combined View
About Converting, Assigning, and Un-erasing Annotations in Active Combination State
About Automatic Selection of Annotation Orientation During Conversion
To Convert to 3D Annotation Element
Driving Dimension Annotation Elements
About Driving Dimension Annotation Elements
About Display of Driving Dimension Annotation Elements
About Creating Copies of Driving Dimension Annotation Elements
To Create Driving Dimension Annotation Elements
To Create Witness Lines for Radius and Diameter Driving Dimensions
Creating Various Annotation Types
Datum Feature Symbol
About the Datum Feature Symbol Ribbon Tab
References Dialog Box For Annotations
To Create a Datum Feature Symbol
To Move a Datum Feature Symbol
To Change the Reference of Datum Feature Symbol
About Placing Datum Feature Symbol
About Attaching Datum Feature Symbol to GTOL Elbows
About Attaching Datum Feature Symbol to Dimension Elbows
Datum Target
About the Datum Target Ribbon Tab
To Insert Datum Targets
To Update the Datum Target Attachment
Working with Annotation
About Annotation
Active and Inactive Status of Annotation
To Select an Annotation
To Edit Properties of an Annotation
To Modify the Text Style of Multiple Annotations
To Modify Multiple Annotations
About Security Marking
To Designate an Annotation as a Security Marking
Model Notes
About Model Notes
To Create an Unattached Note
To Create a On Item Note
To Create a Tangent Leader Note
To Create a Normal Leader Note
To Create a Leader Note
To Create a Hyperlink in a Note
To Open a Hyperlink Defined in a Model Note
To Create a Hyperlink to a Combined View in a 3D Note
To Delete or Erase a Model Note
To Modify a Model Note
To Delete a Leader from a Model Note
To Modify the Color of a Note
About the Format Tab
About Text Style Mini Toolbar
About Note Origin Mini Toolbar
To Move a Model Note
To Save a Model Note as a Text File
To Add Custom Symbols to a Note
To Change the Attachment Point of a Note
To Set the Text Styles of a Note
Symbols
About Adding Symbols to a Model
To Add Symbols to a 3D Model
To Move a Symbol
To Set the Font Based Symbol Palette
About Annotation Component Sizes
Calculating the Size of Annotation Components
Dimension Properties
About the Dimension Ribbon Tab
About Defining Prefix and Suffix Values for a Dimension
About Setting Dimension Text Orientation
About Defining Prefix and Suffix Values of Thickness Dimension
Tip: Using Configuration File Options to Modify the Number of Decimal Places
To Insert Additional Dimensions
To Modify the Number of Decimal Places in Dimensions
To Transform Existing Dimensions into Basic Dimensions
To Set Dimensions as Inspection Dimensions
To Insert Dimensions from a Common Reference
To Change the Dimension Arrow Directions
To Change the Orientation of a Linear Dimension
To Change the Orientation of an Angular Dimension
To Change the Orientation of a Circular Dimension
To Change the Orientation of an Elliptical and Spherical Dimension
To Insert Dimensions Between Concentric Circular Entities
To Insert Dimension for a Spline
To Insert Dimension for an Ellipse
To Insert Dimension for a Sphere
To Move a Reference Dimension
About Setting Decimal Places for Dimension Tolerance Values
Working with Dimensions
About Aligning Dimensions
To Align Dimensions
About Z-extension Lines
Example: Z-extension Lines
About Modifying Attachment References for Dimensions
To Modify Arrowhead Style of the Leader Lines
Working with Witness Lines
About Modifying Witness Lines
Assigning the Point of Origin in Dimension
To Erase Witness Lines
To Restore Erased Witness Lines
To Insert Jogs
To Remove Jogs
To Insert Breaks
To Remove Breaks
About Clipping Witness Lines
To Clip Witness Lines
To Align Ends of Witness Lines
About Skewing Witness Lines
To Skew Witness Lines of a Dimension
Driven Dimensions
About Driven Dimensions
About Annotation Plane Requirements for Dimensions with Surface References
To Create a Driven Dimension in a Part or Assembly
Placing Dimensions Using the Select Reference Dialog Box
Placing Dimensions Using the Shortcut Menu
Placing Dimensions Using Arc Attachment
Example: Driven Dimensions With a Spherical Surface Reference
To Modify Tolerances of a Driven Dimension
To Move a Driven Dimension
To Move the Dimension Text
To Flip Dimension Arrows
To Set Inspection Dimensions
About Creating Witness Lines for Radius and Diameter Driven Dimensions
Reference Dimensions
About Reference Dimensions
Example: Some Reference Dimensions
To Create a Reference Dimension Between Surfaces
REF VIEW Menu
Tip: Displaying View-Dependent Reference Dimensions
To Change the View Dependency of a Reference Dimension
Ordinate Dimensions
About Ordinate Dimensions
To Create an Ordinate Dimension
About Switching between Linear and Ordinate Dimensions
Setting the Display Style for Ordinate Dimensions
Example: Display Styles of Ordinate Dimensions
Tolerances
Working with Dimensional Tolerances
Dimensional Tolerance Basics
About Dimensional Tolerances
About Basic Dimensions
To Temporarily Display Dimension Tolerances
To Set the Dimensional Tolerance Format
Tip: Using Configuration File Options to Modify Dimensional Tolerance Format
Controlling the Display of Dimension Tolerances
Specifying Default Dimensional Tolerances
System and User-Supplied Tolerance Tables
Example: Tolerance Formats
To Modify Default Tolerance Values
To Modify Individual Tolerance Values
Setting Up Tolerances
To Set the Dimension Bounds
Tolerance Stack-Up Measurement
To Work with Dimension Bound Groups
ANSI-Standard Models
To Create an ANSI-Standard Model in Part or Assembly Mode
ISO-Standard Models
To Create an ISO-standard Model in Part or Assembly Mode
ISO-Standard Models
Changing Tolerance Values
To Change the Tolerance Class
To Change the Tolerance Table Reference
Tolerance Table Reference
Example: A Tolerance Table
Example: Tolerance Table (Holes)
Working with Geometric Tolerances
About Setting Reference Datum
About Setting Reference Datum
To Set a Reference Datum
Creating Geometric Tolerances
About Geometric Tolerances
About the Geometric Tolerance Ribbon Tab
To Insert Additional Text
To Specify the Composite Tolerance Frame
To Redefine the Position and Reference of a GTOL
To Insert a Geometric Tolerance into a Part
To Specify the Geometric Tolerance Type
Define Datum References for Geometric Tolerances
To Specify GTOL Tolerance Value and Material Conditions
To Specify the Projected Tolerance Zone
To Specify the Profile Boundary
Example: Display of Surface Profile GTOLs
Example: Creating a Position GTOL
Example: Geometric Tolerance Layout
Modifying GTOL Values
To Modify the Value of an Individual Material Condition
To Modify a Reference Datum to a GTOL
To Move a Geometric Tolerance
Working with Surface Finish Tolerances
About Surface Finish Tolerances
To Create a Surface Finish Tolerance
To Place Surface Finish Symbols
To Modify the Value of a Surface Finish Tolerance
To Modify the Name of a Surface Finish Tolerance
To Move a Surface Finish Tolerance Symbol
To Delete a Surface Finish Tolerance
To Copy a Surface Finish Tolerance Symbol
About Dragging Surface Finishes
About XY- and Z-directions
About Dragging Surface Finishes Beyond the Placement Surface
Example: Controlled Drag for Surface Finishes
Working with Model Properties
Working with Model Properties
About Geometric Tolerances
About Setting Up Model Properties
About Surface Finish Tolerances
About Dimensional Tolerances
Renaming Objects
About Renaming Objects
To Rename an Object
Units
About Measurement Units
To Select a Measurement Units System
To Create Custom Units
To Delete a Custom Unit
To Create a Custom Units System
To Edit a Custom Units System
To Delete a Custom Units System
About Modifying Measurement Units
To Create a Copy of a Measurement Units System
To Create a Copy of an Individual Unit
Tip: Specifying Metric and Nonmetric Units
Tip: Rules for Modifying Units
To Get Information About Measurement Units
Scaling a Model
To Scale a Model
Materials
About Material Parameters
Controlling Material Display on the Model Tree
To Add and Assign a Material to a Part
To Create or Copy a Material
About Conversion of Material Data
To Edit a Material
To View Material Information
To Save a Material From a Model to a Library
To Remove a Material from the Model
To Define Sheetmetal, Surface, and Detailing Properties
To Add and Assign an Appearance to a Material
To Create an Appearance for a Material
Files Associated With Material Appearances
To Edit an Appearance of a Material
About the Material Library
Tip: Using a Material Library
To Specify or Change the Material Density of a Part
Specifying the Density of a Part
About Adding Material Parameters to a Family Table
Example: Specifying Material Parameters through Relations
Mass Property Parameters
About Working with Mass Property Parameters
To Generate a Mass Properties Report Based on Model Geometry
To Assign Parameters and Generate a Mass Properties Report
Reported and Alternate Mass Property Parameters
To Use a File for Assigning Mass Properties
Example: An Assigned Mass Properties Template File
Model Grids
About Model Grids
Working with External Reference Control
About External Reference Control
To Set External Reference Control Scope Globally
To Set External Reference Control Scope for Specific Objects
Working with Legacy Datums
Working with Legacy Datums
Converting Legacy Datums
Example: Converting Legacy Datums
Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing Advisor
GD&T Advisor
About GD&T Advisor
Introduction to GD&T Advisor
Introduction to GD&T
ASME Y14.5-2009 Rule Set
ASME Standards Reference Notes
ISO 1101:2012 Rule Set
DIN ISO Standards Reference Notes
ISO Standards Reference Notes
User Interface and Workflow
Using Tolerance Feature Dashboard
Tolerance Feature Dashboard - Feature Properties
Tolerance Feature Dashboard - Feature Properties
Scheme Options for Planar Surface Features (ASME)
Scheme Options for Planar Surface Features (ISO)
Counterbore Options (ASME)
Counterbore Options (ISO)
Tolerance Feature Dashboard - Geometric Control Properties
GD&T Advisor Dashboard - Geometric Control Properties
Geometric Controls (ASME)
Geometric Controls (ISO)
Tolerance Zone Material Condition Modifiers (ASME)
Tolerance Zone Material Requirements (ISO)
Optional Modifiers (ASME)
Optional Modifiers (ISO)
Datum Reference Frame Selection
GD&T Advisor Dashboard - Datum Feature Properties
Using Feature Slide-out Panel
Feature Slide-out Panel
Edit/Redefine Feature
Pattern Slide-out Panel
Dimension Slide-out Panel
Using Targets Slide-out Panel
Targets Slide-out Panel
Datums from Targets
User-defined datums
Adding Features
Add Feature
Feature Descriptions
Adding and Editing Patterns
Add/Edit Pattern
Pattern Descriptions
Establishing DRF (ASME)
Add DRF (ASME)
Datum Feature Material Boundary Modifiers (ASME)
Establishing DRF (ISO)
Add DRF (ISO)
Datum Feature Material Requirements (ISO)
Edit Dimension (ASME)
Edit Dimension (ISO)
Unvalidated Annotations List
Using Application Options
Application Options
Setting App Options
Editing Part Properties
Edit Part Properties
Adding or editing user-defined notes
Predefined Application Notes (ASME)
Predefined Application Notes (ISO)
Constraint State Display
Introductory Tutorial (ASME)
Introductory Tutorial (ISO)
Common Alternate Workflows
Limitations
Dialog Help
Change in Tolerancing Standard
Unvalidated Annotations
Advisor Message Help
Part Messages
Not All Part DOF Are Constrained
One or More Surfaces of the Design Model Are Unconstrained
System of Units Not Compatible with Tolerancing Standard
The Primary Datum Feature May Be Too Small for This Part
Design Model Contains Unvalidated Annotations
There Are Unspecified Tolerances for Some Dimensions
There Are Failed Objects in the Model
Feature Messages
Should Be Set as a Datum Feature or Reordered
Geometry References Are Not Valid
Pattern Is Invalid
One or More Dimensions Are Missing
Size Is Not Fully Constrained
Form Is Not Fully Constrained
Form Is Not Fully Constrained
Orientation Is Not Fully Constrained
Orientation Is Not Fully Constrained (Sheet Metal)
Location Is Not Fully Constrained
Gage Size Does Not Fall Within the Feature Extents
Insufficient Opposing Region on Feature of Size
Datum Messages
Datum Feature Label Has Syntax Errors
Datum Feature Label Has Syntax Errors
Datum Type Is Unknown
Datum Object Is Missing
Datum Is Not Referenced
Target Reference Is Missing
Targets Are Not on the Feature Surface
Targets Not Properly Constrained
The Specified Targets Do Not Define a Stable Plane
User-Defined Datum Requires Targets
DRF Messages
The DRF Is Invalid
DRF Specification Is Incomplete
DRF Is Not Referenced
Angle Between Datum Feature and Constrained Rotation Axis Is Large
Angle Between Datum Features Is Too Small or Too Large
Orientation of Secondary Datum Not Allowed
Orientation of Tertiary Datum Not Allowed
There Are Simultaneous Requirements
Geometric Tolerance Messages
Geometric Tolerance Has Syntax Errors
Datum Reference String Has Syntax Errors
Datum Feature Does Not Exist
Unsupported Datum Reference Attributes
Unsupported Datum Reference Attributes
Tolerance Specification Is Incomplete
The Specified GCS Is Not Allowed
GCS Is Not Valid for the Feature/DRF Combination
The DRF Referenced Is Not Valid
Required Annotation Properties Have Been Changed
User-Specified Annotation Properties Ignored
The Geometric Tolerance Is Over-Constraining
Free State Modifier Not Applicable
SEP REQT Not Applicable
Dimension Messages
Dimension Reference Feature Is Not Valid
Value Messages
Zero-Value Tolerance Not Allowed
Zero-Value Tolerance Not Allowed
Value Exceeds the Maximum Allowable
The Form Tolerance Must Be Smaller Than the Specified Size Tolerance
The Form Tolerance Must Be Smaller Than the Specified Size Tolerance
The Form Tolerance Must Be Smaller Than the Specified Location or Orientation Tolerance
Form Tolerance Refinement Must Be Smaller Than Related Form Tolerance
The Orientation Tolerance Must Be Smaller Than Location Tolerance
Tolerance on Sub-Feature Must Be Smaller Than Related Tolerance on Parent Feature
The Tolerance Value Must Be Smaller Than the Value Specified on the Previous Segment
Glossary
Data Management
Data Management
Data Management Overview
Using Data Management
About Data Management in Creo
Configuring Data Management
About Configuring Data Management
To Set Data Management Configuration Options
Configurations Options for Data Management
Setting File Retrieval Options
Setting Up Your Collaborative Environment
About Supported Servers
Server Terminology
Managing Servers
About the Primary Server
Connecting to the Server at Startup
To Register a Server
To Change the Primary Server
To Set the Primary Server
To Edit Server Properties
To Remove a Connection to a Server
Using the Server Management Dialog Box
Setting Up Windchill Servers
About Setting Up Your PDM System
To Configure Your PDM System
To Change the Default File Location to the Local Directory
About Form Based Authentication and Configuring the Login Form Window
Registering a Project
About Registering Windchill ProjectLink
Cache Management
About Cache Management
About Cache Conversion
About Synchronizing the Cache with the Server
About Changing the Target Cache Limit
About Automatic Cache Cleanup
To View Cache Information
To Clear the Cache
To Clear the Cache for a Specific Workspace
About Managing Caches that Include Frames
Workspace
About the Workspace
About the Offline Workspace
To Work Online or Offline
To Make a Workspace Available Offline
Remaining Online When Server Connection is Lost
About the Portable Workspace
About Workspace Preferences
Workspace Operations
To Create a New Workspace
To Delete a Workspace
To Change the Active Workspace
About a Locked Workspace
To Lock or Unlock a Workspace
To Export a Workspace
To Import a Workspace
Object Operations in the Workspace
Checking Out Objects
About Checkout
To Check Out an Object
To Undo a Checkout
About Dynamic Checkout
Updating Objects
About Updating an Out-of-Date Object
To Update an Out-of-Date Object
Downloading Objects
About Read-Only Downloads
To Set an Object as Read-Only
Checking In Objects
About Checkin
To Perform an Automatic Checkin
To Perform a Custom Checkin
Revising Objects
About Revise and Checkout
About Revising CAD Documents, WTParts, and Family Table Members
To Revise and Check Out an Object
About Revisions
Saving and Uploading Objects
To Upload Objects to the Workspace
To Save Changed Objects to the Workspace
To Save a Copy of an Object
Exchanging Units
About the Bidirectional Conversion of Parameter and Attribute Units
About Explicitly Mapping Parameters and Attributes
Frames for Workspace Events
About Recording Workspace Events as Frames
About Workspace Operations that Create Frames
About Managing Frames
Opening Objects and Documents
About Opening CAD Documents in Creo Applications
About Opening CAD Documents in a Creo Application of Your Choice
Managing Parts and Documents
About Parts and Documents
To Upload a CAD Document to the Workspace and Check In to Server
About Associating Parts and Documents
About Generating File Names Based on CAD Document Soft Type
About Attaching NC and other Creo Files to CAD Models
About Addressing the Editing Instructions of Server-Modified Assemblies
About Placing Added and Moved Components with Windchill-Defined Constraint Set
About Generating Difference Reports for Assemblies with Intended Changes
To Compare Assembly by Feature and Generate a Comparison Report
To Check In Modified Assembly with Difference Report Attached
Details of the Assembly Comparison Reports
Comparing Object Versions
About Model Comparison
To Compare two Versions of the Same Part
Designating Model Objects
About Accessing the Feature-Level Information of Creo Models
About Designating Model Objects and Creating Model Items
About Designating Annotation Elements as Control Characteristics
Managing Bulk Items
About Bulk Items
About Using the External Simplified Representation and BOM in Windchill
About Designated Parameters in a Bulk Item
Managing Heterogeneous CAD Data
About Locating and Accessing Non-Native CAD Data on Windchill Servers
About Opening Non-Native CAD Data in Creo
To Open a Non-Native CAD Document
About Performing ATB Tasks on Non-Native CAD Data
About Opening TIMs or Derived CAD Documents
About Disabling the Autonumbering of TIMs Created with HDIC
About Associating Two CAD Documents to a WTPart
About Automatically Linking the WTPart and the CAD Documents
To Delete a TIM Associated with a WTPart
About Checking the TIM Status and the Out-of-Date Status
About Updating TIM Models
About the Import and Update of Multibodied CAD Models
About the Compatibility of the TIM and Source CAD Model
CATIA-Centric HDIC
About Creating CATIA V5 Data as the Primary CAD Content
About Creating CGR Files as the Secondary Content of CATPart CAD Documents
To Create a CATPart CAD Document with CGR File as Secondary Content
About Updating Out-of-Date CATProduct and CATPart CAD Documents
To Update a CATPart TIM through Export
About the Exchange of Attributes between Creo and CATIA V5
To Export the Designated Model Parameters as Assigned Attributes
To Import Windchill Attributes of CATIA V5 CAD Documents
Troubleshooting in Data Management
About the Event Manager
About Incomplete Objects
Conflicts and Possible Actions
Using Integrated Data Management
Using Windchill Foundation and PDM
Using Windchill ProjectLink
About the Windchill ProjectLink Connection
Using A Co-Installed Windchill Server
About Co-Installed Servers
About Sharing Objects on Co-Installed Servers
Folder Navigator for a Co-Installed Server
Using Pro/INTRALINK with Creo
About the Pro/INTRALINK Workspace
To Browse The Commonspace and Workspace
About Application Behavior
Models and Assemblies
To Open a Pro/INTRALINK Object
To Check Out and Open a File in Creo
About Opening an Object with Dependents
About Viewing Object Attributes in the File Open Dialog Box
About Windchill Table Views Displayed in the File Open Dialog Box
About Sorting and Filtering Objects Listed in Table Views
To Save a File to the Workspace
To Check In an Object
To Compare two Versions of the Same Part in Pro/INTRALINK
Conflicts in Pro/INTRALINK
Design Exploration
Design Exploration
Design Exploration Extension Overview
Configuring Design Exploration
About Configuring Design Exploration Sessions
Configuration Options for Design Exploration
To Set Design Exploration Environment Options
Working with Design Exploration
About Design Exploration
About the Design Exploration Folder
About Unsupported File Types and Modes
To Start a New Design Exploration Session
About the Design Exploration User Interface
About the Pre-modified Models
About the Entry Checkpoint
About the Checkpoint Tree
About Opening an Existing Design Exploration Session
To Open an Existing Design Exploration Session
To Manage Display Preferences
About Saving a Design Exploration Session
About Backing Up Models in Design Exploration
To Save a Design Exploration Session
About Closing a Design Exploration Session
To Accept a Design Exploration Session
To Cancel a Design Exploration Session
Using Checkpoints
About Checkpoints
To Add a Checkpoint
About Activating a Checkpoint
To Activate a Checkpoint
To Delete a Checkpoint
To Update a Checkpoint
About Checkpoint Properties
To Manage Checkpoint Properties
To Rename a Checkpoint
To Create a Checkpoint Branch
To Make the Active Branch the Main Branch
To Set the Display of Checkpoint Branches
About Viewing Changes in a Checkpoint
About the View Changes User Interface
To View Changes to a Checkpoint
About Searching the Checkpoint Tree
Using Reports
About Design Exploration Reports
To Create a Session Report
To Create a Report of Models in a Checkpoint
Glossary
Glossary for Design Exploration
Part Modeling
Part Modeling
Part Overview
Using Part
About Part
Design Concepts
Planning Your Design
The Modeling Process
Features and Parts
Parent-Child Relationships
Putting It All Together
Starting Out in Part Mode
Creating Features
About Viewing Changes to a Part
To View Changes to a Part
Configuring Creo for Using Part
About Configuration Options for Part
Configuration Options for Part Modeling
Datum Features
Datum Planes
About Datum Planes
About the Datum Plane User Interface
To Preselect Datum References
About Modifying the Size of the Datum Planes
About Using Datum Planes with Legacy Data
To Create a Datum Plane and Adjust Its Display by Size
To Adjust Datum Display by Reference
To Create an Offset Datum Plane
To Create a Datum Plane with an Angular Offset
Snapping and Unsnapping of Handles
To Create a Datum Plane Midplane Between Two References
About Creating a Datum Plane Using a Datum Coordinate System
To Create a Datum Plane Through a Datum Coordinate System
About Creating a Datum Plane Tangent to a Surface
To Create a Datum Plane Normal to a Surface of Revolution and Through a Datum Point or Vertex
Datum Axes
About Datum Axes
About the Datum Axis User Interface
To Create a Datum Axis and Adjust Its Size
To Create a Sketched Datum Axis
To Create a Datum Axis Normal to a Surface Using Two Offset References
To Create a Datum Axis by Selecting a Circular Curve or Edge
To Create a Datum Axis Parallel to a Linear Entity and Through a Datum Point or Vertex
To Create a Datum Axis Normal to a Linear Entity and Through a Datum Point or Vertex
To Create a Datum Axis by Selecting a Revolved Surface and a Datum Point or Vertex
To Preselect Datum Axis References
Example: Using Datum Axes in Modeling
Datum Points
About the Datum Point Feature
Datum Points Display
Accessing Datum Points
General Datum Points
About General Datum Points
About the General Datum Point User Interface
To Work with the Points List in the Datum Points Dialog Box
To Create a Datum Point on a Curve, Edge, or Datum Axis
To Create a Sketched Datum Point
Tip: Creating a Datum Point at the Extension of a Straight Edge or Curve
To Create a Datum Point at a Curve's Intersection
To Create a Datum Point at the Center
About Datum Points On or Offset from a Surface
To Create a Datum Point On or Offset from a Surface
To Create a Datum Point On or Offset from a Coordinate System or Its Axis or a Vertex
Creating Multiple Datum Points on the Same Surface or Quilt
To Create a Datum Point Offset from Another Point
To Create a Datum Point at the Intersection of Entities
To Create a Datum Point by Projecting a Point onto a Plane or Line
Offset from a Coordinate System
About Datum Points Offset from a Coordinate System
About the Datum Point Offset from a Coordinate System User Interface
To Create Datum Points Offset from a Coordinate System
To Import a Data File
To Update Values of the Datum Point Offset Coordinate System
Field
About Field Points
To Create a Field Point
Coordinate Systems
About Coordinate Systems
About the Coordinate System User Interface
To Create a Coordinate System
To Create a Sketched Coordinate System
To Create an On-Surface Coordinate System
To Create an Offset Coordinate System
To Create a Coordinate System Centered on an Arc
To Orient a Coordinate System
To Set the Name Display for a Coordinate System
To Set the Size Display for a Coordinate System
From a File
About Creating a Coordinate System from a File
To Create a Coordinate System from a File
Example: Transformation File Format
Datum Curves
About Datum Curves
About Sketched Datum Curves
To Create a Sketched Datum Curve
Datum Curves from Cross Sections
About the Curve from Cross Section User Interface
To Create a Datum Curve Using a Cross Section
Example: Curve from a Cross Section
Datum Curves from Equations
About the Curve from Equation User Interface
To Create a Datum Curve from Equations
Example: Creating a Datum Curve from an Equation
Datum Curves through Points
About the Curve through Points User Interface
To Create a Datum Curve through Points
Connection Combinations
About Group with Equal Radius Points
About Tweaking Curves
To Tweak a Curve
To Create a Datum Curve through Points that Lie on a Surface
Rules for Creating a Datum Curve with the On Surface Option
Imported Datum Curves
About Imported Datum Curves
Example: Importing a Datum Curve
To Edit the Definition of Imported Datum Curves
Datum References
About Datum Reference Features and Intent Objects
About the Datum Reference User Interface
About Intent Objects
About Intent Object Names
Default Names for Intent Objects
Defining Intent Surfaces and Chains
Searching for References Using the Search Tool
To Create an Intent Datum Using Datum Reference Features
To Create an Intent Chain Using a Datum Reference Feature
To Create an Intent Surface Using Datum Reference Features
To Display Intent Object Names in the Model Tree
To Edit an Intent Object Name
To Edit the References of a Datum Reference Feature
To Redefine a Datum Reference Feature
To Automatically Place UDFs Using Datum Reference Features
Placing Features with Saved Queries
Selecting Valid Edges and Surfaces for Referencing
Asynchronous Datums
About Creating Asynchronous Datum Features
Model Tree Display of Asynchronous Datum Features
Embedding Asynchronous Datums
Display Order of Embedded Datums and other Sub-Nodes
To Create a Feature with Embedded Datums
To Convert a Standalone Datum to an Embedded Datum
To Convert an Embedded Datum to a Standalone Datum
Dragging and Dropping Embedded Datums
Editing and Redefining Features with Embedded Datums
Copying Features with Embedded Datums
About Patterning, Mirroring, or Moving Features with Embedded Datums
About Patterning, Mirroring, or Moving Features with Asynchronous Datums
About Deleting or Suppressing Features with Embedded Datums
To Delete a Feature while Retaining the Embedded Datums
Base Features
Extrude
Basics of the Extrude Feature
About the Extrude Feature
About the Extrude User Interface
Example: Different Types of Extrude Features
About Sections Used for Extrusions
About the Depth Options
Example: To Selected Options
About the Automatic Add or Remove Material Option
About the Thicken Sketch Command
About the Cap with Model Geometry Option
About an Extruded Cut
About an Extruded Surface
About a Surface Trim Created with the Extrude Tool
Tips for Creating an Extrusion Using the Object/Action Workflow
Working with the Extruded Feature
To Create a Solid Protrusion
To Create a Thickened Extrusion
To Create a Cut
To Create an Extruded Surface
To Create a Surface Trim
To Add a Taper to an Extrude Feature
Making Changes to an Extruded Feature
Revolve
Basics of the Revolve Feature
About the Revolve Feature
About the Revolve User Interface
Example: Different Types of Revolved Feature
About Sections Used for Revolved Features
About the Axis of Revolution
About the Angle of Revolution
About a Revolved Cut
About a Revolved Surface
Tips for Creating a Revolved Feature Using the Object/Action Workflow
Working with the Revolved Feature
To Define an Axis of Revolution
To Create a Revolved Solid
To Create a Thickened Revolved Feature
To Create a Revolved Cut
To Create a Revolved Surface
To Create a Revolved Surface Trim
Making Changes to a Revolved Feature
Sweeps
About Sweeps
About the Sweep User Interface
About Constant Section Sweeps
Rules for Defining a Trajectory
To Create a Sweep
Merge Ends
Sweep Geometry
Example: Sweeps
Variable Section Sweep
About Variable Section Sweeps
Relations in Variable Section Sweeps
About the Trajpar Parameter
To Create a Variable Section Sweep Using Relations
Example: Using Relations to Create a Variable Section Sweep
Workflows
Workflow for Constant Section Sweeps
Workflow for Variable Section Sweeps
Workflow for a Normal Trajectory
Workflow for Section Plane at a Constant Normal Direction
Workflow for Sweeping with Default Settings - X-Trajectory
Workflow for the Section Plane Normal to the Trajectory Projection
Sketch Plane Orientation
About Tangent Trajectories
About Specifying the Trajectory Type
Normal to Trajectory (Automatic)
Normal to Trajectory (Automatic): Start X Direction
Normal to Trajectory - Normal to Surface
Normal to Trajectory - X Trajectory
Normal to Other Trajectory (Automatic)
Normal to Projection
Constant Normal (Automatic)
Constant Normal (X Trajectory)
Constant Normal (Automatic) - Start X Direction
Constant Normal (Normal to Surface)
Helical Sweeps
About Helical Sweeps
About the Helical Sweep User Interface
To Create a Helical Sweep
To Set the Pitch in Helical Sweeps and Volume Helical Sweeps
Section Orientation for Helical Sweeps
Differences between Helical Sweeps and Volume Helical Sweeps
Volume Helical Sweeps
About Volume Helical Sweeps
About the Volume Helical Sweep User Interface
To Create a Volume Helical Sweep
About the 3D Object
About the 3D Object Dragger
To Set the Pitch in Helical Sweeps and Volume Helical Sweeps
Differences between Helical Sweeps and Volume Helical Sweeps
Blends
About Blends
Example: Starting Points and Blend Shape
Example: Smooth Blend and Straight Blend
To Cap a Blend
Parallel Blends
About Parallel Blends
About the Blend User Interface
To Create a Parallel Blend by Sketching the Sections
To Create a Parallel Blend by Selecting the Sections
To Create a Parallel Blend with a Projected Section
Rotational Blends
About Rotational Blends
About the Rotational Blend User Interface
To Create a Rotational Blend by Sketching the Sections
To Create a Rotational Blend by Selecting the Sections
Example: Creating a Rotational Blend
Example: Connect End and Start Sections
General Blends
To Create a General Blend
Example: Creating a General Blend
To Specify Tangency Conditions for Parallel Blends
Example: Specifying Tangency Conditions for General Blends
To Add or Remove a Section in a General Blend
Blend Vertex
Using a Blend Vertex
To Add a Blend Vertex
Example: Adding a Blend Vertex
Importing Blends
Importing a Blend Feature
To Import a Blend
Example: Blend File Format
Example: Importing a Blend File
Swept Blends
About Swept Blends
About the Swept Blend User Interface
Terminology for Sketching Plane Orientation
To Create a Swept Blend (basic)
Example: Creating a Swept Blend
To Modify a Swept Blend Using Area Control
Example: Controlling the Perimeter of a Swept Blend
About Blend Vertices
Example: Creating a Blend Vertex
To Control the Perimeter of a Swept Blend
Sections in Sketch-based Features
About Sections in Sketch-based Features
About the Section User Interface
About the Sketch Dialog Box
Sketch-based Features in the Model Tree
Using a Sketch as a Feature Section
To Enter Sketch for a Sketch-based Feature
To Select a Sketch Feature
Preselecting a Sketching Plane
To Create a Section
Using Open Sketches under Special Conditions
To Create an Internal Sketch
Tip: Creating a Sketch While in the Feature Tool
To Redefine a Section
To Make a Dependent Section Independent
To Delete a Section
To Delete a Sketch Feature
To Report Sketch-based Feature Information
Sketch Regions
About Sketch Regions
Engineering Features
Hole
About the Hole Feature
About the Hole Feature User Interface
About Lightweight Holes
Hole Placement References
Hole Placement Types
Hole Orientation References
To Relocate a Hole by Snapping to a Reference
To Intersect the Top of the Hole with the Outside Surface
To Convert Hole Geometry
Simple Holes
To Create a Simple Hole
To Create a Simple Coaxial Hole
To Define Simple Hole Depth by Snapping to a Reference
To Create a Linear Hole by Referencing an Axis
Sketched Holes
To Create a Sketched Hole
Sketched Hole Requirements
Standard Holes
To Create a Standard Hole
To Create a Standard Coaxial Hole
To Create a Tapped Hole
To Create a Tapered Hole
To Create a Clearance Hole
To Create a Drilled Hole
Using Hole Charts
About Standard Hole Parameters
Formatting Thread Notes
Using Tokens in Thread Notes
Embedded Hole Files
About Embedding Hole Files into a Part Model
To Embed a Hole File into a Part Model
Example: Using Embedded Hole Files to Redefine or Create Standard Holes
Round
About the Round Feature
About Round Types
About Round Placement References
About Creation Methods and Cross Section Shapes
About Other Round Creation Parameters
About the Round User Interface
About Extended Surface Rounds
To Create a Constant Round
To Create a Variable Round
To Relocate a Radius Using a Reference
To Create a Surface-to-Surface Variable Round
To Define a Radius Using a Reference
To Create a Round Driven by a Curve
Example: Round Driven by a Curve
To Create a Full Round
To Create a Surface-to-Surface Full Round
To Create an Extended Surface Round
Example: Creating an Extended Surface Round
Example: Extended Surface Rounds
Rules for Creating a Full Round
To Create a Conic Round
To Create a D1 x D2 Conic Round
To Create a Curvature Continuous Round
To Create a D1 x D2 Curvature Continuous Round
Setting Ratio Grid Interval for the Conic Parameter Handle
To Create a Normal to Spine Round
To Rename a Round Feature
To Retrieve Round Feature Information
Chordal Rounds
About Chordal Rounds
To Create a Chordal Round
Transitions
About Round Transitions
Round Transition Types
About Curvature Continuity at Transitions
Defining Round Transitions
To Define a Round Transition
To Define a Corner Sphere Transition
Example: Corner Transitions
To Define a Stop Case Transition
To Define a Stop at Reference Transition
To Define a Patch Transition
To Define an Intersect at Surface Transition
Round Transition Caps
About Deleting Transitions and Making a Transition
To Delete Transitions and Make a Transition
Piece Management
About Piece Management
About Round Patches and Round Pieces
About Excluding Round Pieces
To Exclude Round Pieces
About Trimming Round Geometry
To Trim Round Geometry
About Extending Round Geometry
To Extend Round Geometry
About Round Placement Ambiguity
To Address Round Placement Ambiguity
Attachments
About Round Attachment Types
To Define a Round Attachment Type
To Resolve Failed Rounds Using End Surfaces
Round References and Attachment Types
Auto Round
About the Auto Round Feature
About the Auto Round User Interface
To Create an Auto Round Feature
To Create an Auto Round Feature on Selected Edges
Example: Narrow Pair of Chains
To Display Auto Round Members on the Model Tree
To Convert the Auto Round Feature to a Round Group
Using the Auto-Round Player
Using the Troubleshooter Dialog Box to View Unrounded Edges
Considerations for Creating an Auto Round Feature
About Excluding Edges from an Auto Round
To Select Edges Using a Datum Reference and the Graphics Window
To Select Edges Using a Datum Reference and the Search Tool
To Select Edges Using the Search Tool
To Select Edges to Exclude Directly in the Graphics Window
Chamfer
About the Chamfer Feature
About Chamfer Types and References
Edge Chamfer
About the Edge Chamfer User Interface
About Chamfer Dimension Schemes
Example: Chamfer Dimension Schemes
About Chamfer Creation Methods
To Create a D x D Chamfer
To Create a 45 x D Chamfer
To Create an Angle x D Chamfer
To Create a D1 x D2 Chamfer
To Create an O x O Chamfer
To Create an O1 x O2 Chamfer
To Define the Chamfer Distance Using a Reference
To Rename a Chamfer Feature
To Retrieve Chamfer Feature Information
Corner Chamfer
About the Corner Chamfer Feature
About the Corner Chamfer User Interface
To Create a Corner Chamfer
Example: Corner Chamfer
Transitions
About Chamfer Transitions
Defining Chamfer Transitions
To Define a Chamfer Transition
To Define a Stop Case Transition
To Define a Stop at Reference Transition
To Define a Patch Transition
About Deleting Transitions and Making a Transition
To Delete Transitions and Make a Transition
Advanced Topics
Piece Management
About Piece Management
About Chamfer Patches and Chamfer Pieces
About Excluding Chamfer Pieces
To Exclude Chamfer Pieces
About Trimming Chamfer Geometry
To Trim Chamfer Geometry
About Extending Chamfer Geometry
To Extend Chamfer Geometry
About Chamfer Placement Ambiguity
To Address Chamfer Placement Ambiguity
Attachments
About Chamfer Attachment Types
To Define a Chamfer Attachment Type
To Resolve Failed Chamfers Using End Surfaces
Chamfer References and Attachment Types
Draft
About the Draft Feature
About the Draft User Interface
To Create a Draft Feature
About Handling Rounds in a Draft Feature
Example: Creating a Basic Draft
Example: Excluding Surface Loops
Example: Extending Intersect Surfaces
Example: Draft Surface Not Perpendicular to Pull Direction
Split Draft
About Split Draft
To Create a Split Draft
Example: Creating a Split Draft
Example: Creating a Split Draft Using Sketch
To Create a Split Draft with Two Hinges
Example: Creating a Split Draft with Two Hinges
Variable Draft
About Variable Draft
To Create a Variable Draft
Example: Creating a Variable Draft
Variable Pull Direction Draft
About the Variable Pull Direction Draft Feature
About the Variable Pull Direction Draft User Interface
To Create a Variable Pull Direction Draft
Shell
About the Shell Feature
About the Shell User Interface
To Create a Shell Feature
To Create a Shell Feature by Excluding Surfaces
Restrictions on Creating Shell Features
Example: Shell and Feature Order
Example: Creating a Shell Feature
Example: Creating a Shell Feature by Excluding Surfaces
Example: Prevent Shell from Penetrating at Convex Corners
Example: Prevent Shell from Penetrating at Concave Corners
Rib
Profile Rib
About the Profile Rib Feature
About the Profile Rib Feature User Interface
Sketching Profile Rib Features
Defining Profile Rib Features
To Create a Profile Rib Feature by Creating an Internal Section
To Create a Profile Rib Feature using a Sketch Feature
Trajectory Rib
About Trajectory Ribs
About the Trajectory Rib User Interface
To Create a Trajectory Rib
Defining the Trajectory Rib
Example: A Trajectory Rib
Pocket Openings and Trajectory Ribs
About Externalizing Trajectory Rib Rounds
To Externalize Trajectory Rib Rounds
Toroidal Bends
About Toroidal Bends
About the Toroidal Bend User Interface
To Create a Toroidal Bend
Example: Creating a Toroidal Bend
Spinal Bends
About Spinal Bends
To Create a Spinal Bend
Example: Creating and Modifying a Spinal Bend
Example: Maintain the Length of the Bend Region in a Spinal Bend
Example: Remove the Unbent Geometry
Cosmetic Sketch
About Cosmetic Sketches
About the Cosmetic Sketch User Interface
To Create a Regular Section Cosmetic Feature
Regular Section Sketched Cosmetic Feature
Example: Creating a Regular Section Cosmetic Feature
To Create a Projected Section Cosmetic Feature
Example: Creating a Projected Section Cosmetic Feature
About the Underconstrained Mode
Cosmetic Threads
About Cosmetic Threads
About the Cosmetic Thread User Interface
To Create Standard Cosmetic Threads
To Create Simple Cylindrical Cosmetic Threads
To Create Simple Conical Cosmetic Threads
Example: Creating Cosmetic Threads
Cosmetic Thread Parameters
Using the Parameter File to Define Cosmetic Threads
Creating Custom Cosmetic Threads
To Create Custom Cosmetic Threads
Cosmetic Grooves
To Create a Cosmetic Groove
Example: Creating a Cosmetic Groove
Designated Annotation Areas
About Designated Areas
To Create a Designated Area
Example: Creating a Designated Area by Trimming a Curve
Example: Creating a Designated Area on Closed Loops
Lattice
About the Lattice Feature
About the Lattice Feature User Interface
To Set Lattice Display Options
To Add Lattice
To Set the Lattice Cells
To Set the Lattice Beams
About Lattice With Varied Density
To Create Lattice with Varied Density
Edit Features
Copy and Paste
About Copying and Pasting
About Dependent and Independent Copies
Using Paste
About the Paste User Interface for Features
To Paste Using the Object-Action Workflow
Pasting Using the Same or New References
Copying and Pasting Features
To Copy and Paste a Feature
To Copy and Paste Multiple Features
To Copy and Paste Between two Different Sources
To Cancel a Paste Operation
Copying and Pasting Surfaces and Curves
About Copying and Pasting Surfaces and Curves
About the Copy User Interface for Surfaces and Curves
To Copy a Surface
To Copy a Surface Excluding Patches and Holes
To Copy Surfaces Inside a Closed Sketched Curve
To Convert a Copied Surface to an Inner Boundary Copy
Untrimming a Surface or Quilt When Copying
To Copy and Untrim a Trimmed Surface or Quilt When Copying
To Copy Curves or Edges
Using Paste Special
About Paste Special
About Dimension Dependency and Copying Sketch-Based Features
About Varying the Dependency of Pasted Features
To Create a Dependent Copy in a Model with Paste Special
To Create a Fully-Dependent Feature and Vary Dependency
To Create an Independent Copy of a Feature or Feature Set
To Break, Restore, or Remove Dependency
To Copy a Feature Across Models Using Paste Special
To Create a Dependent Copy of Sketch-Based Features
To Create an Independent Copy of Sketch-Based Features
About the Advanced Reference Configuration User Interface
To Copy Features Using the Advanced Reference Configuration
To Verify the Availability of Original References
Move
About the Move Tool
About the Move User Interface
To Move Geometry
To Move Features
To Move All Features in a Part
To Create Multiple Moves
Example: Different Move Techniques
About Redefining Legacy Data that Uses Coordinate System or Two Datum Points as Direction Reference
Pattern
About the Pattern Feature
About the Pattern Feature
About the Pattern User Interface
About Pattern Regeneration Options
Varying the Location and Size of Instances
Example: Patterns
About Projecting Pattern Members onto a Surface
To Project Pattern Members onto a Surface
About Pattern Member Spacing Options
Example: Pattern Spacing Options
Dimension Patterns
About Dimension Patterns
To Create a Dimension Pattern
Using Negative Increment in a Dimension Pattern
Using Relations in Dimension Patterns
Example: Creating a Dimension Pattern Using Relations
Direction Patterns
About Direction Patterns
To Create a Direction Pattern
Example: Creating a Direction Pattern
Example: Creating a Unidirectional Linear Pattern
Example: Creating a Bidirectional Linear Pattern
Axis Patterns
About Axis Patterns
To Create an Axis Pattern
Example: Creating an Axis Pattern
Example: Creating a Spiral Pattern
Example: Rotating Pattern Members about an Axis
Table Patterns
About Table Patterns
To Create a Table Pattern
Example: Creating a Table Pattern
To Modify a Table Pattern by Editing its Tables
To Redefine Various Pattern Types as a Table Pattern
Reference Patterns
About Reference Patterns
To Create a Reference Pattern
Example: Creating a Reference Pattern
Example: Type of Reference for Reference Patterns
Fill Patterns
About Fill Patterns
To Create a Fill Pattern
Example: Creating a Fill Pattern
Example: Making Fill Pattern Members Follow a Surface Shape
To Change the Origin of the Fill Pattern
Example: Rotating Circular or Spiral Fill Pattern Members
Curve Patterns
About Curve Patterns
To Create a Curve Pattern
Example: Patterning a Hole Using Curve Pattern
Example: Rotating Pattern Members about a Curve
Point Patterns
About Point Patterns
To Create a Point Pattern with a Sketch
Example: Rotating Point Pattern Members Along a Curve
To Create a Point Pattern with Datum Points
Example: Use Alternate Origin in Point Patterns
Geometry Patterns
About the Geometry Pattern Feature
About the Geometry Pattern User Interface
Example: Geometry Pattern Attachment Options
Patterns of Patterns
To Create a Pattern of a Feature Pattern
To Delete the Pattern of a Feature Pattern
To Unpattern the Pattern of a Group or the Pattern of a Pattern
Mirror
About the Mirror Feature
About the Mirror User Interface
To Mirror Selected Features
To Mirror All the Geometry in a Part
To Mirror Geometry
To Add Features to or Remove Features from a Mirror Feature
About Missing Source Features for Mirror Features
To Break, Restore, Remove, and Reestablish the Dependency of a Mirror Feature
Example: Mirroring the Model
Trim
About the Trim Feature
About the Trim User Interface
To Trim a Curve or Quilt
To Trim Surfaces with a Quilt
About Silhouette Trim
To Trim Using Silhouette Edges
Merge
About the Merged Feature
About the Merged Feature User Interface
To Create a Merged Feature
To Merge More Than Two Quilts
Example: Merging Two Quilts
Extend
About the Extend Feature
About the Extend User Interface
To Create a Same Surface Extension
To Create a Tangent Surface Extension
To Create an Approximate Surface Extension
To Create a To Plane Surface Extension
To Create a Multi-point Extension
Offset
About the Offset Feature
Offset Surface
About the Offset Surface User Interface
To Create Standard Offset Surfaces
Approximate Offset Surfaces
To Approximate Offset Surfaces
Example: Using Different Offset Methods
Example: Creating an Offset Surface with Side Surfaces
To Create Offset Surfaces with a Draft
Working with Draft Offsets
Example: Normal Offset and Translate Offset
To Create Offset Surfaces by Expansion
To Constrain an Offset with a Sketch
To Create an Offset Using Replace
Using Replace Offsets
Example: Creating an Offset Using Replace
Offset Curve
About the Offset Curve User Interface
To Offset a Curve Along a Surface
To Offset a Curve Normal to Surface
Using Graphs to Offset a Curve
Example: Offsetting a Curve
Measurement Types for Offset Curves
To Create a Fan Curve Offset
Offset Boundary Curves
About the Offset Boundary Curve User Interface
To Offset a Boundary Curve
To Create a Variable Offset Surface Boundary Curve
Intersect
About the Intersect Feature
About the Intersect User Interface
To Intersect Sketches or Surfaces
To Edit the Definition of Intersecting Sketches or Surfaces
To Unlink and Edit Sketches in the Intersect Feature
Project
About the Project Feature
About the Project User Interface
To Create a Projected Sketch
To Create a Projected Feature by Selecting Chains
Example: Creating a Projected Feature
Thicken
About the Thicken Feature
About the Thicken Feature User Interface
To Create a Thicken Feature
To Create a Scaled Thicken Feature
Solidify
About the Solidify Feature
About the Solidify Feature User Interface
To Create a Solidify (Protrusion) Feature
To Create a Solidify (Cut) Feature
To Create a Solidify (Patch) Feature
Solidify (Patch) Feature Conditions
Wrap
About the Wrap Feature
About the Wrap User Interface
To Create a Wrapped Datum Curve
Example: Creating a Wrapped Datum Curve
Example: Ignore Intersection Surface Option for Wrap
Example: Trim at Boundary Option for Wrap
Remove
About the Remove Feature
About the Remove User Interface
To Remove Surfaces with the Remove Tool
To Remove Edges with the Remove Tool
About Splitting Surfaces
Example: Remove Surface Solutions
Example: Intersection of Non-Adjacent Surfaces
Split Surface
About the Split Surface Region Feature
About the Split Surface Region Feature User Interface
To Split a Surface Region Using Manual Selection
To Split a Surface Region Using Automatic Selection
Collapse
About the Collapse Feature
To Collapse Features
About Redefining Incremental Geometry Features
To Redefine an Incremental Geometry Feature
Fill
About the Fill Feature
About the Fill User Interface
To Create a Fill Feature
To Create a Fill Feature by Using a Sketch Feature
Redefining a Fill Feature
Construction Features
Shaft
To Create a Shaft
Example: Creating a Shaft
Neck
To Create a Neck
Example: Neck Feature
Flange
To Create a Flange
Example: Creating a Flange
Pipes
About Pipes
To Create a Pipe
Example: Pipe
Tweak Features
About Tweak Features
Local Pushes
About Local Pushes
To Create a Local Push
Example: Local Push
Radius Domes
To Create a Radius Dome
Example: Radius Dome
Section Domes
About Section Domes
To Create a Section Dome (basic)
To Create a Swept Section Dome
Example: Swept Section Dome
To Create a Blended Section Dome with No Profile
Example: Blended Section Dome without a Profile
About Blended Section Domes with a Single Profile
To Create a Blended Section Dome with a Single Profile
Example: Blended Section Dome with a Single Profile
Ears
About Ears
To Create an Ear Feature
Example: Dimensioning an Ear Feature
Lips
About a Lip Feature
To Create a Lip Feature
Example: Lip Feature
UDFs and Groups
Creating a UDF
About User-Defined Features
About Creating a UDF Library
To Create a UDF (basic)
To Define Variable Elements in a UDF
To Define Variable Dimensions in a UDF
To Define Variable Parameters in a UDF
To Activate Pro/PROGRAM in a UDF
To Use Database Commands on UDFs
About Variable Annotation Element Parameters in UDFs
Placing a UDF
About the UDF Placement User Interface
About Placing a UDF in a Model
To Place a UDF Using Reference Mapping
Preserving Feature Properties on UDF Placement
Placing a UDF with Restricted Parameters
To Alter Variable Values in a UDF
To Specify UDF Placement Options
To Specify UDF Placement Relations
To Rename a UDF
To Place a UDF by Redefining Features
Feature Redefinition during UDF Placement
Previewing a UDF
Defining Skipped References
Feature, Dimension, and Parameter Names in a Group
Renaming Annotation Elements in UDFs
To Change the Group Type
To Replace a UDF Group
Replacing a UDF Group With Family Table Instances
To Resolve a Placement Failure for a UDF
Placing a UDF using an On-Surface Coordinate System
About UDF Placement Using an On-Surface Coordinate System
Conditions for Placing a UDF Using an On-Surface Coordinate System
To Place a UDF Where the First Feature Is an On-Surface Coordinate System
To Place a UDF Where the Only Reference Is a Coordinate System
To Change the Orientation of Features in a UDF
Creating a Local Group
About Local Groups
To Create a Local Group
To Select a Local Group Feature from the Graphics Window
Operations on Groups
About Working with Groups
Replacement Conditions
Replacing a Group
To Copy a Group
To Copy a Group and Vary Dependency
To Pattern a Group
Tip: Patterning a Group
Rules for Patterning Groups
About Deleting and Suppressing Members of a Group
To Delete or Suppress an Individual Group Member
To Delete or Suppress an Individual Group Member with Children
Data Sharing
Layout Features
About Using Layout Entities to Create 3D Geometry
About the Layout Feature User Interface
To Copy Layout Entities into a Part
To Create 3D Geometry Using Layout Entities
To Manually Update a Layout Feature
To Edit a Layout Feature in a Part
To Change the Update of Layout Features
To Set Layout Display Settings
Creo Direct
About Retrieving a Creo Direct Part in Creo Parametric
To Retrieve a Creo Direct Part
Modifying the Part
About Editing Parts
About States of Editing
General Editing
To Rename an Object
To Modify Features with Multiple Sketches
To Move the Text of Datum Planes and Coordinate Systems
To Edit Datum or Axis Properties
To Edit Datum Curve Line Style
Dynamic Edit
About Dynamic Edit Mode
To Dynamically Edit a Feature
Locked Dimensions and Locked Entities in Dynamic Editing
Dynamic Editing and Sketcher Functionality
Editing Dimensions
About Editing Dimensions
To Edit Dimension Properties, Text, or Text Style
To Change Dimension Values
To Change Overall and Dimension Tolerances
To Display Dimensions as Fractions or Decimals
Using the Menu Manager to Edit
To Modify Dimension Values Using the Menu Manager
To Modify Dimension Cosmetics
To Modify the Dimension Format
Modifying the Dimension Format
To Add Text to a Dimension
To Modify a Dimension Symbol
Modifying a Dimension Symbol
To Modify Dimension Locations
To Modify the Number of Decimal Places in a Dimension
To Move Dimension Text
To Switch Dimension Arrowheads
To Make Copied Feature Dimensions Independent
Making Copied Feature Dimensions Independent
Redefining Sections
Redefining Section Geometry
To Replace Section Entities
Example: Replacing Section Entities
To Create Incomplete Features
Redefining Features
About Redefining Features
To Redefine Features with Elements
To Redefine Features with No Elements
To Redefine a Merged Part
Inserting Features
About Inserting Features within the Feature Sequence in the Model Tree
To Insert Features within the Feature Sequence in the Model Tree
Reordering Features
Reordering Features
To Reorder Features
Suppressing, Deleting, and Resuming Features
About Suppressing and Resuming Features
About Deleting Features
To Suppress or Delete Features
Side Effects of Deleting Features
To Resume Features
To Select a Suppressed Feature Using the Model Tree
To Select a Suppressed Feature Using the Search Tool
Read-Only Features
About Read-Only Features
To Make Features Read-Only
To Remove the Read-Only Setting from Features
Editing or Replacing the References of Features
About Editing or Replacing the References of Features
To Edit the References of a Feature
To Edit the References of Child Features when Deleting or Suppressing their Reference Feature
To Replace a Reference or a Set of References of a Feature
To Replace the References of a Child Feature
Working with Simplified Representations
About Simplified Representations
To Create a Simplified Representation (basic)
To Include or Exclude Features
To Edit a Simplified Representation Using the Model Tree
To Create a Work Region
To Create a Simplified Representation from Part Surfaces
To Create an Accelerated Simplified Representation
To Update an Accelerated Simplified Representation
To Create a Geometric Snapshot
To Erase a Simplified Representation
Working with Part Accuracy
About Part Accuracy
To Set Part Accuracy
Setting Accuracy
Flexible Parts
About Flexible Parts
To Prepare Varied Items
To Define a Flexible Part
Resolving Regeneration Failures
About Regeneration Failures
About the Regeneration Manager
To View Feature Information or References
Reducing Regeneration Time
Missing References
About Displaying Missing References
To Set Up for the Display of Missing References
To Display Missing References from the Feature Creation Tab
To Display Missing References from the Troubleshooter Dialog Box
To Display Missing References from the Reference Viewer Dialog Box
To Display Missing References from the Edit References Dialog Box
To Display Missing References from the References Dialog Box
No Resolve Mode
About No Resolve Mode
About the No Resolve Mode User Interface
Results of a Failed Regeneration in No Resolve Mode
To Retrieve Missing Components
Working with Failed Features
To Undo Changes in No Resolve Mode
To Skip a Feature while Regenerating a Model
No Resolve Mode and Design Configurations
No Resolve Mode and Features with Headers
Topological Relationships and Regeneration
Example: A Topological Relationship
Resolve Mode
About Resolve Mode
About Backing Up the Model and References
About the Troubleshooter
To Troubleshoot a Feature Failure
To Annotate a Failure using the Troubleshooter
To Diagnose and Resolve Feature Failures in Resolve Mode
Restrictions on Failed Features
The INVESTIGATE Menu
The FIX MODEL Menu
To Step Through Feature Creation
Using Geometry Checking
To Use the FEAT FAILED Menu
Feature Relations
About Feature Relations
To Add a Relation as a Dimension Value
Glossary
Glossary for Part
Sketcher
Sketcher Overview
Getting Started in Sketcher
About Sketcher
About Entering Sketcher
To Create a Section in 2-D Sketcher
About the Sketcher Shortcut Menu
To Control the View of the Sketch
Configuring Sketcher
About Configuring Sketcher
Configuration Options for Sketcher
Setting Sketcher Environment
About the Sketcher Environment
To Customize the Sketcher Environment
Working with the Sketcher Grid
To Set the Sketcher Grid
To Control the Display of the Grid
To Set Sketcher Color
To Set the Line Style and Color of Sketcher Geometry
References
About References
To Create References
To Create References with the X sec Option
To Create References for a Section
About Replacing a Reference
To Replace a Reference
About Using Intent Object or Composite Curve as Sketcher Reference
Creating Sketcher Geometry
About Creating Entities in Sketcher
About Undo and Redo Operations for Sketcher
Points, Centerlines, and Coordinate Systems
About Points and Centerlines
About Coordinate Systems
Automatic Coordinate System Conversions
Construction Points, Centerlines, and Coordinate Systems
To Create a Construction Point
To Create a Construction Centerline
To Create a Construction Centerline Tangent to Two Entities
To Create a Construction Coordinate System
Datum Points, Centerlines, and Coordinate Systems
To Create a Datum Point
To Create a Datum Centerline
To Create a Datum Coordinate System
To Interpret a Coordinate System as Cartesian or Polar
To Create a Line Chain
To Create a Line Segment Tangent to Two Entities
To Create a Rectangle Using a Corner
To Create a Slant Rectangle
To Create a Rectangle by Defining the Center
To Create a Parallelogram
To Create a Circle
To Create a Concentric Circle
To Create a Circle Through Three Points
To Create a Circle Tangent to Three Entities
To Create an Arc Using 3 Point/Tangent End
To Create an Arc Using Center and Endpoints
To Create an Arc Tangent to Three Entities
Example: Creating an Arc using a Target
To Create a Concentric Arc
To Create a Conic Arc
About Ellipses
To Create an Ellipse by Defining the Center and Axis
To Create an Ellipse by Defining the Axis and Endpoints
To Create a Spline
About Chamfers and Fillets
To Create a Circular Fillet
To Create a Circular Trim Fillet
To Create an Elliptical Fillet
To Create an Elliptical Trim Fillet
Example: Types of Fillet
To Create a Chamfer
To Create a Chamfer Trim
To Create Text in Sketcher
Creating Geometry from Model Edges
About the Project Command
To Project a Curve or an Edge
Example: Creating Geometry Using the Project Command
Tip: Determining the End of a Trimmed Spline
Creating Geometry with the Offset Edge Option
About Creating Sketcher Offset Geometry
Creating Entities Using the Thicken Command
Parametric and Nonparametric Relations in Offset Entities
To Sketch an Offset Edge
To Thicken an Edge
Selecting Edges
Using Offset Edge, Select Chain Options
About Working with B-Splines
Manipulating Sketcher Geometry
About Dividing and Trimming Entities
To Trim and Extend Entities
To Trim Entities to Each Other
To Delete a Segment
To Divide Entities
Mirroring Geometry
To Mirror Geometry
About Cut, Copy, and Paste Operations
To Cut and Paste Geometry
To Copy and Paste Geometry
Sketcher Selection Filter
About the Sketcher Selection Filter
To Use the Sketcher Selection Filter
Example: Using the Sketcher Selection Filter
Working with Sections
About Importing Section Files into Sketcher
About Importing a Drawing File into Sketcher
To Retrieve an Existing Section or Drawing
To Import Files Into Sketcher
About the Sketcher Palette
To Add a Tab to the Sketcher Palette
To Add a Section to the Sketcher Palette Tab
To Import a Shape from the Sketcher Palette
To Dimension a Section
Tip: Dimensioning a Section to Part Edges
To Exit Sketcher with an Incomplete Section
Dimensioning Sketcher Geometry
About Dimensioning
To Control the Display of Dimensions
To Create Dimensions (basic)
To Strengthen Weak Dimensions
Replacing a Dimension
To Replace a Dimension
To Add Relations to a Section
To Modify Dimension Values
Entering Negative Dimensions
To Modify the Number of Decimal Places in Dimensions
About Locked and Unlocked Dimensions
To Lock or Unlock Section Dimensions
To Control the Display of Entity Locks
Automatically Locking User-defined Dimensions
About Known Dimensions
To Create a Known Dimension
Working with Dimension Tools
About the Dimension Tools
Normal Dimensions
About Normal Dimensions
About Toggling Between Dimension Types
To Create Linear Dimensions
To Create a Linear Dimension Between Arcs
Example: A Linear Dimension Between Arcs with a Linear Reference
Diameter, Radial, and Linear Dimensions
To Create Diameter Dimensions
To Create Radial Dimensions
To Toggle Between Diameter, Radial, and Linear Dimensions
Angle and Total Included Angle Dimensions
To Create an Angle Dimension between Lines
To Create an Angle Dimension Defined by Three Points
To Create a Total Included Angle Dimension
To Toggle Between Angle and Total Included Angle Dimensions
To Create an Angle Dimension for an Arc
Example: Angular Dimensions between Lines
Example: Angular Dimensions for Arcs
To Create an Arc Length Dimension
To Dimension an Elliptic Fillet or Ellipse
Dimensioning Splines
About Dimensioning a Spline
To Create Spline Linear Dimensions
To Create Spline Tangency Dimensions
To Create a Radius-of-Curvature Dimension
To Dimension Spline Interpolation Points
Dimensioning Conics
About Conic Arc Dimensions
Tip: Creating a Conic Arc Tangency Dimension
To Create a Conic Arc Tangency Dimension
Example: The rho Dimension of a Conic
To Dimension a Conic Arc Using rho
To Dimension a Conic Arc Defined by Three, Four, or Five Points
Perimeter Dimensions
About Perimeter Dimensions
Example: Perimeter Dimension
To Create a Perimeter Dimension
Baseline and Ordinate Dimensions
About Baseline and Ordinate Dimensions
To Create a Baseline Dimension
To Create Ordinate Dimensions
Example: Ordinate Dimensions
Reference Dimensions
About Reference Dimensions
To Create Reference Dimensions
Moving or Replacing Entities
To Move Entities
About Translating, Rotating, and Scaling a Section
About Translating Sketch Geometry
About Rotating Sketch Geometry
About Scaling Sketch Geometry
To Translate, Rotate, or Scale a Section
To Replace an Entity
Constraining Geometry
About Sketcher Constraints
About Using Constraints
Graphic Display of Constraints
To Control the Display of Constraints
Available Constraints
To Create Constraints
Selections for Constraints
To Delete a Constraint
To Obtain Information about a Constraint
Highlighting in Constraint Explanations
To Apply the Equal Radius Constraint to Circles or Ellipses
To Apply the Equal Curvature Constraint
Modifying a Section
To Delete Entities
To Resolve a Conflict
Sketcher Hints
Modifying Sketcher Text
To Modify Sketcher Text
To Modify the Height and Orientation of Text
Modifying a Spline
About Modifying a Spline
About the Spline Modification User Interface
To Set the Curvature Display for a Spline
To Move Interpolation points
To Add Points or Vertices
To Add an Endpoint
To Delete Points or Vertices
To Use the Control Polygon Option
To Add a Point to a Control Polygon
To Delete a Point From a Control Polygon
To Move a Spline Along With the Control Polygon
To Sparse a Spline
To Smooth a Spline
To Modify the Coordinates of Spline Points
To Save Spline Coordinates to a File
To Read in Spline Coordinates From a File
Tip: Reading in Spline Coordinates
To Obtain Information about Spline Coordinates
To Move a Point on a Spline Based on a Local Coordinate System
To Associate a Spline to a Coordinate System
To Move a Range of Points on a Spline
Creating a Feature Section
About Using Sketcher to Create a Feature Section
To Create a Feature Section (basic)
To Enter Sketcher Environment (basic)
To Specify and Orient the Sketching Plane
Tip: Orienting the Sketching Plane
About the Default Orientation Reference
About Modifying the Sketch Setup
To Modify the Sketch Setup
Sketcher Diagnostic Tools
About Sketcher Diagnostic Tools
To Detect Entities that Form Closed Loops
To Detect Open Ends of Entities
To Detect Overlapping Geometry
To Analyze Requirements of the Current Feature
Glossary
Sketcher Glossary
Feature Recognition Tool
About Feature Recognition
About Feature Recognition Reverse Modeling
To Use the Reverse Modeling Process
To Access the Feature Recognition Tool
To Create Hole Features from Imported Geometry
To Create Table Patterns for Holes from Imported Geometry
Supported Hole Types
To Create Extrude Features from Imported Geometry
Supported Extrusion Types
To Create Fillet Features from Imported Geometry
To Create Chamfer Features from Imported Geometry
To Create Slot Features from Imported Geometry
Supported Slot Types
About Selecting Multiple References for Feature Recognition
About Resolving Feature Failures
Creo Flexible Modeling
Creo Flexible Modeling Overview
Configuring Creo Flexible Modeling
About Creo Flexible Modeling Configuration Options
Configuration Options for Flexible Modeling
Using Creo Flexible Modeling
About Creo Flexible Modeling
About the Creo Flexible Modeling User Interface
About Adjacent Geometry
Using Bounding Edges
About Settings that Affect Regeneration of Features
Surface Selection in Creo Flexible Modeling
About Selecting Surfaces
About Surface Sets
About Surface Regions
About the Surface Sets Dialog Box
About Shape Surface Sets
To Select Shape Surface Sets
Using the Shape Surface Selection Commands
About Tangent Surface Sets
About Geometry Rule Surface Sets
To Select Geometry-Rule Surface Sets
Design Objects Tree
About the Design Objects Tree
To Show or Hide Items by Object Type in the Design Objects Tree
To View Design Objects in the Graphics Window and the Design Objects Tree
To Save Design Objects Tree Information
Searching for Geometry
About Searching for Geometry using the Geometry Search Tool
About the Geometry Search Tool User Interface
To Search for Geometry using the Geometry Search Tool
About Parameters in a Geometry Search
To Save and Retrieve Geometry Searches
Propagating Tangency to Move, Offset, and Modify Analytic Features
About Propagating Tangency to Move, Offset, and Modify Analytic Features
To Propagate Tangency to Move, Offset, and Modify Analytic Features
About Tangency Conditions in Creo Flexible Modeling
To Remove the User-Assigned Conditions from Entities
To Work with Condition Panels
Moving Geometry
About Moving Geometry
About the Move Feature User Interface
Using the Dragger
To Move Geometry Using the Dragger
To Move Geometry Using Dimensions
To Move Geometry Using Constraints
To Define Attachment Options for Move
Example: Creating or Extending Side Surfaces in a Move
Example: Moving Geometry Using Attachment Options
Example: Moving Geometry Using a Splitting Surface
Example: Flipping the Direction of the Splitting Surface
Example: Moving Geometry Using Different Reference Types
Example: Moving Partially Constrained Geometry
Offsetting Geometry
About the Offset Geometry Feature
About the Offset Geometry Feature User Interface
To Offset Geometry
To Define Attachment Options for Offset
Example: Offset Geometry Feature
Example: Offset Geometry with Attachment Options
Modifying Analytic Surfaces
About the Modify Analytic Surface Feature
About the Modify Analytic Feature User Interface
To Modify an Analytic Surface Feature
To Define Attachment Options for Modify Analytic
Mirroring Geometry
About Mirroring Geometry
About the Mirror Geometry Feature User Interface
To Mirror Geometry
Patterning Creo Flexible Modeling Geometry
About Patterning Creo Flexible Modeling Geometry
About the Pattern User Interface in Creo Flexible Modeling
About Excluding or Including Pattern Members
About Attachment in Creo Flexible Modeling Patterns
About Options in Creo Flexible Modeling Patterns
About Projecting Pattern Members onto a Surface in Creo Flexible Modeling
To Project Pattern Members onto a Surface in Creo Flexible Modeling
About Using an Alternate Origin in a Flexible Pattern
Direction
About Direction Patterns in Creo Flexible Modeling
To Create a Direction Pattern using Translation in Creo Flexible Modeling
To Create a Direction Pattern using Rotation in Creo Flexible Modeling
Axis
About Axis Patterns in Creo Flexible Modeling
To Create an Axis Pattern in Creo Flexible Modeling
Example: Follow Axis Rotation
Fill
About Fill Patterns in Creo Flexible Modeling
To Create a Fill Pattern in Creo Flexible Modeling
Example: Grid Templates for the Fill Pattern
Example: Follow Template Rotation
Table
About Table Patterns in Creo Flexible Modeling
To Create a Table Pattern in Creo Flexible Modeling
Curve
About Curve Patterns in Creo Flexible Modeling
To Create a Curve Pattern in Creo Flexible Modeling
Point
About Point Patterns in Creo Flexible Modeling
To Create a Point Pattern Using a Sketch in Creo Flexible Modeling
To Create a Point Pattern using Datum Points in Creo Flexible Modeling
Substituting Geometry
About the Substitute Feature
About the Substitute Feature User Interface
To Substitute Geometry
Editing Round Geometry
About Editing Round Geometry in Creo Flexible Modeling
About the Edit Round User Interface
To Edit Round Geometry
Editing Chamfer Geometry
About Editing Chamfer Geometry in Creo Flexible Modeling
About the Edit Chamfer User Interface
To Edit Chamfer Geometry
Propagating to Patterns and Symmetric Geometry
About Propagating Creo Flexible Modeling Features to a Pattern or Symmetric Geometry
To Propagate a Creo Flexible Modeling Feature to a Pattern or Symmetry Feature
Recognizing Geometry Patterns
About the Pattern Recognition Feature
About the Pattern Recognition Feature User Interface
To Recognize a Geometry Pattern
To Edit the Number and Spacing of Recognized Pattern Members
About Spatial Patterns
Example: Identical Geometry and Similar Geometry in Pattern Recognition
Recognizing Symmetry
About the Symmetry Recognition Feature
About the Symmetry Recognition Feature User Interface
To Recognize Symmetry
Example: Symmetry Recognition References
Example: Connected Surfaces
Example: Similar Geometry in Symmetry Recognition
Recognizing Rounds and Chamfers
About Recognizing Rounds and Chamfers
About the Round and Chamfer Recognition Feature User Interface
To Recognize Geometry as Rounds
To Recognize Geometry as Not Rounds
To Recognize Geometry as Chamfers
To Recognize Geometry as Not Chamfers
Creating Reference Patterns from Pattern Recognition, Symmetry Recognition, or Mirror Features
About Creating Reference Patterns from Pattern Recognition, Symmetry Recognition, Mirror, or Flexible Pattern Features
To Create a Reference Pattern from Pattern Recognition, Symmetry Recognition, Mirror, or Flexible Pattern Features
Attaching Quilts
About the Attach Feature
About the Attach User Interface
To Attach an Open Quilt to Solid Geometry
To Attach an Open Quilt to a Quilt
Removing Geometry
About the Remove Feature
About the Remove User Interface
To Remove Surfaces with the Remove Tool
To Remove Edges with the Remove Tool
About Splitting Surfaces
Example: Remove Surface Solutions
Example: Intersection of Non-Adjacent Surfaces
Data Exchange
Associative Topology Bus
Data Exchange
Using Associative Topology Bus
About Working within the Associative Topology Bus (ATB) Environment
About Associative Topology Bus Capabilities
About Translated Image Models (TIMs)
Part-Level Capabilities of Associative Topology Bus
Assembly-Level Capabilities of Associative Topology Bus
Configuring Associative Topology Bus
About Configuring Associative Topology Bus
To Set Associative Topology Bus Configuration Options
Configuration Options for Associative Topology Bus (ATB)
Accessing and Using ATB Commands
About Accessing Associative Topology Bus (ATB) Functionality
Selecting Objects and Performing an ATB Action on a Single or All Imported Geometry
To Customize the Associative Topology Bus Toolbar
Associative Topology Bus Functions
About Associative Topology Bus Functions
To Manually Check the Status of TIMs and ATB-enabled Imported Features
Contents of the Log File
To Automatically Check the Status of TIMs or Imported Features when Retrieving from Disk
To Automatically Check the Status of TIMs and ATB-enabled Features when Activating Models in Session
To Automatically Check the Status when Updating Out-of-Date TIMs and ATB-enabled Features
To Update Out-of-Date TIMs and ATB-enabled Imported Features
About Using Check Status and Update to Restore Missing Components
To Restore a Missing TIM Component Using Check Status and Update
To Restore a Missing TIM Component Using Search Path
About the Search Order for Check Status and Update
Considerations when Updating TIMs and ATB-enabled Imported Features
To Change the Link of a TIM or Imported Feature to a Relocated or New Reference Model
Changing the Reference-Model Link of a TIM or ATB-enabled Feature
Resolving Failed Child Features During ATB Update
About Changing the Representation of the TIM Assemblies
To Break the Associativity Between a TIM or ATB-enabled Feature and Reference Model
ATB Information
About Associative Topology Bus (ATB) Model Parameters
To Display the Parameters of a TIM
About Associative Topology Bus (ATB) Information
Working with Autodesk Inventor
About ATB-enabled Autodesk Inventor
Working with CADDS 5
About ATB-enabled CADDS 5
About Setting the CVPATH
About Exporting Parts and Assemblies to CADDS 5 with Associative Topology Bus
About Updating a CADDS 5 TIM
About Cabling Data Transferred to CADDS 5
Working with CATIA
About ATB-enabled CATIA V4
About ATB-enabled CATIA V5
Working with Creo Elements/Direct
About ATB-enabled Creo Elements/Direct Formats
About Updating TIM Parts and Assemblies for Changes in the Content Files
Working with CDRS and ICEM
About ATB-enabled IN Features
Working with NX
About ATB-enabled NX
Cross-Release Interoperability
About Working in a Collaborative Environment
Exchanging Data Between Pro/ENGINEER Releases
To Update an Imported Model
To Update a CDRS IN Feature in 2000i or 2000i2
Glossary
Glossary of Terms
Import DataDoctor
About Import DataDoctor
About Import DataDoctor in Creo Parametric
Getting Started with Import DataDoctor
About Getting Started
About Redefining Imported Features
About Editing the Geometry of Import Features
Diagnostics in IDD
About Analysis, Measurements, and Diagnostics
About Diagnostics in Import DataDoctor
About Using the Diagnostics Tool
To Set Up Geom Checks for Troubleshooting
To Perform Diagnostics on the Model
The Selection of Problem Geometry
Problem Geometry and Their Description
Geometry and Topology Structure Tree
About the Geometry and Topology Structure Tree
About Performing Various Tasks on GTS Tree Nodes
Drag and Drop Operation on the GTS Tree
About Selecting Geometry
About Activating Geometry
To Activate Geometry
To Deactivate Geometry
To Select the Parent Node
To Detach a Surface
Repair Tools
About Repairing Geometry
About Setting Profile Options to Automate Repair
Gaps and Slivers
About Defining and Closing Gaps
To Define Gaps Using the Define Gaps Tool
About Defining and Removing Sliver Surfaces
To Define Slivers Using the Define Slivers Tool
To Define Gaps and Slivers Using the Search Tool
Wireframes
About the Wireframe
To Display Wireframes
To Add to Wireframe
To Remove from Wireframe
To Merge Contiguous Wireframes
To Split a Wireframe
To Display Vertices
To Display Tangency
To Add Tangency
To Remove Tangency
To Display Frozen Surfaces
To Freeze a Surface
To Unfreeze a Surface
Repairing Using the Wireframe
About the Repair Tool
To Use the Repair Tool
To Repair the Wireframe Using the Close Tool
Repairing Using the Close Tool
To Remove Gaps and Slivers Using the Close Tool
To Remove Chains of One-Sided Edges Using the Close Tool
Repairing Using the Match Tool
About the Match Tool
To Use the Match Tool
Geometry Modification Tools
Modifying Surface Boundaries and Curves
About Curve Operations
About Editing Surface Boundaries in IDD
To Modify a Curve or a One-Sided Edge
To Merge Contiguous Curves or One-Sided Edges
To Split a Curve or One-Sided Edge
To Delete a Curve
To Delete a Trimmed Surface Boundary
To Move a Vertex
About Curve Constraints
To Align Curves
About the Replace Tool
To Use the Replace Tool
To Change the Line Style of Imported Curve Data
Modifying Surfaces
To Edit Math Properties of a Surface
Surface Operations
About Surface Operations
To Modify a Free Form Surface
About Surface Constraints
To Align Surfaces
Trim, Extend, and Extrapolate
About the Trim Tool
About the Trim User Interface
To Trim a Quilt
About the Extend Tool
About the Extend User Interface
To Create a Surface Extension
To Create a Surface Extension To a Plane
About the Extrapolate Tool
About the Extrapolate User Interface
To Extrapolate a Surface
Merge and Combine
About the Surface Merge Tool
About the Surface Merge User Interface
To Merge Two Quilts
Difference between Merge and Combine
Design Intent Modification Tools
To Remove Surface Sets Using the Close Tool
Surface Conversion
About Converting Surfaces in IDD
About the IDD Surface Conversion User Interface
About Origin Manipulation for Surface Conversion in IDD
About Orientation Reference for Surface Conversion in IDD
About Sections for Surface Conversion in IDD
About Compute Option for Surface Conversion in IDD
About Attaching Converted Surfaces
To Convert Surfaces in IDD and Modify Them
Cut, Copy, Paste, and Delete
About the Cut Operation in IDD
About the Copy Operation in IDD
About the Paste Operation in IDD
About Paste Special Operation in IDD
To Cut, Copy, and Paste Geometry in IDD
To Cut, Copy, and Paste Special in IDD
About Delete Operation in IDD
To Delete Geometry in IDD
Transforming Geometry
About the IDD Transform Tool
About the Transform Tool User Interface
To Transform Geometry in IDD Using Placement Constraints
To Transform Geometry in IDD Using Move Geometry Keyboard Shortcuts
To Transform Geometry in IDD Using Orient Mode
To Transform Geometry in IDD Using Translate or Rotate
To Transform Geometry in IDD Using Adjust
Geometry Creation Tools
About the Boundary Blend Surface
Creating Datum Entities
About Datum Entity Creation in IDD
To Create a Datum Plane
To Create a Datum Axis
To Create a Datum Point
To Create a Datum Csys
Creating Datum Curves
About Curves in IDD
About UV-Curves in IDD
About the Insert Curve by Projection User Interface
To Create a UV-Curve by Projection
About the Insert Curve by Intersection User Interface
To Create a UV-Curve by Intersection
About the Insert Curve Through Points User Interface
To Create a UV-Curve Through Points
About UV-Curves from Isoline
To Create a UV-Curve from Isoline
To Create a Sketched Curve
To Create a 3D Curve Through Points
Interface
Interface Overview
About Data Exchange in Creo
Using Interface
About Interface Capabilities
Configuring Interface
About Configuring Interface
To Set Configuration Options for Interface
2D Data Exchange Settings and the Corresponding Configuration Options
Configurations Options for Interface
Creating Profiles for Import and Export
About Creating Format-Specific Profiles for Data Exchange Tasks
About Editing Import and Export Profiles
About Saving Profiles and Designating Them as the Default Profiles
Creating Import Profiles
To Create or Modify an Import Profile at Start of Session
To Create or Modify an Import Profile at Runtime
About the Model Import Options in the Profiles
About the Surface Import Options in the Profiles
About the Curve and Point Import Options in the Profiles
About Topology Options in the Import Profiles
About the Import Profile Filter Options
About the Miscellaneous Import Options of Various Formats
Creating Export Profiles
To Create an Export Profile at the Start of a Creo Session
To Create an Export Profile for a Format at Runtime
Importing and Exporting Files
About Importing Drawing and Model Files
About Exporting Creo Models and Drawings to Other Formats
To Import a Part or Assembly
About Choosing the Data Type of Import Features
About Custom Start Part and Assembly Template Files
About Inserting Imported Features in Existing Part Models
To Insert Imported Curve Data in a Creo Part
To Insert Imported Facet Features in a Creo Part
To Insert Point Cloud Data as Imported Facet Feature in a Creo Part
About Inserting Imported Features as Solids, Surfaces, and Cuts
To Insert Imported Surfaces in a Part
To Insert a Solid Protrusion in a Part
To Insert an Import Feature as a Subtractive Solid
About Scaling Imported Drawings and Setting Margins to Fit Sheet Size
Importing Assembly Data
About the Selective Import of Assembly Data
About the Structural and Graphical Representation of TIM Assemblies
To Change the Level of Detail of a TIM Component
About Missing Assembly Components and Placeholder Files
About Restoring the Missing Components of TIM Assemblies
Generating Import Log Files
About Import Log Files
To Generate an Import Log File at Runtime
To View an Import Log File at Runtime
To Generate and View an Import Log File Offline
About the Structure of the Import Log File
About Using Import Log Files for Diagnostics
Validating Import
About Translating the Mass Properties of Solid Models as Validation Data
About Parameters Created for the Mass Properties of Source Models
Mass Properties Supported by Various Formats
About Model Parameters that Store the Calculated Validation Property Values
About Verifying Validation Parameters, the Import Status of Parts, and the Conversion Score
About the Details of the Import Validation Results
About the Validation Score and the Quality of Import
About Resetting Validation Data and Recalculating Validation Score
To Recalculate the Validation Score of an Imported Model
About Customizing Import Validation Settings Before Importing or Opening Models
To Customize Import Validation Settings at the Start of Session
About Resolving Import Validation Failures
To Access IDD and Repair Geometry Failing Import Validation
About Using Alternate or Calculated Mass Properties to Calculate Validation Score
To Use Alternate or Calculated Mass Properties
To Ignore Solidification Errors or Enable Solidification Checks
File Formats that Support Import Validation
Reporting to Notification Center
About Import Validation Failures Reported in the Notification Center
About the Import Validation Failure Notifications
To Resolve the Import Validation Failure Notifications
Working with Imported Geometry
Basic Methods
About Working with Imported Geometry
Examples: Methods of Working with Imported Geometry
About Wireframe Data
To Create a Solid Model from a Wireframe
About Surface Data
To Generate a Solid Using Surface Data
To Assure the Accuracy of Imported Data
Redefining Imported Features
About Redefining Imported Features
About Reloading the Geometry of Imported Features
To Reload the Geometry of an Import Feature from a New Source File
About Adding Geometry to Imported Features
To Add Geometry to an Import Feature from an External File
About Editing the Geometry of the Import Features
About Matching Reference Entities of Redefined Import Features
To Match Reference Entities when Reloading Imported Geometry
To Add and Delete Reference Pairs of a Redefined Import Feature
About Collapsing Geometry into Import Features
To Collapse Geometry into an Import or Independent Geometry Feature
Working with Imported Faceted Geometry
About Working with Imported Faceted Geometry
About Using Imported Faceted Geometry for Datum Creation
About Creating Datum Axis Referencing Imported Faceted Geometry
About Creating Datum Planes Referencing Imported Faceted Geometry
About the Analysis of Imported Faceted Data
Importing and Exporting Layer Information
About Exporting Layer Information
About Layer Export Status
About Filtering Layers to Customize Import
About Controlling the Import and Export of Layers
Working with Data Exchange Formats
3D Manufacturing Format
About the 3D Manufacturing Format — 3MF
To Import a Part or Assembly 3MF File
To Export a Part or Assembly Model as a 3MF File
About 3MF Export Profile Options and the Corresponding Configuration Options
ACIS
To Import a Part or Assembly from ACIS
To Export a Part or Assembly to ACIS
About ACIS Export Profile Settings and the Corresponding Configuration Options
Adobe Illustrator Curves
About Importing Adobe Illustrator Curves
To Import a Part, Assembly, or Sketch with Adobe Illustrator Curves
To Append a Part with Adobe Illustrator Curves to an Existing Model
AutoDesk Inventor
About Importing Autodesk Inventor Models
To Import an Autodesk Inventor Part or Assembly
To Append an Autodesk Inventor Part to an Existing Part
CADDS 5
Overview of Creo Interface for CADDS
About the Creo Interface for CADDS 5
About Defining Components by Path Location
About Setting the CVPATH Environment Variable
About the ODB_DAEMON Process
About the Name Service
Importing CADDS 5 Parts and Assemblies
About Importing CADDS 5 Models
To Import a CADDS 5 Part or Assembly
Exporting to CADDS 5
About Exporting to CADDS 5
To Export a Part or Assembly to CADDS 5
About CADDS 5 Export Profile Settings and the Corresponding Configuration Options
CATIA
Overview of Licenses and Translators
About CATIA Versions, Licenses, and Translators
Importing and Exporting to CATIA V4
About Importing CATIA V4 Model and Session Files
Entities Supported for Import
Importing CATIA V4 Models with Dittos in Assembly Mode
Importing CATIA V4 Models with Dittos in Part Mode
To Import a CATIA V4 Model File
To Append a CATIA V4 File to an Existing Part Model
To Selectively Import Model Data of a CATIA V4 Export .exp File
About Importing a CATIA V4 Model with Layers and Layer Filters
About Using Layer Display Status for Selective Import of CATIA V4 Geometry
About Exporting to CATIA V4
To Export a Part or Assembly to CATIA V4
About CATIA V4 Export Profile Settings and the Corresponding Configuration Options
About CATIA Start Parts
About Controlling Model Space Parameters When Exporting to CATIA
Importing and Exporting to CATIA V5
About Importing CATIA V5 Models
To Import a CATIA V5 Part or Assembly File
To Append a CATIA V5 Part to an Existing Part
To Assemble a CATIA V5 Part in an Existing Assembly
About Exporting Creo Files to CATIA V5
To Export a Part or Assembly to CATIA V5
About CATIA V5 Export Profile Settings and the Corresponding Configuration Options
To Export a Part to CATIA V5 CGR
About CATIA V5 CGR Export Profile Settings and the Corresponding Configuration Options
About Handling Component Failure When Exporting Large Assemblies
CDRS
About Importing CDRS Models
To Import a CDRS File
To Append a CDRS File to a Part Model
CGM
About CGM Files
To Export to a CGM File
To Export a Drawing to CGM as a Publish Deliverable
To Import a CGM File
CGM Entities Supported for Import
Creo Elements/Direct
Importing Creo Elements/Direct Drawings
About Importing Creo Elements/Direct Drawing Files
To Import a Creo Elements/Direct File as a Non-Associative Drawing
About Importing Dimensions from MI Drawings
Creo Elements/Direct Dimension Types and Their Mapping in Creo Parametric
MI Import Options and the Corresponding Configuration Options
Importing Associative Drawings
About Importing Associative Drawings from Creo Elements/Direct
To Import a Creo Elements/Direct Associative Drawing and Model
About Importing the Views of Creo Elements/Direct Associative Drawings
About Importing the General Views of the Associative Drawings
About Importing the Detail Views of Creo Elements/Direct Associative Drawings
About Importing Views Containing Configuration Details from Creo Elements/Direct Associative Drawings
About Importing the Dimensions of Creo Elements/Direct Drawings as Associative Data
About Importing Notes and Symbols of Creo Elements/Direct Drawings as Associative Data
Importing Parts and Assemblies
About Importing Native Creo Elements/Direct Part and Assembly Models
To Import a Creo Elements/Direct Modeling File
About Creo Elements/Direct 3D Import Options in the Profiles
About Handling the Missing Components of Imported Creo Elements/Direct Models
About 3D Model Data Imported from Creo Elements/Direct
About the Import of Container Models and Stock and Finished Parts
About Importing the Configurations of Creo Elements/Direct 3D Models as Explode and Combined States
About Importing the Cross-Sections of Creo Elements/Direct Models
About Importing the Coordinate Systems of Creo Elements/Direct Models
About Importing Feature Points from Creo Elements/Direct
About the Semantic Import of Dimensions with PMI Data from Creo Elements/Direct
Tolerance Values of Dimensions Imported from Creo Elements/Direct
About Transferring the Meta Data of Chamfers from Creo Elements/Direct Preserving Design Intent
About Transferring the Meta Data of Rounds from Creo Elements/Direct Preserving Design Intent
Importing Attributes from Creo Elements/Direct Models
Creo View
About Data Exchange Between Creo View and Creo Parametric
Importing and Exporting Facet and Exact Geometry
Importing and Exporting Non-Geometric Data
Importing from Creo View
To Import a Creo View File
To Append a Creo View Part to an Existing Part Model
To Assemble a Creo View Part or Assembly into an Existing Assembly
Exporting to Creo View
To Export a Drawing, Part, or Assembly to Creo View
To Export a Drawing or Model as Creo View File to Windchill Workspace
About Creo View Export Profile Settings and the Corresponding Configuration Options
Using Recipe Files for the Export
DXF and DWG
Importing DXF and DWG Drawing Files
About Importing DXF or DWG Drawing Files
About Importing Dimensions Associated with Draft Entities
To Import a DXF or DWG File as a Drawing
To Append a DXF or DWG File to a Drawing
Import DXF or Import DWG Dialog Box and the Corresponding Configuration Options
Importing a DXF or DWG Drawing File
Importing Layers and Line Styles
Mapping AutoCAD Colors to Creo
Exporting Drawings to DXF and DWG
About Exporting Drawings to DXF or DWG Files
To Export a Drawing, Drawing Format, or Notebook to DXF or DWG
To Export a Drawing to DXF or DWG as a Publish Deliverable
Controlling DXF and DWG Export
Setting intf_out_layer to block_layer
Setting intf_out_layer to part_layer
Setting intf_out_layer to none
Mapping Layers and Line Styles
Mapping Text, Hatching, and Tables
Mapping Creo Text Fonts to AutoCAD Fonts
Mapping ASME and ISO Fonts of Symbols to AutoCAD GDT Fonts
Export Drawing Scale
Color Mapping Creo Defaults to AutoCAD
Default System Colors
Basic AutoCAD System Colors
Example: Line in dxf_export.pro File
Example: Block Naming Conventions
Importing and Exporting 3D Data
About Importing DXF Files with 3D Data
Importing DXF or DWG Files with 3D Solids and 2D Entities as Drawings
Importing AutoCAD 3D DXF Files as Parts
Importing AutoCAD 3D DXF Files as Assemblies or Assembly Components
Filtering 3D Geometric Data
To Import an AutoCAD 3D DXF File
To Append an AutoCAD 3D DXF File to an Existing Part
About Exporting Facet Data of 3D Models to DXF and DWG Formats
To Export the Facet Data of a Creo Model to DXF or DWG
About Export Profile Settings for DXF and DWG and the Corresponding Configuration Options
Granite-based Files
About Directly Opening Granite-based Files
ICEM
About Importing ICEM Surf Models
To Import an ICEM File
To Append an ICEM File to an Existing Part Model
IGES
Importing IGES Files to Drawing Mode
About Importing IGES Data Into a Drawing
To Import a 2D IGES File in Drawing Mode
To Append an IGES Drawing File to a Creo Drawing
Importing IGES View Layout
Configuration File Options Supporting the Import of IGES Files
2D IGES Entities Supported for Import in Drawing Mode
Importing Colors in Drawing Mode
Importing 3D IGES Files
To Import a 3D IGES File
To Append a 3D IGES File to an Existing Model
Entities Supported for Import into Drawing, Part, and Assembly Modes
Importing Colors in Part and Assembly Modes
About Importing IGES Files in Sketcher Mode
To Import an IGES File in Sketcher Mode
Exporting from Drawing Mode to IGES
About Exporting to IGES
Entity Attributes that IGES Supports
To Export a Drawing to an IGES Drawing File
To Export a Drawing to IGES as a Publish Deliverable
IGES Entities Supported for Export from Drawing Mode
Enabling CADRA Export
To Export Colors in Drawing Mode
Colors Not Supported
Exporting IGES Groups
About IGES Groups
To Create an IGES Group
To Edit an IGES Group
To Delete an IGES Group
To List an IGES Group
Exporting Parts and Assemblies to IGES
To Export a Part or Assembly to an IGES File
About IGES Export Profile Settings and the Corresponding Configuration Options
Part and Assembly IGES Files
IGES Entities Supported for Export from Part and Assembly Modes
File Structure for Exporting Assemblies to IGES
JT
About Importing and Exporting JT Visualization Format
About the Data Exchanged Between Creo and JT
Exchanging Product Manufacturing Information between JT and Creo
Importing and Exporting Cross-Sections
To Import a JT File
About Exporting Native Models to Product Structures of JT
To Export a Part or Assembly File to JT
About JT Export Profile Settings and the Corresponding Configuration Options
About the Export Options in the JT Configuration File
MEDUSA
About Importing and Exporting Parts, Assemblies, and Drawings to MEDUSA
To Export a Part or Assembly to MEDUSA
To Import a MEDUSA File of a Part or Assembly
To Append a MEDUSA File to an Existing Part
Detail to MEDUSA
To Export from Detail to MEDUSA
To Export a Drawing to MEDUSA as a Publish Deliverable
Mapping Detail Information to MEDUSA
Importing MEDUSA Drawings
To Import a MEDUSA File with Drawing Data
To Append a MEDUSA Drawing File to a Creo Drawing
Motion Envelope
To Export to Motion Envelope
Neutral Files
About Data Exchange Between Creo and the Neutral Format
About Importing and Exporting Annotations with Product Manufacturing Information
Overview of Part and Assembly Neutral Files
About Part and Assembly Neutral Files
Working with Curves Data Format
About Curves Data Format
Example: Line Data Format
Example: Arc Data Format
Example: Spline Data Format
Example: NURBS Data Format
Working with Trimmed Surfaces Data Format
About Trimmed Surfaces Data Format
Example: Plane Data Format
Example: Cylinder Data Format
Example: Cone Data Format
Example: Torus Data Format
Example: General Surface of Revolution Data Format
Example: Ruled Surface Data Format
Example: Tabulated Cylinder Data Format
Example: Fillet Surface Data Format
Example: Spline Surface Data Format
Example: Cylindrical Spline Surface Data Format
Example: NURBS Surface Data Format
Importing Neutral Files
To Import a Neutral File
Part Entity Data Format
Format of Neutral Files
Edge Entity Data Format
Dimensions Data Format
Feature Entity Data Format
Mass Properties Data Format
Geometric Tolerances Data Format
Assembly Neutral Files Data Format
Assembly Members Data Format
Exporting to a Neutral File
To Export to a Neutral File
About Neutral Export Profile Settings and the Corresponding Configuration Options
NX
About Data Exchange Between NX and Creo
To Import an NX Part or Assembly
To Append an NX File to an Existing Part
To Assemble an NX File into a Creo Assembly Model
To Export a Part or Assembly to NX
About NX Export Profile Settings and the Corresponding Configuration Options
OPTEGRA
About Importing an Optegra EPD.Connect _ps File with CATIA V4 and V5 Models
To Import an Optegra EPD.Connect _ps File with CATIA V4 and V5 Models
To Assemble an Optegra _ps File in an Existing Assembly
Parasolid
About Data Exchange Between Parasolid and Creo
To Import a Parasolid Part or Assembly
To Append a Parasolid Part or Assembly to an Existing Model
To Export a Part or Assembly to the Parasolid Format
About Parasolid Export Profile Settings and the Corresponding Configuration Options
PATRAN
About PATRAN Geometry
To Export to a PATRAN File
PDF
About Exporting Drawings to PDF
To Export a Drawing to PDF
To Export a Drawing to PDF as a Publish Deliverable
To Set the Format of the PDF Document
To Specify the Contents of the PDF Document
To Specify Security Settings for the PDF Export
To Provide Description Data for the PDF Export
About Exporting Creo Models to PDF
To Export a Model as a U3D Graphic in a PDF File
To Export a Model as a 2D Raster Image
To Disable Text Access for the Visually Impaired
Rhinoceros
About Interface for Rhino
To Import a Rhinoceros File
Colors and Layers in Imported Rhinoceros Files
Solid Edge
About Importing Solid Edge Parts and Assemblies
To Import a Solid Edge Part or Assembly
To Append a Solid Edge Part to a Creo Part
To Assemble a Solid Edge Model in an Assembly
SolidWorks
About Data Exchange between SolidWorks and Creo
Importing SolidWorks Import Bodies
To Import a SolidWorks Part or Assembly
To Append a SolidWorks Part to a Creo Part
To Assemble a SolidWorks Model into an Existing Assembly
To Export a Part or Assembly to SolidWorks
About SolidWorks Export Profile Settings and the Corresponding Configuration Options
STEP
Overview of STEP Files
About STEP Files
About Importing and Exporting STEP Associative Drafting and 3D Data
Supported STEP AP 202 Classes
Supported STEP AP203 and AP214 Classes
About Exchanging Annotations as Graphical Representations
About Exchanging Validation Properties
Example: .log File for an Imported STEP Component File
Importing STEP Files to Drawing Mode
To Import a STEP File in Drawing Mode
Importing STEP Data in Drawing Mode
Importing Part and Assembly STEP Files
About Importing Part and Assembly STEP Files
To Import Part and Assembly STEP Files
Importing in 3D
Exporting Drawings to STEP
About Exporting Drawings to STEP
To Export a Drawing, Drawing Format, or Notebook to STEP
To Export a Drawing to STEP as a Publish Deliverable
Exporting Parts and Assemblies to STEP
About Exporting Parts and Assemblies to STEP
To Export a Part or Assembly to STEP
About STEP Export Profile Options and the Corresponding Configuration Options
File Structure of Assembly Models Exported to STEP
STEP Colors and Layers Support for STEP AP203 and AP214
STHENO/PRO
About STHENO/PRO
To Import a STHENO/PRO File
To Append a STHENO/PRO File to an Existing Drawing File
To Export a Drawing Sheet to STHENO/PRO
To Export a Drawing to STHENO/PRO as a Publish Deliverable
Supertab Geometry
About Supertab Geometry
To Export to a Supertab Universal File
Tessellated Files
About Tessellated Files
To Export to an STL, Render, Optegra Vis, or XPatch File
About STL Export Profile Settings and the Corresponding Configuration Options
About the Optegra Vis Export Profile Settings and the Corresponding Configuration Options
To Export a Model to Wavefront
About Export Profile Settings for the MEDUSA, XPatch, Wavefront, Render, and AMF File Formats
To Export a Part or Assembly Model as an Inventor File
About the Inventor iv Export Profile Settings and the Corresponding Configuration Options
Creating an Export File
Assembly STL and Assembly Inventor File Overlapping Surfaces
Using Positive Coordinates
Controlling the Quality of Export
In-Session and Direct VRML Export
About In-Session and Direct Import and Export to VRML
Considerations when Exporting an Active Part or Assembly
Considerations for In-Session and Direct VRML Export
Considerations when Exporting an Inactive Part or Assembly
To Prepare the Exploded State for Export
About the Direct Export Method
To Use the Direct Export
VRML Files
To Use the In-Session Export
To Import to VRML Format
Changing Default Settings for Export to VRML
Configuration File Variables for Export to VRML
Exporting to VRML
To Export to VRML
TIFF (Snapshot) Files and Shaded Images
Overview of TIFF Files
About TIFF Files
Importing TIFF Files
To Import a TIFF File
Considerations when Importing a TIFF File
Exporting TIFF (Snapshot) Files and Shaded Images
About Exporting a TIFF (Snapshot), TIFF, EPS, or JPEG File
To Export to a TIFF (Snapshot) File
To Export a Drawing to TIFF as a Publish Deliverable
To Export to a TIFF, EPS, or JPEG File
Shaded Image Configuration Dialog Box
U3D
About Exporting to U3D
To Export a Model to U3D
VDA
Importing VDA Files
To Create a Part by Importing VDA Data
To Import a VDA File as a New Feature into an Existing Part
Importing Through VDA
Exporting to VDA
To Export a Part or Assembly as a VDA File
About VDA Export Profile Settings and the Corresponding Configuration Options
Exporting to VDA
Using Creo Distributed Batch
About Creo Distributed Batch
Importing Proprietary Surface with Creo Parametric TOOLKIT
About Using Creo Parametric TOOLKIT to Import Proprietary Surfaces
To Import a Foreign Surface
Working with Pro/WEB PUBLISH
About Pro/WEB PUBLISH
To Create a WEB Publication
Naming Conventions for Publication-Related Files and 2D Model Views
Types of Data Extracted
To Prepare a Model for Export
Additional Model Parameters
To Export Process Data
Viewing an Assembly Process Publication
About Viewing an Assembly Process Publication
Viewing a Manufacturing Process Publication
About Viewing a Manufacturing Process Publication
Viewing an Assembly Publication
About Viewing an Assembly Publication
Customizing Publication Sites
About Customizing Publication Sites
To Set Formats for Assembly Representations
To Include the Tree Tool in the Web Page
To Add a Step-Specific Frame
Adding Additional Frames
Example: Adding a Different Video for Each Process Step
Working with Digitized Input
About Digitized Input
To Import Data from the Digitizing Tablet
Summary of Tablet Options
To Enter Scale Mode
Scale Mode
To Calibrate the Tablet
Calibration Mode
To Create a Chain of Straight Line Segments
Digitizing Input
Tip: Converting Chains Using Explicit Commands
To Delete a Point
To Digitize Points
To Delete a Chain
To Join Two Chains
To Convert a Chain
To Configure the Tablet
To Troubleshoot Problems That Occur when Digitizing
AutobuildZ
AutobuildZ Overview
Using AutobuildZ
About AutobuildZ
About a Work Session in AutobuildZ
To Access AutobuildZ Functions in Creo Parametric
About Saving and Retrieving Work
Setting Preferences for AutobuildZ
About Specifying Preferences
To Set Preferences for AutobuildZ Operations
Selecting Entities on a Drawing
About Selecting Multiple Entities on a Drawing
Methods of Selecting Multiple Entities
To Select Multiple Entities by Defining a Rectangular Box
To Select a Chain of Connected Entities
To Add or Remove Entities from the Selection
To List Details of Selected Entities and Remove Entities
Cleaning Up Imported Drawings
About Cleaning Up Imported Drawings
To Clean Up an Imported Drawing Automatically
To Clean Up an Imported Drawing Manually
Defining Views
About Defining Views on the Current Drawing
To Define an Orthographic View
To Define a Section View
To Define an Auxiliary View
To Define a Detailed View
About Drawing and View Scales
About Calculating a Drawing Scale Value for an Orthographic View
To Specify a Drawing Scale Value for an Orthographic View
Creating Parts and Mapping Views
About Creating a Part and Associating It with the Current Drawing
About Mapping and Associating the Drawing Views and the Datum Planes of a Part
Setting Preferences for a New Part
To Create a Part with Datum Planes Automatically Mapped to the Drawing Views
To Manually Map Drawing Views to Datum Planes of a Part
To Set a Part Model as the Active Part
Creating Features in the Current Part
About Creating Features in the Current Part
About Defining Elements of Creo Parametric Features from Drawing Entities
Using Feature Creation Wizards
Applying a Scale Factor to Models When Creating Features
To Specify Feature Type and Define the Section Profile and Sketch Plane
Automatic Selection of the Sketching Plane
To Create a Feature of Type Extrude
Specifying Depth for Extrusions and Holes
To Create a Feature of Type Revolve
Specifying the Angle of Revolution for Revolved Features
To Create a Simple Straight Hole
To Create a Datum Plane
To Create a Sketched Datum Curve
To Create a Sketched Datum Point
Validating Section Profiles
About Automatically Validating Section Profiles
Identifying Reasons for Validation Failure
About Fixing Section Profiles That Fail Validation
Performing Operations as Part of the Section Profile Fix
To View Validation Results and Fix the Section Profile
Creating 2D Drawing Views Automatically from 3D Models
About Automatically Creating Drawing Views of the Part
Creo Legacy Migration
Using Legacy Drawing Associator (LDA)
About Using the Legacy Drawing Associator (LDA)
About Associating Models with Drawings
About Setting the Selection Filter
To Set the Selection Filter and Pick Entities of the Filter Type
Creating and Orienting Views
About Automatically Mapping 2D Views to 3D Views
About Automatically Mapping the Views of SolidWorks Drawing and Model Pairs
To Map the Views of SolidWorks Drawing and Model Using View Mapping File
About Creating, Orienting, and Placing 2D Views
To Create, Orient, and Place a 2D View
Mapping Annotations
About Mapping 2D Entities to Associative 3D Geometry and Reassociating 2D Annotations
Creating Annotations
About Annotating Legacy Drawings
About Creating, Redefining, and Inserting Symbols
About Adding Jogs and Breaks to the Witness Lines of Ordinate Dimensions
Matching Annotations
About Matching Legacy Annotations with Drawing Annotations
To Match a Legacy Annotation or Draft Entities with a Creo Parametric Annotation
Validating Associations
About Verifying the Mapping Status of Entities and Cleaning Up the Drawing
To Verify the Mapping Status of 2D Entities of a Selected View
Creating Model-Drawing Pairs
To Map a Drawing to a Model and Create a Drawing-Model Pair
Using Annotation Converter
About Converting Drawing Annotations to 3D Model Annotations
To Convert Drawing Annotations to 3D Model Annotations
To Structure the Display of 3D Annotations
Creo Unite
About the Creo Unite Technology
Opening non-Creo Parts and Assemblies
About Opening non-Creo Models to Create Multi-CAD Assemblies
To Open a CATIA, Inventor, NX, SolidWorks, or Creo Elements/Direct Model
About Handling the Missing Components of Creo Elements/Direct Models
About the Associative Update of Annotations Contained in the Creo Elements/Direct Models
About Opening Multibodied Parts and Assemblies with Virtual and Internal Components
To Open a Part Model with Multibodies
About Opening Assemblies with Components Intersected by Assembly-Level Features
Saving non-Creo Models to Windchill Workspace
About Saving non-Creo Models Opened from Disk in Windchill Workspace
To Upload a non-Creo Model Opened from Disk to Windchill Workspace
Reopening non-Creo Models After Updates
About Reopening non-Creo Models After Updates in Source CAD Systems
About Reopening Assemblies After Modifying Intersected Components in Source Models
Configuring the Retrieval of non-Creo Models
About Configuring the Retrieval of non-Creo Models
To Configure the Retrieval of non-Creo Models
Configurations Options for Creo Unite
Supported Tasks and Behavior
About the File Names of non-Creo Models
About the Behavior of non-Creo Models
About Model and Component Operations Not Supported in the Multi-CAD Environment
Using the non-Creo Data
About Maintaining Design Intents Across CAD Systems
About Referencing the non-Creo Data of Multi-CAD Assemblies
Saving and Exporting non-Creo Models
About Saving non-Creo Models as Creo Models
To Open and Save a non-Creo Part or Assembly as a Creo Model
About Saving Multibodied Parts and Assemblies with Virtual, Internal, and Intersected Components
To Save a non-Creo Assembly with Internal, Intersected, and Multibodied Components
About Checking for the External References of non-Creo Models
About Exporting non-Creo Models to Other File Formats
To Export a non-Creo Model to a Supported File Format
Modifying non-Creo Models
About Making Design Changes to non-Creo Models
About Translated Image Models Created by the Conversion of non-Creo Models
To Automatically Convert a non-Creo Model to a TIM
To Convert a non-Creo Model to a TIM Using Advanced Tools
To Explicitly Convert non-Creo Model to TIM Without Initiating Design Changes
To Modify a non-Creo Model without Converting to a Creo Model
About Converting Multiple Occurrences of non-Creo Components
Adding Foreign Components
About Adding Foreign Components to TIM Assemblies
To Set the Update Preference for a TIM Assembly and Add a Foreign Component to the TIM
Reusing TIM Models
About Reusing TIMs for Design Changes
To Reuse an Existing TIM Model for the Design Changes
Detailed Drawings
Detailed Drawings
Detailed Drawings Overview
Detailed Drawings Basics
About the Creo Parametric Drawing Mode
Example: A Typical Workflow to Optimize Drawing Creation
Selecting Objects in Drawings
About Cut, Copy and Paste
Rules for Copying between Drawings
Undo/Redo in Drawings
Undoing and Redoing Drawing Operations
Managing the Stack
Supported Undo/Redo Operations
Unsupported Undo/Redo Operations (Non-Clearing)
View-Only Drawings
About View-Only Mode
To Open a Drawing in View-Only Mode
To Modify a Drawing in View-Only Mode
Setting Up and Configuring Drawings
About Drawing Setup
Using True Type Fonts
Detail Options
About Detail Options
To Customize the Detail Options
To Retrieve an Existing Detail Options File
To Search for a Detail Option
Detail Options
User Commands for Detailed Drawings
Drawing Configuration Options
About Drawing Related Configuration Options
Configuration Options for Detailed Drawings
Templates for Drawing Layout
About Drawing Templates
To Create a Drawing Template
To Create a Drawing Using a Drawing Template
Setting Drawing Parameters
About Working with Drawing Parameters
To Create a Drawing Parameter
To Get Information About Drawing Parameters
To Save Drawing Parameter Information as a File
System Parameters for Drawings
Pro/REPORT Parameters for Manufacturing Process Drawings
Material Parameters for Drawings
To Access Part or Assembly Material Parameters in Drawing
To Retrieve Model Parameters in a Drawing Using a Format
Creating and Editing Sheet Formats: Using Formats in a Drawing
About Using Formats in a Drawing
To Create a Format
To Create or Modify Format Geometry
To Change Formats in an Existing Drawing
Tip: Sheet Outline and Plotting
To Match Setup Values in Drawings and Formats
About Using Tables in a Format
About Notes in Formats and Tables
To Add a Table to a Format
To Use Parameters in Labels in a Format Table
To Set Up a Format Library
To Retrieve a Format from the Format Library
Creating a Drawing
To Create a Drawing
To Add Models to the Drawing
To Delete Models as Drawing Models from an Active Drawing
To Set the Current Working Model
To Replace Models from Family Tables
To Open a Model from a Drawing
About Accessing Drawing Models
Drawing Tree
About the Drawing Tree
About the Layout and Structure of the Drawing Tree
About Heading Nodes on the Drawing Tree
About Task-Related Content on the Drawing Tree
About Selecting Drawing Items on the Drawing Tree
To Rename a Drawing Item on the Drawing Tree
To Erase or Unerase a Drawing Item on the Drawing Tree
About the Show Menu on the Drawing Tree
Controlling Drawing Details with Layers
About Controlling Drawing Details with Layers
About Utilizing Default Layers in Drawings
About Changing the Display Status of Individual Drawing View Layers
Invisible Drawing Model Items
To Place Drawing Items on Layers
To Control Individual View Display Using Layers
Tip: Modifying Layer Display
Parametric Relationship with the Model
About Drawing Changes and Model Revision
Updating Objects in a Drawing
To Refresh the Connection to the 3D Model
To Open a 3D File from the Model Tree
About Knowing Status of Drawing Models
To Turn Off Automatic Regeneration
To Save Associated Models on Edit Only
To Disallow Changes Affecting the Model
Working with Drawing Sheets
About Drawing Sheets
Sheets and Multiple Windows
To Add a New Sheet to a Drawing
To Delete a Sheet From a Drawing
To Rename a Sheet in a Drawing
To Move or Copy a Sheet in a Drawing
To Move Items to Another Sheet
To Update Sheets in a Drawing
Maintaining View Size with Sheet Size
Defining the Drawing Layout
About Defining the Drawing Layout
Example: Working in the Layout Tab
Working with Manufacturing Drawings
About the Drawing View of a Manufacturing Process in an Assembly
Example: Process Sheet for Face Milling Step
Example: Process Sheet for 2-Axis Trajectory Milling Step
Example: Process Sheet for Hole Making Step
Working with Model Views
About Working with Drawing Views
About Composite Drawings
Inserting New Views
Inserting Drawing Views
To Insert a General View
To Replace a View
To Insert a Projection View
To Insert a Detailed View
To Insert an Auxiliary View
To Modify an Auxiliary View
To Insert a Revolved View
To Insert a Copy and Align View
About Flat Ply Views
To Insert a Flat Ply View
Example: Basic View Types
Example: Projection Arrows for an Auxiliary View
Defining a Single Projection Arrow for an Auxiliary View
Customizing Drawing Views
Determining Visible Area of Views
Determining Visible Area of the View
To Insert a Half View
Extending the Symmetry Line of a Half View
To Insert a Partial View
To Insert a Broken View
Example: Broken View Styles
Example: Clipping view in z-direction
Specifying the Scale of Views
Specifying the View Scale
To Specify the View Scale
Displaying Sections of Views
To Create a 2D Cross Section in a Drawing
Displaying Cross Sections in Drawings
To Display a 2D Cross Section View
To Display a 3D Cross Section View
To Display a Single Part Surface View
Restrictions on Aligned Cross-Sections
Example: Cross Section Views
Modifying Cross Sections
Modifying Cross Sections
Displaying Cross Section Datum Planes
Moving Cross Section Arrows or Text
To Modify Cross Section Text
About Displaying a Cutting Line with ESKD and GB Standards
Controlling the Cutting Line Display
Showing Threads in the Top and Side Views in Drawings
To Set the View Visibility of an Unfolded Section
About Switching the View Visibility of an Unfolded Section View
To Switch an Unfolded Section View to a Full Section View
Showing Various Model States
To Show Models in Various View States
Layer Status in a Combination State
To Create an Exploded View
To Display Representations in Drawings
To Display Process Steps
Simplified Representations
About Simplified Representations in Drawings
Changing the Representation of an Assembly Model
To Replace a View of a Simplified Representation
To Retrieve an Assembly Model Simplified Representation
About Creating Views of Part Simplified Representations
To Create Drawing Views from Part Simplified Representations in an Active Drawing
To Create a New Drawing from Part Simplified Representations
To Set a Part Simplified Representation as the Current Representation of the Drawing Model
About Removing Simplified Representations from Session
To Remove Part Simplified Representations from the Session
Automatic Replacement of Part Simplified Representation during Drawing Retrieval
Defining View Origin
Defining the View Origin
To Define the View Origin
Aligning Views
To Align a View
Tip: Aligning Partial Views
Setting Drawing View Size
About Setting the Size of a Drawing View
To Set the Size of the Drawing View
Moving and Deleting Views
About Moving Views
To Move a View
To Switch Views to Another Sheet
To Delete a View
Tip: Moving Broken Views
Displaying Drawing View Information
To Display the Drawing View Information
To Display Modified Edges
Converting Views
About Converting Views to Draft Items
To Convert a View to a Draft Group
To Convert a View to a Draft Entity
Erasing and Resuming Drawing View Display
About Showing and Erasing Drawing Views
To Erase a Drawing View
To Display an Erased View
Displaying Cosmetic Features
About Displaying Tapered Threaded Holes in a Drawing
Example: Displaying Tapered Threaded Holes in a Drawing
About Displaying Tapered Threaded Shafts in a Drawing
Example: Displaying Tapered Threaded Shafts in a Drawing
About Displaying Threaded Components of an Assembly in a Drawing
Example: Displaying Threaded Shafts and Holes of an Assembly in a Drawing
Modifying Line Styles and Line Fonts
About Modifying Line Styles
To Modify the Line Style of a Drawing Item
To Define or Modify a User-Defined Line Style of a Drawing Item
About Line Fonts
To Create a New Line Font for a Drawing Item
To Modify a Line Font for a Drawing Item
Modifying View Display
About Shaded Views in Drawings
Behavior of Shaded Views in Drawings
To Modify the Display of Assembly Members in a Drawing
Modifying View and Edge Display
To Modify View Display
To Modify Individual Edge Display
Tip: Using Model Colors in Drawings
Tip: Simplifying Edge Selection
About Displaying a Drawing View Using Fast HLR
Working with Crosshatch Patterns
About Working With Crosshatches for 2D Sketches and Flat Surfaces
About Modifying Crosshatches
To Create and Modify Crosshatches for Flat Surfaces
To Create and Modify Crosshatches for 2D Sketches
To Modify Section Crosshatches of an Assembly 2D Cross Section
To Modify Component Crosshatches of a 2D Cross Section
To Modify Area Crosshatches of a 2D Cross Section
To Hide or Unhide Crosshatches
Example: Hidden Line Removal for Crosshatches
Determining Crosshatching Patterns
To Modify an XCH Crosshatch Pattern
To Modify a PAT Crosshatch Pattern
To Create a Filled Cross-Sectional View
To Save a Crosshatch Pattern to an XCH File
To Retrieve a Crosshatch Pattern
About Creating a Filled Area
Examples: Crosshatch Patterns
Showing Model Grids
About Using Model Grids
The Model Grids Dialog Box
To Create or Modify a Model Grid
To Show a Model Grid in a Drawing
To Show Model Grid Balloons
To Hide Balloons
To Erase a Model Grid from a Drawing
To Modify the Grid Size
Modifying Model Grid Size
Considerations When Using the 3D Model Grid
Example: Model Grid
Showing Model Graphs
To Show a Model Graph
Using Drawing Overlays
About Using Drawing Overlays
To Create an Overlay
To Overlay a Drawing onto the Current Drawing
To Delete an Overlay
To Move an Overlay
Inserting Images
To Import Images
Inserting OLE Objects
About OLE Objects
To Insert an OLE Object
To Modify an Inserted OLE Object
To Move or Resize an OLE Object
Merging Drawings
About Merging Drawings
To Merge Drawings
Rules for Merging Drawings
Importing Draft Data
About Importing Draft Data from External Applications
To Create IGES Groups
To Import External Formats
Working with the Drawing Table
About Drawing Tables
Working with Drawing Tables
About Creating Drawing Table
To Create a Drawing Table Using Table Grid
To Create a Drawing Table
About Quick Tables Gallery
To Copy and Paste Cells or Cell Contents
To Enter Text in a Table Cell
To Insert or Remove Rows or Columns
To Resize Rows and Columns
To Move a Table
To Merge and Unmerge Cells
To Blank or Display Cell Borders
To Word Wrap Table Text
To Justify Text
To Change the Table Origin
To Rotate a Table 90 Degrees
To Delete a Table
To Save a Table
To Retrieve a Saved Table
About the Table Properties Dialog Box
Creating and Configuring Report Tables
About Creating a Report Table in Drawing Files
Working with Repeat Regions in Report Tables
Understanding Repeat Regions
To Define Repeat Regions
To Define a Two-Dimensional Repeat Region for a Family Table
To Enter Text in a Table Cell
To Assign a Different Model to a Quantity Column
To Assign a Different Model to a Region
To Remove a Repeat Region from a Table
About Nesting Repeat Regions
To Create Nested Repeat Regions
Examples: Nested Repeat Regions
To Switch Between Symbols and Text
To Update a Repeat Region
Using Assembly Simplified Representations
Naming Conventions for Simplified Representations in a Repeat Region
Using Parameter Values in Report Tables
To Enter Report Parameters into a Repeat Region
To Use Report Parameters in Multi-Model Drawings
Modifying User-Defined Report Parameter Values
Cabling Parameters
About Cabling Component Parameters
About Creating Report Tables in Flat Harness Drawings
About Showing Terminators in Report Tables
Obtaining a Summation
To Get a Summation of Parameter Values of a Repeat Region
Example: Summation Parameters
Paginating Report Tables
About Paginating Report Tables
To Break Report Tables on the Same Sheet
Specifying Indentation
About Specifying Indentation
To Specify Indentation for a Repeat Region Cell
Example: Repeat Region Cells Using Indents
Creating Header and Footer Titles
About Creating Header and Footer Titles
To Add a Header or Footer Title to a Table
Example: Header Title with a Descending Repeat Region
Setting Repeat Region Attributes
About Formatting Repeat Regions by Attribute
Example: Controlling Attributes
About Setting Recursive or Flat Items in a Repeat Region
To Set an Item as Flat
Example: Setting an Item as Flat
To Set an Item as Recursive
Example: Setting an Item as Recursive
Using Filters in Report Tables
About Adding Filters
To Add a Filter to a Repeat Region
Examples: Using No Dup/Level and Recursive Attributes
Using Wildcard and Backslash Characters in Filters
About Using Wildcard and Backslash Characters in Filters
Excluding Items from Repeat Regions
About Excluding Items from a Repeat Region
To Remove Selected Items from a Repeat Region
Example: Excluding Items from a Repeat Region
Sorting in Repeat Regions
About Sorting in a Repeat Region
To Add a Sorting Parameter to a Region
Indexing Repeat Regions
About Sequentially Indexing Separate Repeat Regions
To Link the Indexing of Two Repeat Regions
Example: Sequentially Indexing a Report Table
To Display the Table Shown Next
Example: Updated Index Numbering of Second Repeat Region
Fixing an Index
About Fixing an Index
To Fix the Index of a Repeat Region
To Unfix an Index of a Repeat Region
Using Comment Cells
About Adding Comment Cells
To Create a Comment Cell
To Delete a Comment Cell
Using Dash Symbols with Parameters in Report Tables
To Use Dash Items
Tip: Dash Symbol Associativity
Writing Relations for Report Tables
About Writing Relations in Report Tables
To Write a Relation Among Parameter Symbols in a Repeat Region
Tip: Accessing Dimension Values
Using BOM Balloons
About BOM Balloons
To Control BOM Balloon Size
To Set a BOM Balloon Region in a Table
To Show BOM Balloons in an Assembly View
To Clean the BOM Balloon Layout
To Change the BOM Balloon Type
To Merge and Stack BOM Balloons
To Change the Balloon Leader Attachment Point and Style
To Add Reference BOM Balloons
Creating Customized BOM Balloons
To Swap Custom Symbols
Tip: Setting the Default Arrow Style for BOM Balloons
Creating BOM Balloons for Flexible Components
Creating BOM Balloons for Family Table Instances
Hole Tables
About Hole Tables
About Hole Notes
Criteria to Include Holes and Cuts in a Hole Table
To Create a Generic Hole Table
To Create a Custom Hole Table
To Delete a Hole Table
To Update a Hole Table
Example: Hole Tables
Annotating the Drawing
About Annotating Your Model
Showing Model Annotations
About Showing Model Annotations
To Show Annotations from the 3D Model
To Show Dimensions in an Assembly Drawing
About Automatically Showing Detail Items Upon View Creation
About Non-dimension Detail Items
Working with Model Annotation
Managing Model Annotations
About Associating Annotations of a 3D Model in Drawings
About Associating the Position of a 3D Annotation Shown in a Drawing
About Associating the Attachment of a 3D Annotation Shown in a Drawing
About Dragging Model Annotations in Drawings
To Modify the Associativity of Position and Attachment References
To Restore 3D Dependencies in a Drawing
About Effects of Flexible Modeling Changes to Annotations
Dimensioning the Model
About Dimensioning the Model
Displaying Dimensions in Detailed and Partial Views
Saving Dimensions to the Part or Drawing
Tip: Dimensioning Rounds and Revolved Parts
About Adding Dimensions to Draft Groups
To Modify the Dimensioning Scheme of Feature or Part
About the Dimension Ribbon Tab
Inserting Dimensions
About Inserting Dimensions
Inserting Dimensions Using Arc Attachment
To Insert Additional Dimensions
To Insert Dimensions from a Common Reference
To Set the Dimensional Tolerance Format
To Insert a Coordinate Dimension
To Insert Automatically Clipped Linear Dimensions
To Insert One-Sided, Clipped, Double Angular Dimensions
To Automatically Dimension Radial Patterns
To Insert a Dimension for an Arc
To Insert Dimension for a Spline
To Insert Dimension for an Ellipse
To Insert Dimension for a Sphere
To Insert Dimensions Between Concentric Circular Entities
To Set the Dimensional Tolerance Format
Inserting Actual Dimension Notes
About Actual Dimension Notes
To Create an Actual Dimension Note
Working with Actual Dimension Notes
Inserting Z-radius Dimension
About Z-radius Dimensions
About Modifying A Z-radius Dimension
To Insert a Z-radius Dimension
Configuring Dimensions with Center Leader
About Dimensions with Center Leader Configuration
Working on Dimensions with Center Leader Configuration
To Change the Configuration of a Dimension
About Handles of Dimensions with a Center Leader Configuration
Inserting Ordinate Dimensions
About Ordinate Dimensions
Creating Ordinate Driven Dimensions
To Create Ordinate Dimensions
To Automatically Create Ordinate Dimensions
Example: Ordinate Dimensions
Showing Linear Dimensions as Ordinate
Converting Linear Dimensions to Ordinate
Deleting Ordinate Dimensions
Redefining the Ordinate Dimensions References
Working with Witness Lines
About Modifying Witness Lines
About Clipping Witness Lines
To Shorten a Witness Line
To Erase a Witness Line
To Restore an Erased Witness Line
To Add a Jog to a Witness Line
To Skew Witness Lines
To Create a Break in a Witness Line
To Delete a Break in a Witness Line
To Create Leaders Without Elbows
About Witness Lines Associated with Dimensions
Working with Intersection Witness Lines
About Displaying Intersection Witness Lines
About Modifying Intersection Witness Lines
To Show Erased Intersection Witness Lines
To Trim Intersection Witness Lines
To Erase Intersection Witness Lines
Example: Witness Lines for Intersection References
Formatting Dimension Display
About Formatting Dimension Display
About Using an Exact Expression
To Format Existing Dual Dimensions in a Drawing
To Show Dimensions in Fractional Format
To Set Decimal Places of Dimensions
About Displaying a Dimension with Rounded Value
To Show Angles in Degrees
To Change the Dimension Arrow Directions
To Change the Arrow Directions of Radius Dimensions
To Display Dimension Text Symbols
To Convert Diameter Dimensions to Linear Dimensions
Using Driven and Reference Dimensions in Relations
Switching to Dimension Symbols
To Modify the Value of Dimension Symbols
About Changing the Orientation of a Dimension
To Change the Orientation of a Linear Dimension
To Change the Orientation of a Circular Dimension
To Change the Orientation of an Angular Dimension
To Change the Orientation of an Elliptical and Spherical Dimension
Controlling Diameter Dimension Orientation
About Redefining a Dimension Reference
About Setting Override Value of a Dimension
Working with Dimension Text
About Automatic Placement of Dimension Text
About Automatic Placement of Linear and Angular Dimensions
About Zones for Linear and Angular Dimensions
About Clipped Dimensions
About Moving a Linear or Angular Dimension
To Control Dimension Text Orientation
To Add Text to a Dimension
To Add Parameters to Dimension Text
To Overwrite Dimension Value Display with a Text String
About Text Wrapping
To Set The Default Chamfer Dimension Text Display
To Relate Detail Items and Dimension Text
About Display of Dimension Text
About Defining Prefix and Suffix Values
Working with Dimensional Tolerances
About Dimensional Tolerances in Detailed Drawings
Loading the System and User-Supplied Tables
Changing the Tolerance Table Reference
Setting the Tolerance Display
To Set the Tolerance Display for Individual Dimensions
About Setting Decimal Places for Dimension Tolerance Values
About Displaying Dimension Tolerance Value Only
To Create an ISO-standard Model in Drawing Mode
To Change the Tolerance Class
To Change the Tolerance Table Reference
To Modify Dimensional Tolerances in a Note
Example: A Tolerance Table
Working with Basic Dimensions
About Basic Dimensions
To Set a Dimension as a Basic Dimension
To Set a Dimension as an Inspection Dimension
Geometric Tolerances
About Geometric Tolerances in Drawings
Duplicating Draft Geometric Tolerances
To Show Geometric Tolerances
About the Geometric Tolerance Ribbon Tab
To Insert a Geometric Tolerance into a Drawing
Define Datum References for Geometric Tolerances
To Redefine the Position and Reference of a GTOL
About DRF in the Drawing Mode
To Attach Additional Text to a Geometric Tolerance
About Creating Geometric Tolerances in Assembly Drawings
Example: Geometric Tolerance Classes and Types
Example: Datum References for a Composite Tolerance
Example: Projected Tolerance Zone
Example: Adding a Geometric Tolerance to a Drawing
Tip: Adding Geometric Tolerances to Notes
Modifying Geometric Tolerances
To Modify the Material Condition
To Modify a Datum Reference to a Geometric Tolerance
To Delete Geometric Tolerances
Working with Datums
About Using Set References
About the Datum Feature Symbol Ribbon Tab
To Create a Datum Feature Symbol
To Modify the Attachment Point or Reference of a Datum Feature Symbol
To Adjust the Draft Set Datum
Performing Dragging Operations on Draft Set Datums
To Set a Datum in Drawing
Example: Geometric Tolerance Symbol with a Compound Datum
About the Behavior of Set Datum Tags Created in 3D Mode
Datum Planes
About Working with Model Datum Planes
To Show Datum Planes
To Rename a Model Datum
To Modify the Display of a Set Datum Plane
To Create a Draft Datum Plane
To Change the Display Style of a Draft Datum Plane
To Control the Size and Shape of Datum Points
To Erase a Set Datum
Erasing a Set Datum from a Member of an Assembly
Datum Axes
About Working with Model Axes
To Show Datum Axes on a Drawing
To Create a Draft Axis
To Rename a Model Datum Axis
To Set a Draft Datum Axis
To Set a Datum Axis of a Model in a Drawing
Axis Display Options
To Modify the Line Style of a Model or Draft Axis
To Create a Break in a Model Axis Line
To Delete a Portion of a Normal-to-Screen Axis
To Create an Axis Symmetry Line
Example: Axis Symmetry Lines
About Rotating Axes
Datum Targets
About Drawing Datum Targets
To Show Datum Targets
About the Datum Target Ribbon Tab
To Insert Datum Targets
About Working with Draft Datums
Datum Feature Symbol
About the Datum Feature Symbol Ribbon Tab
To Create a Datum Feature Symbol
About Placing Datum Feature Symbol
About Attaching Datum Feature Symbol to Gtol Elbows
About Attaching Datum Feature Symbol to Dimension Elbows
About Moving Datum Feature Symbol Attached to GTOL or Dimension
Working with Symbols
About Symbols
To Show 3D Symbols in Drawings
To Insert a Symbol from the Symbol Palette
To Insert a Custom Symbol
To Move a Symbol
To Show Surface Finish Symbols
Defining Symbols
About Defining Symbols
To Insert Surface Finish Symbols
Setting the Symbol Directory
About the System Symbols Area
To Set the User-Defined Symbols Area
To Change the Symbol Directory
To Store a Symbol
Symbol Types
About Symbol Types
Simple Symbols
About Simple Symbols
To Define a Simple Symbol
Generic Symbols
About Defining Generic Symbols
To Create a Tree Definition Structure
Example: Creating a Generic Symbol Definition
Parametric Weld Symbols
About Working with Parametric Weld Symbols
Modifying the Number of Decimal Places of a Fillet Weld Feature
To Regroup Weld Symbol Instances
User-Defined Parametric Weld Symbols
To Create a User-Defined Weld Symbol
Surface Finish Symbols
About Surface Finish Symbols
Valid Surface Finish Symbol Groups
About Placing Surface Finish and Custom Symbols on Chamfer Dimensions
To Place a Surface Finish on a Chamfer Dimension Extension Line
To Place a Drawing Symbol on a Chamfer Dimension Extension Line
To Move a Surface Finish Symbol
Defining Symbol Attributes
Controlling Symbol Instance Height
Controlling Mirror Properties
About Variable Text Parameters
Setting Symbol Parameters
About Symbol Parameters
To Generate a Parameter Set
To Generate a Set of Default Parameters
To Edit Symbol Parameters
To View Symbol Parameters
To Store a Symbol Parameter File
Adding Nodes to Symbols
About Adding Nodes
To Create a Node
To Blank Parameters in Node Notes
Referencing Parameters in Node Notes
Manipulating Symbol Instances
About Manipulating Symbol Instances
To Modify a Symbol Instance
To Edit the Symbol and Note Leader Attachments
To Convert Symbols to Draft Entities
To Relate a Symbol Instance to Drawing Objects
To Control Text During Symbol Rotation
Updating Symbol Instances
To Update Symbols in Drawings
About Dragging Symbols and Surface Finishes
To Delete Unused Symbol Definitions From the Drawing
Working with Text and Notes
About Drawing Notes
To Show Model Notes in a Drawing
Creating a Drawing Note
To Create an Unattached Note
To Create an Offset Note
To Create an On Item Note
To Create a Tangent Leader Note
To Create a Normal Leader Note
To Create a Leader Note
About Updating Drawing Notes
About the Text Style and Note Origin Mini Toolbar
About the Format Tab in Drawing
To Save a Drawing Note as a File
Creating and Saving Drawing Notes
To Create and Edit Custom Text Styles
To Specify the Default Font
About Arrow Styles in Drawings
To Relate a Note to Dimension Text
To Enter a Note from a File
Creating and Saving Drawing Notes
To Write Notes to a File
To Add a Balloon Note
Modifying Note Text
Text Strings
To Modify Text Style
To Modify a Style Definition
To Modify Selected Text Color
To Wrap Note Text
About the Text Style Dialog Box
To Enclose Notes in Text Boxes
To Create Superscripted and Subscripted Text
To Specify an Existing Text Style as the Current Style
To Change Text Strings
To Place Draft and Reference Dimensions in Notes and Tables
Adding Special Text Characters to Notes
Adding Drawing Symbols to Notes
Including Parameter Information in Notes
Erasing a Note
Modifying Note Parameters
About Note Parameters
To Control the Format of the Date
To Include a Feature Parameter in a Note
To Include a Model Note in a Drawing Note
To Display Pro/PDM Data
To Reference Parameters Assigned to Objects
To Reference a Mass Properties Symbol in a Note
To Update a Parametric Note
Controlling the Number of Decimal Places in Parameters
Restrictions with Dimensions and Other Model Parameters
To Show the Scale of an Individual View
Example: Parameters in Notes
Example: Parameter Symbols for Notes
Example: Including a Model Note in a Drawing Note
Example: Controlling the Decimal Places in Parameters
Location Callouts
About Location Callouts
To Define the Location Callout Grid
To Show the Location Callout in a New Drawing
Example: A Location Callout
Cleaning Up Dimension and Detail Display
About Cleaning Up Dimensions
About Dynamic Movement of Dimensions
To Erase Dimensions and Detailing Items
To Move Dimensions
To Move an Item Between Views
To Align Dimensions
To Automatically Cleanup Dimensions
To Toggle Leader-to-Text Style
To Reroute Dimensions with Lost References
To Delete Dimensions
Working with Leader Lines
To Add a New Leader
To Attach a Leader to a New Object
Attaching Detail Items to Existing Leaders
To Add a Jog to a Leader
To Delete a Jog from a Leader
To Change the Arrowhead Style
To Move Leader Attachment in a Multi-Line Note
Managing Details with Snap Lines
About Managing Drawing Details with Snap Lines
To Create a Snap Line
To Place Items on Snap Lines
To Modify Snap Line Attachment or Spacing
To Control the Display of Snap Lines
Draft Entity Snap Lines and Related Views
Working with Drawing Sketches
About Draft Entities in a Drawing
To Obtain Information on Draft Geometry
Dimensions and Sketch Objects
Specifying Drafting References
About Drafting References
Drafting with Absolute Coordinates
Sketching in Drawing
Parametric Sketching in Drawings
To Chain Entities During Sketching
To Create a Line
To Create a Circle
To Create an Arc
To Create a Chamfer
To Create a Fillet
To Create a Point
To Create an Ellipse
To Create a Spline in a Drawing
To Create a Construction Line
To Create a Construction Circle
Example: Construction Circles
Using a Model Edges in Draft Entities
About Using a Model Edge to Draft
To Create a Draft Entity Using a Model Edge
To Create Offset Draft Geometry
Modifying Draft Entities
To Break a Draft Entity
To Rotate Draft Entities
To Stretch a Draft Entity
To Trim Draft Geometry
To Change the Line Style of Draft Entities
To Modify the Diameter of an Arc or Circle
To Mirror an Entity
To Scale Draft Geometry
To Translate Drawing Objects
To Move a Drawing Object
To Modify Fillets
Copying Draft Entities
To Copy and Paste Detail Items
To Make Multiple Copies
To Make Radial Copies
Modifying a Spline
About Modifying Splines
To Move Points on a Spline
To Add Points to a Spline
To Modify a Spline's Controlling Polygon
To Delete Points from a Spline
To Decrease Spline Points Automatically
To Smooth the Spline
Working with Drafted Cross Sections
About Working with Draft Cross-Sections
To Create a Draft Cross-Section or Filled Area
To Modify a Draft Cross-Section
To Modify the Color of Filled Crosshatches
To Delete a Crosshatched or Filled Area
Relating Draft Entities
About Relating Detail Objects
Relating Draft Lines and Views
To Set a Drawing View as the Current Draft View
To Relate Draft Items to a View
To Unrelate Items from a View
To Relate Objects with Dimension Text
Grouping Draft Entities
About Grouping Detail Objects
To Create a Draft Group
To Suppress and Resume a Draft Group
To Ungroup a Draft Group
To Modify a Draft Group
To Return Items to a Draft Group
Managing the Draft Environment
Draft Grids
About Creating a Draft Grid
To Change the Grid Display
To Move the Grid Origin
To Modify Grid Spacing
To Modify the Grid Type
Setting the Draft Scale
About Setting Draft Scale
Reviewing a Drawing
About Reviewing a Drawing
Checking Drawings
To Get Information About Drawing Template Failure
To Analyze a Drawing Using Creo Modelcheck Commands
Updating Drawings
To Get Information About Out-of-Date Displays
To Refresh the Connection to the 3D Model
Comparing Drawings
About Verifying Differences Between Drawings
To Compare a Drawing to a Saved Image File
To Create a Drawing Difference Report
To Review the Drawing Modification History
Querying Drawings
To Highlight Items by Type and Attributes
To Display the Drawing View Information
To Get Information About Draft Entities
To Display the Owner of a Drawing Object
To Display Drawing Grid Information
Displaying Drawing Model Information
To Display Drawing Model Information
Measuring in Drawings
To Perform Measurement Analyses on Draft Entities
To Measure Model Geometry in a Drawing
Publishing a Drawing
About Publishing a Drawing
To Set and Configure a Publish Deliverable
To Preview the Publish Deliverables
To Save a Drawing as an Image File
Printing Drawings
plot_stroke_text Plotter Configuration Option
Printer Configuration Dialog Box
Print Options on the Print Dashboard
To Configure Settings for a Print or a Plot Publish Deliverable
About Previewing a Print or Plot Output of a Drawing
To Preview the Print or Plot Output of a Drawing
About Segmented Plots
To Print or Plot a Drawing
To Print Part of a Drawing
Exporting to PDF
To Configure PDF as the Publish Deliverable
About the 2D PDF Export Profile
To Create a 2D PDF Export Profile
To Use a 2D PDF Export Profile in a Drawing
Exporting to Other Formats
About Exporting a Drawing to Other Formats
To Export to Other Formats
To Configure IGES as the Publish Deliverable
To Configure STEP as the Publish Deliverable
To Configure DXF or DWG as a Publish Deliverable
To Configure CGM as the Publish Deliverable
To Configure MEDUSA or Stheno as the Publish Deliverable
Improving Performance with Representations
About Drawing Representations
To Create a Drawing Rep for the Current Drawing
To Create a New Drawing Representation While Opening a Drawing
To Configure a Drawing Representation
The Drawing Rep Menu
The Drawing Rep Tool Dialog Box
Default Drawing Representations
To Execute a Drawing Representation
To Copy a Drawing Representation
To Redefine a Drawing Representation
To Delete a Drawing Representation
To Obtain Information About a Drawing Representation
To Execute a Drawing Representation While Retrieving a Drawing
Tip: Erasing Views by Menu or by Drawing Rep Tool Dialog Box
Markups
About Markups
To Create a Markup
Reports
Using the Report File Type
Running Drawing Programs
About Creating Drawing Programs
Example: Drawing Program Text
To Create a Record of Modifications
The EDIT STATE Menu
To Create Detail Items in a Drawing State
To Redefine a Drawing State
To Remove a Drawing State
To Call a User-Defined Function
To Run the Drawing Program (Execute a State)
The Edit Program Menu
Layout
Layout
Creo Layout Overview
Using Creo Layout
About Creo Layout
To Create a Layout
User Interface Basics
About the Work Environment
Using the Tabs
About Using the Tabs
About the Design Tab
About the Annotate Tab
About the Organize Tab
About the Tools Tab
About the View Tab
About the Hatching and Fill Tab
About Shortcut Menus
To Set the Sheet Format
To Set Units
To Undo or Redo an Action
Using Design Aids
About Design Aids
To Toggle the Display of Design Aids
About Live Dimensions and Guides
To Define the Guide Settings
To Convert Guides to Constraints
About the Grid
To Define Grid Settings
To Display and Set the Grid Origin
Navigating a Layout
About Navigating a Layout
To Navigate a Layout
To Use the Zoom Port
To Use Favorite Views
Configuring PTC Creo Layout
About Configuring Creo Layout
Configuration Options for Layout
Importing Data
About Importing Data
To Import Cross Sections from Creo Parametric Parts and Assemblies
To Import Data from Drawings
To Import 2D Entities from Other File Formats
To Import Images
Selecting Entities
About Selection
Using Selection Tools
Organizing Entities
About Organizing Entities
Tags
About Tags
To Create a Tag
To Manage Tags
To Designate New Entities to a Tag
To Toggle the Display of Tagged Entities
To Select Entities that are not Assigned to a Tag
Property Tags
About Property Tags
To Create a Property Tag
Nodes
About Nodes
To Create a Node
To Add or Remove Entities from a Node
To Move an Entity to a Different Node
Using Sublayouts
About Sublayouts
To Create a Sublayout
To Convert a Node into a Sublayout
To Insert a Layout File
About Embedding and Extracting Sublayouts
To Embed or Extract a Sublayout
Working with Entities
About Working with Entities
To Set the Line Style
To Set the Line Thickness
Formatting Entities
About Using Constraints
Creating Entities
About Creating Geometric and Construction Entities
About the Dimensions Mini Toolbar
To Change the Location of the Base Point
To Create Coordinate Systems, Centerlines, or Points
To Create Lines
To Create a Chain of Lines and Arcs
To Create Arcs
To Create Rectangles or Parallelograms
To Create Circles
To Create Fillets
To Create Chamfers
To Create Ellipses
To Create Splines
To Create Text
Using Hatching and Fill
About Applying Hatching and Fill to Closed Shapes
To Hatch and Fill Closed Shapes
Using Predefined Shapes
About Using Predefined Shapes
To Insert a Predefined Shape
Modifying Entities
About Modifying Entities
About Creating and Working with Groups
To Group, Ungroup, and Regroup Entities
About Moving Entities
To Rotate or Resize Entities
To Mirror Entities
About Merging and Dividing Entities
To Merge or Divide Entities
To Create a Linear or a Radial Pattern
To Create an Offset Pattern
To Trim or Extend Line Segments
To Add or Delete Points on a Spline
To Flip Entities
Inspecting and Measuring Entities
About Inspecting and Measuring Entities
To Inspect Entities
To Measure Entities
Using Annotations
About Using Annotations
Dimensions
About Dimensions
To Add or Modify a Dimension
To Add or Modify an Ordinate Dimension
Notes and Symbols
About Notes and Symbols
To Insert a Note with a Leader
To Insert a Note without a Leader
To Insert a Custom Symbol
To Insert a Symbol from the Palette
Tables
About Tables
To Perform Standard Table Operations
To Insert a Table by Defining its Size
To Hide or Display Cell Borders
Using Layouts for 3D Design
About Using Layouts for 3D Design
About Creating References for 3D Design
To Create Centerlines, Center Points, and Coordinate Systems
Publishing Layouts
About Publishing Layouts
To Print a Layout
To Export a Layout to Other Formats
Surfacing
Surfacing
Using Technical Surfacing
Managing Quilts
About Quilts
To Hide a Quilt
To Assign a Color to a Quilt
To Shade a Quilt
To Mesh Quilts and Surfaces
Creating a Surface Feature
About Creating a Surface
Creating a Feature with an Open or Closed Volume
Creating Advanced Surface Features
About Advanced Surface Features
Creating Boundary Blends
About the Boundary Blend Feature
About the Boundary Blend User Interface
About Boundary Blend Reference Entities
To Create a Boundary Blend
To Create a Boundary Blend in One Direction
To Create a Boundary Blend in Two Directions
Example: Blended Surface
To Create a Boundary Blend Surface Using Approximate Curves
About Defining Boundary Conditions
Setting Boundary Conditions
To Define Boundary Conditions
About Boundary Blend Control Points
Boundary Blend Control Point Parameters
To Specify Boundary Blend Control Points
Example: Specifying Boundary Blend Control Points
About Side Curves and Boundary Blends
Tip: Working with Antitangent and Tangent Boundaries
Creating a Blended Surface from a File
About Creating a Blended Surface from a File
To Create a Blended Surface from a File
To Update a Blended Surface from a File
Creating Other Surfaces from Boundaries
Conic Surfaces
To Create a Conic Surface
Defining a Conic Surface
Example: Conic Surface
N-Sided Surfaces
To Create a Surface from More Than Four Boundaries
Tip: Creating an N-Sided Surface
Blend Tangent to Surfaces
About Blend Tangent to Surfaces
Tip: Creating a Solid Draft from a Non-Solid Draft
Curve-driven Tangent Draft Surfaces
To Create a Quilt Tangent to a Surface
Reference Curve Requirements for Curve-Driven Tangent Drafts
Example: Creating a Curve-Driven Tangent Draft
Example: Specifying Cap Angle and Closing Surfaces
Tangent Draft Outside a Draft Surface
To Create a Constant-Angle Tangent Draft Outside a Draft Surface
Example: Creating a Constant-Angle Tangent Draft Outside a Draft Surface
Tangent Draft Inside a Draft Surface
To Create a Constant-Angle Tangent Draft Inside a Draft Surface
Example: Creating a Constant-Angle Tangent Draft Inside a Draft Surface
Blend Surface to Surfaces
To Create a Surface-to-Surface Blend
Blend Section to Surfaces
To Create a Section-to-Surface Blend
Creating a Ribbon Surface
About a Ribbon Surface
To Create a Ribbon Surface
Example: Using a Ribbon Surface
Trimming Quilts
About Trimming Quilts
Trimming Quilts Using Curves
Trimming a Quilt Using Curves
Example: Trimming a Quilt Using Curves
Trimming Quilts Using Vertex Rounds
About the Vertex Round Feature
About the Vertex Round User Interface
To Trim a Quilt Using Vertex Round
Example: Trimming with Vertex Round
Flattening and Bending Features
About Flatten Quilt
To Flatten Surfaces, Quilts, or Solid Surfaces
Example: Flattening a Quilt
About the Flatten-Quilt Deformation User Interface
To Create a Flatten-Quilt Deformation
Using Flatten-Quilt Deformation
Creating Solid Geometry Using Quilts
About Creating Solid Geometry Using Quilts
To Replace a Solid Surface with a Quilt
Freeform Surfaces
About Creating Freeform Surfaces
To Create a Freeform Surface or Quilt
To Sketch a Boundary Region
Example: Sample Freeform Surface
Copying a Trimmed Portion of the Quilt
To Copy a Trimmed Portion of the Quilt
Creo Interactive Surface Design (Style)
About Style Features
Using Style
User Interface
To Start Style
To Exit Style
About the Style User Interface
Modifier Keys
About Snapping in Style
About Snapping
To Enable Snapping
To Select a Reference Entity for a Soft Point
Setting Preferences
About Style Preferences
To Set Style Preferences
Configuring Style
About Style Configuration Options
Configuration Options for Style
Views
Show All Views
About Multiple Views
Creating and Editing Curves in Multiple Views
To Show All Views
Example: Four-View Display
To Resize the Panes in a Four-View Display
Active Plane
To Set the Active Plane
About Setting the Active Plane Orientation
To Set a View to the Active Plane Orientation
About Selective Display of Entities
To Show the Next View
To Reset a View
Datum Planes
About Creating Datum Planes
To Create an Internal Datum Plane
To Edit an Internal Datum Plane
To Manipulate and Regenerate an Internal Datum Plane
Example: Internal Datum Plane Offset from a Surface
Style Tree
About the Style Tree
To Display the Style Tree
About Selecting Entities in the Style Tree
To Select Entities in the Style Tree
About Adding Informational Columns to the Style Tree
To Add Informational Columns to the Style Tree
To Remove Informational Columns from the Style Tree
To Change the Order of the Informational Columns in the Style Tree
To Perform Actions Using the Style Tree
To Show or Hide Entities in the Style Tree
To Suppress or Resume Entities
Curves
Understanding Curves
About Creating Curves in Style
About Defining Points for Curves
Point Types
Example: Curve Control Points
About Curve Degree
About Closed Curves
About Symmetric Curves
About the Curve User Interface
Creating Curves
To Create a New Curve
To Create a Free Curve
To Create a Planar Curve
Curves on a Surface (COS)
About Curves on Surfaces
To Create a COS by Points
To Create a COS by Drop
To Create a COS by Intersect
Offset Curves
About Offsetting Curves
To Create an Offset of a Free Curve
To Create an Offset of a Curve on Surface
To Create an Offset of a Curve On Surface by Intersect
To Create an Offset of a Planar Curve or Radial-Path Planar Curve
Example: Offset of a Curve On Surface
Curves from a Surface
About Creating Curves from a Surface
To Create a Curve from a Surface
Radial-Path Planar Curves
About Radial-Path Planar Curves
To Create a Radial-Path Planar Curve
Example: Radial-Path Planar Curve
Circles
About the Circle User Interface in Style
To Create a Circle in Style
Arcs
About the Arc User Interface in Style
To Create an Arc in Style
Importing Curves
About Importing Curves into Style
To Import Curves into Style
To Import Curves from Creo Sketch into Style
Editing Curves
About Editing Curves
About the Curve Edit User Interface
To Edit Curve Points
Curve Point Editing Methods
To Change the Curve Type
To Change the Soft Point Type
To Change a Planar Curve Position
To Add Points to Curves
To Delete Curve Points
About Combining Curves
To Combine Curves
About Splitting a Curve
To Split a Curve
To Extend a Curve
To Extend a COS to Boundary
To Extend a COS by Drop to Boundary
About Making Curves Planar Between Their Endpoints
To Make a Curve Planar Between Its End Points
To Redefine a Radial-Path Planar Curve
About Proportional Update
About Adjusting the Tangents for Closed Curves
About Close Points
To Adjust the Tangents for Closed Curves
Defining a Close Point's Tangents
Example: Defining the Tangents of Close Points
About Unlinking and Converting Curves
To Unlink Curves and Surfaces
To Convert Curves
To Convert a COS by Intersect
Editing Multiple Curves
About Multiple Curve Edits
To Edit Multiple Curves
To Change the Location of Multiple Points
To Apply a Draft Tangent to Multiple Curves
To Change the Tangent Options for Multiple Curves
To Offset Multiple Planar Curves
To Convert Multiple Curves
Moving and Copying Curves
About Moving and Copying Style Geometry
To Move and Copy Style Curves
To Copy Style Geometry Proportionally
Example: Copy Proportional
Mirroring Curves
About Mirroring Curves in Style
To Mirror Curves in Style
Surfaces
About Creating Surfaces
About the Surface User Interface
About Composite Surfaces
About Triangular Surfaces
Defining Surfaces
About Editing Surfaces
About Chains in Style
To Reorder Surface Chains
To Create a Boundary Surface
To Create a Trimmed Rectangle Surface
Example: Trimmed Rectangle Surface from Two Boundaries
To Trim or Extend a Chain
About Internal Curves
About Internal Curves in Triangular Surfaces
To Establish a Connection while Creating a Surface
Reparameterization Curves
About Reparam Curves and Soft Points
To Shape a Surface using Reparam Curves
To Place a Reparam Soft Point
Reparam Curve Restrictions
To Delete Reparam Curves
Loft Surfaces
To Create a Loft Surface
Example: Loft Surface
Sweep Surfaces
About Sweep Surfaces in Style
To Create a Sweep Surface
Example: Radial and Non-radial Sweep Surfaces
Example: Uniform and Non-uniform Sweep Surfaces
Trimmed Surfaces
About Trimming Surfaces
To Trim a Surface
About Redefining Trimmed Surfaces
To Redefine Trimmed Surfaces
To Delete Trimmed Surfaces
Editing Surfaces using the Surface Edit Tool
About the Surface Edit Tool
About the Surface Edit User Interface
Editing Surface Control Points
Editing Surface Knots
Comparing Surface Edits with the Original
To Edit a Surface by Manipulating Control Points
To Reset Control Points that were Moved
Control Point Editing Commands
About Planarizing a Control Row or Column
Filters for Point Movement
About Aligning Surfaces
To Align Boundaries while Editing Surfaces
Surface Alignment References
To Edit a Surface Shape by Moving Knots
To Activate or Deactivate Knots
About Neighbor Knots
Aligning Edges
Merging Knots
Replacing Knots
To Merge the Knots of Two Surfaces
To Use Multi-Resolution Surface Editing
Editing Special Surface Types
Connections
Curve Connections
About Curve Connections
Endpoints for Curve Connections
About Curve Tangents
Defining Curve Tangents
About Editing Curve Tangents
To Create Curve Connections Using Tangent Constraints
To Change a Tangent's Directional Constraints
To Change a Tangent's Length Constraint
To Create Curve Connections Using Draft Tangent
About Second Constraints Definition for Curves
To Define the Second Constraint for Curves with Surface Tangent, Surface Curvature, Surface Acceleration, or Draft Tangent Constraint
Tip: Setting the Second Constraint Definition
Surface Connections
About Surface Connections
About the Surface Connection User Interface
Surface Connection Operations
About Default and Smart Connections
About Flipping the Direction of a Loft Surface
To Connect Surfaces
About Draft Connections for Surfaces
To Create a Draft Connection between Surfaces
Example: Draft Connections for Surfaces
About Surface Connections with Triangular Surfaces
Analyzing Connections
About Analyzing Connections
About the Connection Analysis User Interface
To Analyze Connections
Example: Analyzing the Connections on a Quilt
Example: Analyzing the Connection Between Surfaces
Example: Analyzing the Connection Between Curves
Example: Analyzing the Connection Between Curves and Surfaces
Example: Analyzing the Connection Along a Two-Sided Edge
Example: Connection Analysis Display
Style Editing Tools
To Select Entities
To Edit the Definition of Geometry
To Get Information on Style Features
To Get Information on Selected Entities
To Repeat a Style Command
Deleting Geometry
About Deleting Geometry
To Delete Geometry
Regeneration
About Style Regeneration
To Regenerate the Style Feature
To Automatically Regenerate Curves
To Automatically Regenerate Surfaces
About Resolve Mode
To Resolve a Style Feature
Curve and Surface Analysis
About Curve and Surface Analyses in Style
About Curvature Plots
About Analyzing Knots and Control Mesh
To Analyze Knots and Control Mesh
Style Parameters
About Parameters in Style
To Make Style Parameters Visible
To Edit Parameters Outside Style
To Obtain Information on Parameters
Creo Integration
To Edit the Definition of Style Features
To Edit the References of Style Features
To Create Style Parameters
Glossary
Glossary for Style
Creo Reverse Engineering (Restyle)
Getting Started in Restyle
About Restyle (Reverse Engineering)
About the Restyle Environment
About the Restyle User Interface
To Create a Restyle Feature
The Restyle Workflow
To Edit a Restyle Feature
About the Restyle Tree
To Use the Restyle Tree
About the Restyle Diagnostic Dialog Box
To Use the Restyle Diagnostic Dialog Box
Managing Domains in Restyle
About Domains
To Create a Domain
To Add a Loop to a Domain
Example: Adding a Loop to a Domain
To Remove a Loop from a Domain
Example: Removing a Loop from a Domain
To Merge Domains
To Assign a Domain to a Surface
Creating Curves in Restyle
About Creating Curves in Restyle
To Create a Curve on Facets
To Create a Curve on a Surface
To Create a Section Curve
To Create a Curve Using a Surface Edge
To Create a Curve Using the Extremum Analysis
To Create a Curve Using the Isoline Analysis
Example: Isoline Analysis
To Create a Curve from a Facet Border
To Create a Curve from Sharp Facet Edges
To Create a Curve Through Points
To Create a Free Curve that Snaps to Geometry
Managing Curves in Restyle
About Modifying Curves
To Modify a Curve
To Project a Curve on a Facet Model, a Datum Plane, or a Surface
Curve Constraints in Restyle
About Curve Constraints
About the Align User Interface in Restyle
To Align Two Curves
To Manipulate Curve Constraints
To Merge Curves
To Split a Curve
Creating Analytical Surfaces in Restyle
About Creating Analytical Surfaces
About Modifying Analytical Surfaces
About Creating a Flat Surface
To Create a Flat Surface
About Creating a Cylindrical Surface
To Create a Cylindrical Surface
About Creating a Conical Surface
To Create a Conical Surface
To Create a Revolved Surface
To Create an Extruded Surface
To Edit the Surface Properties
Creating Polynomial Surfaces in Restyle
About Creating Surfaces in Restyle
Mathematical Properties of Surfaces
About Defining the Mathematical Properties of Surfaces
To Create a Rectangular Surface Using Four Curves
To Create a Rectangular Surface Using Three Curves
To Create a Triangular Surface Using Three Curves
To Create a Surface from Net
To Create a Surface from a Box
To Create a Rectangular Surface Using Four Points
To Create a Rectangular Surface Using the End Points of a Cross
To Create a Rectangular Surface Using Two Curves
To Create a Loft Surface Using the Specified Curves
About Modifying Polynomial Surfaces
Creating Spline Surfaces Automatically
About Automatic Creation of Spline Surfaces
About the Auto Surface User Interface
To Automatically Create Spline Surfaces
Curve Generation Settings
Managing Surfaces in Restyle
About Merging and Intersecting Surfaces
To Merge Surfaces
To Intersect Surfaces
To Project a Surface on a Facet Model
About the Modify Shape User Interface
About Moving Control Points
To Modify a Surface
Multiple Selection of Control Points
About the Extrapolate User Interface
To Extrapolate a Surface
To Set Up Reference Points
To Fit a Surface
Surface Constraints in Restyle
About Surface Constraints
To Align Two Surfaces
To Manipulate Surface Constraints
Creating Symmetry Planes
About the Symmetry Plane
To Create a Symmetry Plane
About the Normal to Plane Constraint
To Align a Planar Curve and a Surface Using Normal to Plane Constraint
To Edit the Planar Curve and Surface that are Aligned Using Normal To Plane Constraint
Copying Curves and Surfaces
About Copying Curves and Surfaces
To Create a Copy of a Curve or Surface
Facet Modeling
Using Facet Modeling
About Facet Modeling
The Facet Modeling Workflow
About the Facet Modeling User Interface
To Create a Facet Feature
Selecting Entities in Facet Modeling
Creating a Facet Feature
Point Handling
About the Points Phase
The Points Tab
To Filter Points
Reduce Noise
About Reducing Noise
To Reduce Noise
Fill Hole
To Fill Holes in the Point Set
Example: Filling Holes in the Point Set
Sample
To Delete Points by Sampling
Crop Selected
To Crop Selected Points
Delete Outliers
To Delete Points Lying Outside the Point Set
Delete Selected
To Delete Selected Points
Add Point Set
To Add Point Set Data to the Existing Data
Save Points
To Save Points
Reverse Selection
To Reverse the Selection of Points
Hide or Unhide Selected Points
To Turn the Display of Points On or Off
Wrap Handling
About the Wrap Phase
The Wrap Tab
Example: A Wrap Created from a Point Set
To Return to the Point Phase
Fill Edges
To Fill an Area by Adding Facets along the Edge
Fill Up
To Fill a Concave Area by Adding Facets
Fill Layer
To Fill an Area by Adding a Layer of Facets
Push Shallow
To Use the Push Shallow Command
Example: Using the Push Shallow Command
Push Deep
To Use the Push Deep Command
Shoot Through
To Use the Shoot Through Command
Example: Using the Shoot Through Command
Remove Webs
About Webs
To Remove Webs
Example: Removing Webs
Select by Length
To Select Facets by Length
Example: Selecting Facets by Length
Facet Handling
About the Facets Phase
The Facet Tab
Clean
About Cleaning the Faceted Geometry
To Clean the Faceted Geometry
Example: Cleaning the Faceted Geometry
Decimate
To Decimate Facets
Example: Using the Decimate Command
Refine
About Refining the Faceted Geometry
To Refine the Faceted Geometry
Example: Refining the Faceted Geometry
Relax
About Relaxing the Faceted Geometry
To Relax the Faceted Geometry
Example: Relaxing the Faceted Geometry
Offset
To Offset Facets
Trim
To Trim Facets
Symmetry Plane
To Create a Symmetry Plane
Delete Selected Facets
To Delete the Selected Facets
Fill Hole
To Fill Holes in the Faceted Geometry
Example: Using the Fill Hole Command
Add Facet
To Add Facets to the Faceted Geometry
Example: Adding Facets to the Faceted Geometry
Split Edge
To Add Facets by Splitting a Facet Edge
Example: Adding Facets by Splitting a Facet Edge
Flip Edge
To Reverse the Orientation of Two Facets
Example: Reversing the Orientation of Two Facets
Make Manifold
About Manifold Representations of Faceted Geometry
To Create a Manifold Representation of the Faceted Geometry
Select by Length
To Select Facets by Length
Select Connected Component
To Select Connected Components
Reverse Selection
To Reverse the Selection of Facets
Select Visible Facets Only
To Select Visible Facets Only
Copy Facet Feature
About Copying Facet Features
To Copy a Facet Feature
Scan Tools
Using Scan Tools
About Scan Tools Capabilities
About the Scan Tools Environment
Getting Started in Scan Tools
About Getting Started with Scan Tools
About Using Independent Geometry to Access Scan Tools
To Create Independent Geometry and Access Scan Tools
To Access Scan Tools for Part with Independent Geometry
About Editing Tools
To Select Objects
To Delete Objects
To Save Changes
Importing Raw Data
About Using Raw Data for Creating Surfaces
About Importing Raw Data
To Import High Density Data
To Define the Section Type
To Import Low Density Data
Creating Features
About Creating Features in Scan Tools
Creating Curves
About Creating Curves
To Create a Curve from Raw Data
To Create a Curve Through Points
To Create a Curve from a Curve
Creating Surfaces
About Creating a Surface
To Create a Surface from Curves
To Create a Surface from Another Surface
Surface and Curve Manipulation
Modifying Curves
About Modifying a Curve
To Modify a Curve Using the Control Polygon
Defining a Movement Plane for a Curve
To Set End Conditions for a Curve
To Define the Poly Motion Region for a Curve
To Modify a Curve Using its Style Points
To Modify a Curve Using Fit
To Enable Dynamic Diagnostics
To Use Sliders
Modifying Surfaces
About Modifying a Surface
To Modify a Surface Using the Control Polyhedron
Defining the Movement Plane
To Define the Poly Motion Region
To Modify a Surface Using the Grid
To Modify a Surface Using Fit
To Set Boundary Constraints for Surface Modification
Warp
Using Warp
About the Warp Tool
About the Warp Tool User Interface
About the Marquee
To Create a Warp Feature
To Preserve Analytic Geometry
Warping References
Transform Operations
About the Transform Operations
About the Transform User Interface
To Translate Geometry
Example: The Transform Marquee
To Rotate Geometry
Example: The Rotation Jack
To Scale Geometry
Example: Scaling a Model
Warp Operation
About Performing the Warp Operation
About the Warp User Interface
To Warp Geometry
Example: The Warp Operation
Spine Operation
About the Spine User Interface
To Warp Geometry Using Spine
To Edit Reference Curves During Spine Deformation
Example: Warping Geometry Using Spine
Stretch Operation
About Stretch, Bend, and Twist Operations
About the Stretch User Interface
To Stretch Geometry
Example: The Stretch Operation
Bend Operation
About the Bend User Interface
To Bend Geometry
Example: The Bend Operation
Twist Operation
About the Twist User Interface
To Twist Geometry
Example: The Twist Operation
Sculpt Operation
About the Sculpt User Interface
To Sculpt Geometry
Example: The Sculpt Operation
Geometry Analyses in Warp
About Geometry Analyses in Warp
To Create and Save Analyses in Warp
Freestyle
Freestyle Overview
Using Freestyle
About Freestyle
About Working in the Freestyle Modeling Environment
About the Box Mode
To Create a Freestyle Feature
To Control the Mesh Display
Selecting Mesh Elements in Freestyle
Selection Filter in Freestyle
About Multiple Shapes
About the Freestyle Tree
To Create Freestyle Keyboard Shortcuts
Importing and Exporting Shapes
About Importing and Exporting .obj Files
To Import .obj File
To Export .obj File
Manipulating the Dragger
About Manipulating the Dragger
freestyle_drag_performance
To Reposition the Dragger
To Relocate or Reorient the Dragger
About Snapping the Dragger to a Reference
To Specify and Display the Increment Values for the Dragger Movement
Manipulating the Control Mesh
About Manipulating the Control Mesh
About Selecting Primitives to Create a Freestyle Feature
To Select a Coordinate System for the Control Mesh
To Activate the Freestyle Commands
To Move or Rotate the Control Mesh
To Scale the Control Mesh
Movement Options for Mesh Manipulation
About Positioning the Mesh Elements
To Position the Mesh Elements
About Flipping the Orientation of Shapes
To Flip the Orientation of Shapes
Example: Flipping the Orientation of a Shape
Associating Elements on the Control Mesh
About Associating the Mesh Elements
About Aligning the Mesh Elements
To Align Faces With an External Geometric Reference
To Align Two-Sided Edges with External Geometric References
To Align One-Sided Edges with External Geometric References
Multiple Alignment of Adjacent Edges
Troubleshooting Failures in Freestyle
Adding Detail to the Control Mesh
About Adding Detail to the Control Mesh
Extruding Mesh Elements
About Extruding Mesh Elements
To Extrude Mesh Elements
Example: Extruding Mesh Elements
Connecting Mesh Elements
About Connecting Mesh Elements
To Connect Mesh Elements
Example: Connecting Mesh Elements
Joining Mesh Elements
About Joining Mesh Elements
To Join Mesh Elements
Example: Joining Mesh Elements
Slicing Mesh Elements
About Slicing Mesh Elements
To Slice Mesh Elements
Example: Slicing Mesh Elements
Example: Slicing Mesh Elements Using a Plane
Example: Slicing Imported Objects by Plane to Achieve Symmetry
Splitting Mesh Elements
About Splitting Mesh Elements
To Split Mesh Elements
Example: Splitting Faces
Example: Splitting Edges
Adding Edges
About Adding Edges
To Add Edges
Example: Adding Edges Using Object-Action Workflow
Example: Adding Edges Using Action-Object Workflow
Deleting Mesh Elements
About Deleting Mesh Elements
To Delete Mesh Elements
Example: Deleting Mesh Elements
To Duplicate Mesh Elements
Repeating Freestyle Commands
Resolving Doublets
Creating Symmetrical Freestyle Geometry
About Mirroring Mesh Elements
To Mirror a Mesh Element
Example: Joining Mirrored Mesh Elements
Example: Connecting Mirrored Mesh Elements
Creasing the Control Mesh
About Creasing a Control Mesh
To Apply a Soft or a Hard Crease to a Control Mesh
Performing Multilevel Subdivision
About Multilevel Subdivision
To Perform a Multilevel Subdivision
Example: Multilevel Subdivision
Example: Creating a Bottle Using the Freestyle Commands
Glossary
Rendering
Rendering
Render Studio
About the Render Studio
About Scene Information
To Render a Model
To Save or Export Rendered Output Files
Configuration Options
About Configuring the Render Studio
To Set Configuration Options for Render Studio
Configurations Options for Render Studio
Real-time Rendering
About Real-time Rendering
To Render in Real Time
Example: Real-Time Rendering Settings
Example: Rendering Liquid in a Glass Container
Working with Images
About Saving an Image
To Save an Image
About the Image Editor
To Edit an Image
To Use Slideshow
About Importing Images
Glossary
Glossary for Render Studio
Assembly Design
Assembly Design
Assembly Overview
Using Assembly
About Assembly Functionality
Creating Assemblies
About Creating an Assembly
Tip: Set Up or Use a Default Template
Configuring Creo Parametric for using Assembly
About Assembly Configuration Options
Configuration Options for Assembly
Retrieving Assemblies
About Retrieving Assemblies
To Retrieve an Assembly
About Customizing Assembly Retrieval
About the Retrieval Customization Component Chooser User Interface
Selecting Components for Custom Retrieval
Setting Default Values for Selecting Components
To Select Components Using a Frame
To Select Components by Removing Internal or External Components
To Select Parts by Relative Size
To Customize the Retrieval of an Assembly in Basic View
To Customize the Retrieval of an Assembly in Advanced View
Retrieving Simplified Representations
To Retrieve an Assembly in Automatic Representation
To Retrieve a Simplified Representation of an Assembly
Retrieving Assemblies Modified in Creo Direct
About Retrieving Assemblies Modified in Creo Direct
To Retrieve an Assembly Modified in Creo Direct
To Find Children of Modified Components
To Restore Parametric Behavior to Frozen Components or Features
Creating Components
Creating Subassemblies
About Creating a Subassembly in an Assembly
To Create a Subassembly by Copying an Assembly
To Create an Empty Subassembly
About Empty Components in an Assembly
To Create a Subassembly and Set Default Datums
Locate Datums Methods
Creating Solid Parts
About Creating Solid Parts in an Assembly
To Create a Solid Part and Its Features
To Create a Solid Part and Set Default Datums
To Create a Solid Part by Copying From an Existing Part
Copying Parts with Notebooks or External References
To Create an Empty Part
Creating Bulk Items
About Bulk Items
To Create Bulk Items in an Assembly
To Create a Bulk Item Template
To Assemble an Existing Bulk Item
About Defining Bulk Item Parameters
To Create a Length Measurement Parameter
To Create a Distance Measurement Parameter
To Create a Diameter Measurement Parameter
To Create an Area Measurement Parameter
To Create an Angle Measurement Parameter
Bulk Item Workflows
To Create Bulk Items Containing Paint
To Define Bulk Model Properties
To Set Up Parameter Relations
To Set Up Parameters for Different Color Instances
To View Bulk Items in the BOM
Placing Components
About the Component Placement User Interface
About Placing Components
To Display Constraint Sets in the Model Tree
To Place a Component
To Place a Component Multiple Times
Constraint Orientation Assumptions
About Editing Placement References
Tip: Entering an Exact Offset Dimension
About Using the PTC_CONSTRAINT_SET Parameter to Place Components
About Assembling a Component Modified in Creo Direct
To View Changes to Components Assembled After Modification in Creo Direct
About Assembling a Layout
To Assemble a Layout
User-Defined Sets
About Using Placement Constraints
About Using the Coincident Constraint Mate and Align
About Showing Mate and Align for the Coincident and Distance Constraints
Tip: Using Extra Constraints
To Create Datum Planes for Constraints
Assembling a Component to a Datum Plane (Translate and Rotate)
Predefined Sets
About Predefined Constraint Sets
About Bodies
To Define a Body as Ground
Tip: Creating Ground Bodies
Example: Flipping Connections
Example: Flipping the Orientation of a Component
About the Mechanism Design Model Tree in Assembly
About Motion Axes in Predefined Constraint Sets
To Set Zero Position References
Zero Positions
To Set the Motion Axis Regeneration Value
Regeneration Values
To Set Motion Limits
To Set Motion Axis Dynamic Properties
Using Motion Axis Parameters and Dimensions in Family Table Instances
To Convert User-Defined Constraint Sets to Predefined Constraint Sets
About Editing Springs and Dampers in Assembly
To Display Connections in the Graphics Window
Packaged Components
About Packaged or Partially Constrained Components and Mechanisms
Configuration File Options for Moving Packaged Components
To Package a New Component in an Assembly
Moving Packaged Components
To Fix the Location of a Packaged Component
To Finalize Packaged Components
Unplaced Components
About Unplaced Components
To Create an Unplaced Component
To Place an Unplaced Component
To Include an Unplaced Component
Assembling Components to a Pattern
About Assembling Components to a Pattern
Example: Assembling a Component to a Pattern
To Assemble Components to a Reference Pattern
Assembling Components to a Reference Pattern
Example: Assembling to Group Patterns
About Dimension Patterns
To Assemble Components to a Dimension Pattern
Example: Assembling a Component to a Dimension Pattern
About Assembling Components to a Table Pattern
To Assemble Components to a Table Pattern
Assembly Intersections in Table Patterns
To Replace All Pattern Members Using Family Tables
To Replace Individual Pattern Members Using Family Tables
About Replacing Pattern Members by a Family Table Instance
Manipulating Components
About Kinematic Movement of Components
Moving Components Being Placed
About Moving Components
To Move Components Using the Dragger
To Move Components Using Keyboard Shortcuts
To Move Components Using Orient Mode
To Move Components Using Translate or Rotate
To Move Components Using Adjust
About Assembling Components by Proximity Snapping
To Set Proximity Tolerance Allowances
To Set Drag Preferences for Placing Components
Dragging Assembly Entities and Taking Snapshots
About Dragging and Taking Snapshots
To Drag Assembly Entities: Points and Bodies
To Apply Constraints During a Dragging Operation
To Specify the Position of a Motion Axis While Dragging
To Copy Constraints from One Snapshot to Another
To Orient Planes and Surfaces During a Dragging Operation
To Lock a Body Prior to a Dragging Operation
To Capture a Snapshot
To Make Snapshots Available as Exploded Views in Drawings
Snapshots in Drawings
To Use Snapshot Construction
To Edit a Snapshot
To Remove a Snapshot
To Exclude a Flexible Component from a Dragging Operation
About Excluding Components from Dragging Operations
To Exclude or Include a Component During Dragging Operations
Collision Detection
About Collision Detection Settings
To Set Collision Detection Settings
Using Component Interfaces
About Automatic Placement of Components
About Component Interfaces
To Define a Component Interface
To Define a Component Interface Template
To Edit a Component Interface
To Place a Component Using Interface Matching
To Redefine Component Placement Using Interfaces
To Save a Component Interface When Placing a Component
About Setting Rules for a Component Interface
To Set Rules for Assembly Conditions
About Placement Preferences
To Edit Placement References
Placement Preference Configuration Options
About Placing a Component Using Temporary Interfaces
To Activate Temporary Interface Placement
Nested Interfaces
About Nested Interfaces
To Define a Nested Interface
About Placing a Component with a Nested Interface
Regenerating Parts and Assemblies
About Regenerating Assemblies and Parts Modified in Assembly
To Regenerate Assembly Features and Component Locations
To Customize Regeneration
Resolving Retrieval or Regeneration Failures
About Resolving Assembly Retrieval Failures
About Children of Failed Components and Features
To Resolve a Missing Component Problem
To Recover a Failed Assembly with a Renamed Component
To Resolve a Component Placement Retrieval Failure
To Resolve a Failure to Retrieve an Assembly Feature
Working with Assembly Components
About Working with Assembly Components
Selecting Multiple Components in an Assembly
To Create a Group of Components and Features
To Place an Assembly User-Defined Feature
To Select a Parent Assembly or Subassembly from the Graphics Window
To Delete a Component from an Assembly
To Delete Pattern Member Components
To Insert a Component in the Regeneration List
To Reorder Components in an Assembly
To Edit Placement References
About Suppressed Components
About Handling Children of Suppressed Components
To Suppress Components and Assembly Features
To Handle Children of Suppressed Components
To Back Up Placement References
To Resume Components and Assembly Features
Displaying Component Annotations
About the Accessory Window
About the Model Tree and Layer Tree for Accessory Windows
Accessory Tree Configuration Options
Redefining Component Placement Constraints
About Redefining Placement Constraint Sets
To Redefine Component Constraint Sets
Assembly Operations
Working with Assembly Features
About Assembly Features
To Create an Assembly Feature
To Edit an Assembly Feature
About Copying Assembly Features
To Copy and Paste an Assembly Feature
About Skeleton Model Geometry and Assembly Features
Using Intersected Components
About Intersected Components
About the Intersection Tab User Interface
About Intersection Visibility
To Add an Intersected Component
Example: Selecting Parts to Intersect
To Display Intersected Components
To Specify Feature Visibility Levels
To Retrieve and Reintersect Assemblies Created before Pro/ENGINEER 2001
To Remove Intersected Components
About Assembly Features in Part
Modifying Assemblies
About Activating a Component in an Assembly
To Activate a Component
To Edit Dimensions in an Assembly
To Display Default Dimensional Tolerances
To Edit Default Dimensional Tolerances
About Assembly and Component Default Dimensional Tolerances
About Modifying Accuracy Settings in Assembly
To Set Accuracy in an Assembly
To Edit a Part Feature
To Edit a Skeleton Model
Restructuring Components
About Restructuring Assembly Components
Guidelines for Restructuring Components
To Restructure a Component
To Move Components to a New Subassembly
Restrictions when Restructuring Components
Boolean Operations
About Preferences for Boolean Operations
About Boolean Operations
To Create a Boolean Feature
To Edit a Boolean Feature
Replacing Components in an Assembly
About Replacing Assembly Components
To Replace a Component with a Family Table Member
To Replace a Component with a Shrinkwrap Model
To Replace a Component with an Interchange Assembly Component
To Replace a Component with a Module or Module Variant
To Replace a Component Using a Notebook
Using Notebooks to Replace Components
To Replace a Component with an Unrelated Component
To Replace a Component with a New Copy
Rules and Restrictions for Copied Replacement Components
Allowing Multiple Skeleton Replacement Copies
To Replace a Flexible Component with a New Copy
To Add or Remove Components from the Component Replace List
To Replace Additional Components
Tip: Successful Component Replacement
About Component Replacement and Legacy Designs
About Replacing Unrelated Components with Reference Pairing
To Replace an Unrelated Component Using Reference Pairing
Using Evaluation Rules to Replace Components
Interchange Assemblies
About Interchange Assemblies
To Create an Interchange Assembly
To Insert a Functional Component in an Interchange Assembly
To Create Reference Tags
About Reference Pairing in an Interchange Assembly
To Pair Reference Tags
To Pair Reference Tags Automatically
Using Evaluation Rules in Interchange Assemblies
To Insert a Simplify Component in an Interchange Assembly
To Create a Simplify Part in an Interchange Assembly
To Set Mass Properties for a Simplify Component
To Substitute a Simplify Component in a Simplified Representation
About Displaying and Removing Interchange Components
To Remove Interchange Components
Example: Substituting Interchangeable Components in a Simplified Representation
Copying Components
About Copying and Pasting in Assembly
About Copying Components
To Copy a Component
Copying Parts with Notebooks or External References
To Paste a Dependent Copy of a Component
To Paste a Moved or Rotated Copy of a Component
To Paste a Component and Change Placement References
Example: Copying a Component
Mirroring Components Inside an Assembly
About Mirroring Components inside an Assembly
To Create a Mirrored Copy of a Part inside an Assembly
Example: Creating a Mirrored Copy of a Part Inside an Assembly
About Opening Mirrored Parts in Part Mode
About Mirrored Copies of Subassemblies
To Create a Mirrored Copy of a Subassembly
Rules for Mirrored Subassemblies
Using Intersections to Create Parts
To Create a Part from an Intersection
Parts Created from an Intersection
Using Flexible Components
About Flexible Components
To Place a Flexible Component
To Define a Flexible Component in an Assembly
To Predefine a Flexible Component in an Assembly
Using Varied Items for Flexible Components
About Varied Items for Flexible Components
To Define a Flexible Component in a Subassembly
To Define Varied Features for Flexibility
To Define Varied Dimensions for Flexibility
To Exclude a Flexible Component During Dragging Operations
To Define Dimension Boundaries for Flexibility
To Define Varied Geometric Tolerances for Flexibility
To Define Varied Parameters for Flexibility
To Define Varied Material for Flexibility
To Create an Associated Parameter
To Redefine a Flexible Component
To Remove the Flexible Definition from a Component
To Convert a Component to Flexible Using Predefined Flexibility
Propagating Flexible Components
About Propagating Flexible Components
To Propagate a Flexible Component
Searching for Assembly Items
About Searching for Assembly Items
To Search and Select Assembly Items
Managing Views
Layer States
About Layer States
To Define a Layer State
Exploded Views
About Exploded Views
About the Explode Tool User Interface
To Open the Explode Tool Tab
To Create and Save a New Exploded View
To Set the Exploded Position of Components
To Set the Exploded Status of Components
Explode Motion References
To Explode or Unexplode an Assembly View
About Offset Lines in Exploded Views
To Create Cosmetic Offset Lines
To Add or Modify Jogs to Offset Lines
To Modify an Offset Line Style
To Change the Default Offset Line Style
To Delete an Offset Line
To Set the Explode Transition Animation Option
Cross Sections
About Assembly Cross Sections
Assembly Zones
About Assembly Zones
To Create a Zone Using a Distance from an Element
To Create a Zone Using Closed Surfaces
To Create a Zone Using Datum Planes
To Create a Zone Using Offset Distance from a Coordinate System
Multiple References for Assembly Zones
To Clip a Zone
To Delete a Zone from an Assembly
To List All Zones in an Assembly
To Redefine a Reference in a Zone
To Remove a Reference from a Zone
To View a Zone
To Rename a Zone
Assembly Display Style
About Display Style for an Assembly
To Create a Display Style
To Edit a Display Style
To Redefine a Display Style from the Model Tree
Display Styles for Components
Assembly Orientation
About Assembly Orientation
To Save an Assembly Orientation
Appearance States
About Appearance States
To Create a New Appearance State
Combined Views
About Combined Views
To Create a Combined View
To Redefine a Combined View
Using the Combined Views Bar
References and Dependencies
Reference Views
About the Reference Viewer User Interface
About Reference Investigation in Assembly
About Reference Types
About Viewing Parent and Child References
To Investigate References
To Set Reference Filters
To View Solid Model and Component References
Tip: Displaying Only External References
To Find a Reference Path
To Save a Reference Path
To Export All References
To Investigate Circular References
To View a Reference Path
To Filter the Model Tree
To Export a Model Tree to a Text File
To Toggle the Display of Parents and Children in the Reference Viewer
To Delete References
Deleting References to Resolve Regeneration Failures
Assembly Operations That Create Dependencies
To Investigate Dependencies
About Breaking Dependencies
To Break Object Dependencies
Object-Specific Reference Control
About Object-Specific References
To Define Object-Specific Reference Settings
Tip: View Object-Specific Settings from the Model Tree
Reference Control
About References
To Set Reference Creation and Backup Control Options
About Reference Backup
To Display Reference Backups in the Model Tree
Example: The Scope Settings of Subassembly and None
To Channel All External References Through Skeleton Models
To Specify Default Scope Settings
To Replace or Prevent Missing Locally Copied References
To Convert a Reference Backup to a Copy Geometry Feature
Working with Assemblies
Using Start Components and Default Templates
About Renaming Assemblies and Components
To Rename an Assembly or Component
About the Rename Component Chooser User Interface
About Saving a Copy of an Assembly
About the Save As Component Chooser User Interface
To Save a Copy of an Assembly
About Mirroring Assemblies
About the Mirror Assembly Component Chooser User Interface
To Mirror an Assembly
Using the Assembly Model Tree
About Assembly Model Tree Columns
To Add Columns to the Model Tree
To Control the Visibility of a Part Layer at the Assembly Level
Controlling the Visibility of Part Layers at the Assembly Level
About Creating Reference Dimensions
About Displaying Assembly Information
To Display Assembly Information
About Viewing Changes to an Assembly
About the View Changes User Interface
To View Changes to an Assembly
About Using an Assembly Bill of Materials (BOM)
To Check Clearance
To Review Assembly Instructions for a Component
Setting Advanced Clearance Checking
About Entering Relations in Assembly
About Showing Dimensions in Part and Assembly
Assembly Family Tables
About Assembly Family Tables
About Working with Assembly Family Instances
To Create a Family of Assemblies
Example: An Assembly Family Table
Using Part Family Members in an Assembly
To Substitute a Component with an Instance from its Family Table in a Simplified Representation
To Replace a Reference Model of a Merge or Inheritance Feature With a Family Instance
To Replace a Component with an Instance from its Family Table
To Replace Assembly Components in the Assembly Instance
To Automatically Update References to Assembly Instances
Example: Automatically Updating References to Assembly Instances
To Assemble an Instance Automatically Using Notebook
Example: Family of Assemblies
To Configure Components of an Assembly Instance
Controlling Assembly Family Table Instance Retrieval
Top Down Design
Skeleton Models
About Skeleton Models in Top-Down Design
About Skeleton Models
About Standard Skeleton Models
To Create a Standard Skeleton Model
About Motion Skeleton Models
To Create a Motion Skeleton Model
About Creating Geometry for a Motion Skeleton Model
To Create a Design Skeleton
To Create a Body Skeleton
Tip: Specify a Default Layer Name for Skeleton Models
To Create a Display Color for Skeleton Models
Display Colors for a Skeleton Model
Data Sharing
Shrinkwrap Features
About Shrinkwrap Features
About the Shrinkwrap Component Chooser User Interface
To Create a Shrinkwrap Feature
To Define a Component Subset
Shrinkwrap Associativity
To Update a Shrinkwrap Feature
Updating a Shrinkwrap Feature
To Create an External Shrinkwrap Feature
External Shrinkwrap Features
To Redefine Shrinkwrap References
To Preview Current References
To Break Shrinkwrap Dependency
Merge and Inheritance Features
Merge Features
About Merging Components
Example: Removing Material Using Merge
Example: Creating a Merged Part
To Merge Two Parts in an Assembly
Merge Restrictions
To Create an External Merge Feature
To Edit the Merge Feature Definitions
Inheritance Features
About Inheritance Features
To Create an Inheritance Feature
Inheritance Features Capabilities
To Define Varied Dimensions in an Inheritance Feature
To Define Dimension Boundaries in an Inheritance Feature
To Define Varied Features in an Inheritance Feature
To Define Varied References in Inheritance or External Inheritance Features
Varied References
To Define Varied Parameters in an Inheritance Feature
To Define Varied Annotations for Geometry Tolerances
Variable Annotations in Inheritance Features
To Define Varied Annotations for a 3D Note
To Define Varied Annotations for a 3D Symbol
To Define Varied Annotations for a Surface Finish
To Create an External Inheritance Feature
External Inheritance Features
To Convert an Inheritance Feature to External
To Edit the Properties of a Feature in Inheritance Features
To Save a Copy of an Inheritance Feature
To Update an Inheritance Feature
Copy and Publish Geometry Features
About Copy and Publish Geometry Features
Regenerating Copy and Publish Geometry Features
Publish Geometry Features
About Publish Geometry Features
To Create a Publish Geometry Feature
To Define a Publish Geometry Reference in a Copy Geometry Feature
Copy Geometry Features
About Copy Geometry Features
To Create a Copy Geometry Feature
Copy Geometry References
Copying Geometry in Top-Down Design Methodology
About External Copy Geometry
To Redefine a Copy Geometry as an External Copy Geometry Feature
Redefining Copy Geometry Features
External Dependency of Copy Geometry Features
To Reroute Copy Geometry Features to Another Publish Geometry Feature
Tip: Freezing Copied Geometry to Prevent Failure
Explicitly and Implicitly Copied Geometry
Layout Features
About Copying Layout Geometry to an Assembly
About Layout Features
About the Layout Feature User Interface
About Controlling Layout Feature Updates
To Create a Layout Feature in an Assembly
To Manually Update a Layout Feature
To Set Layout Display Settings
Updating Data Sharing Features
About Updating Layout and Data Sharing Features
To Set Options for Data Sharing Features and Update Control
About Showing Differences
To Show Differences
To Change Colors of Geometry to Show Differences
Annotation Propagation
About Propagating Annotation Elements into Data Sharing Features
About Propagating Annotation Element Display Status Through Data Sharing Features
To Propagate an Annotation to Data Sharing Features
Deleting Propagated Annotation Element Parameters
Notebooks
Preparing Notebooks
About Notebooks
To Create a Notebook
To Create a Reference Datum Plane for a Notebook
To Create a Reference Datum Axis for a Notebook
To Create a Reference Datum Point for a Notebook
To Create a Reference Datum Coordinate System for a Notebook
About Reference Datums in Notebook Mode
Example: A Notebook Reference Datum Plane and Axis
To Delete Reference Datum Entities from a Notebook
To Work with Multiple Sheets
To Import a Drawing into a Notebook
Global Dimensions and Relations in a Notebook
About Global Parameters
To Create Parameters in Notebook Mode
To Create a Global Dimension
To Modify Global Dimension Properties
To Create a Table of Parameters
To Obtain Global Parameter Information
To Write Relations for Global Dimensions
About Parameter Tables
To Create a Parameter Table
Example: A Parameter Table
Annotating Notebooks
About Annotating Notebooks
To Add Notes to a Notebook
To Include Parameter Values in Notes
Declaring Notebooks
About Declaring Notebooks
About Notebook Hierarchy
To Declare a Notebook to Another Notebook
To Declare a Model to a Notebook
To Create Relations From a Notebook
Rules for Skeleton Models and Notebooks
To Undeclare a Model from a Notebook
Tip: Remove Global References to Undeclare a Notebook
Declaring Datums in a Notebook
About Declaring Datums
To Declare an Axis, Planar Surface, or Datum Plane Explicitly
About Declaring Datums by Table
To Declare Datums by Table
To Undeclare Datums
About Automatic Assembly Using Notebooks
Example: Automatic Assembly Using Declared Datums
Notebook Case Studies
About Case Studies
To Create a Case Study
To Retrieve a Case Study
To Copy Undimensioned Geometry into a Case Study
To Create Dimensions in a Case Study
About Case Study Relations
To Add Case Study Relations
To Modify Case Study Relations
To Declare Case Study Dimensions
Managing Large Assemblies
Simplified Representations
About Simplified Representations
Types of Simplified Representations
About Creating Simplified Representations
About the Component Chooser User Interface
To Create a Simplified Representation
About Descriptions in Simplified Representations
To Create a Simplified Representation from Selected Components
To Create Simplified Representations Using Definition Rules
To Create a Default Envelope Simplified Representation
To Work With Simplified Representations
Tip: Retrieve Components Before Saving a Simplified Representation
Example: Excluding a Component from a Simplified Representation
To Substitute a Simplified Representation for a Subassembly or Part
About Placing a Component in a Simplified Representation
To Retrieve Placement References
Simplified Representations in Top-Down and Bottom-Up Design
Updating Mass Properties of Simplified Representations
On-Demand Simplified Representations
About On-Demand Simplified Representations
To Define On-Demand Simplified Representations Settings
To Erase Unused On-Demand Representations
Legacy Representations
About Legacy Representations
Light Graphics Representations
About Light Graphics Representations
To Save a Light Graphics Viewable of an Assembly
To Expand 3D Thumbnails
Symbolic Simplified Representations
About Symbolic Representations
About Placing Components in Symbolic Representations
To Assemble a Symbolic Representation of a Component
External Simplified Representations
About External Simplified Representations
About the External Simplified Representation User Interface
To Create an External Simplified Representation Using View Manager
To Create an External Simplified Representation Using the New Dialog Box
To Set the Purpose of an External Simplified Representation Component
To Redefine an External Simplified Representation
To Update an External Simplified Representation
To Make an External Simplified Representation Dependent
Shrinkwrap Models
About Shrinkwrap Models
Types of Shrinkwrap Models
To Create a Surface Subset Exported Shrinkwrap Model
Setting Quality Levels for Shrinkwrap Models
To Create a Faceted Solid Exported Shrinkwrap Model
Lightweight Faceted Solid Shrinkwrap Parts
To Create a Merged Solid Exported Shrinkwrap Model
Display Styles
About Display Styles
To Create a Display Style
To Change the Display Style of a Component
Envelopes
About Envelopes
About the Envelope Definition Component Chooser
To Create an Envelope
To Create a Default Envelope
To Include an Envelope in an Assembly
To Substitute an Envelope in a Simplified Representation
To Modify an Envelope
To Delete an Envelope
To Display Envelopes in the Model Tree
Configurable Products
Creating Configurable Products
About Configurable Products
To Create a New Configurable Product
To Create a Configurable Product from an Existing Assembly
To Create a Configurable Subassembly in a Configurable Product or Module
About Rerouting References to Affected Children
To Set the Rerouting of References to Affected Children
Creating Configurable Modules
About Configurable Modules
To Create a New Configurable Module
To Create a Configurable Module from an Existing Assembly
To Create a New Configurable Module in a Configurable Product
To Add a Module Variant to a Configurable Module
To Set a Module Member as Representative
To Set a Module Variant as the Current Module Variant
To Transfer a Component into a Configurable Module
About Reference Pairing in a Configurable Module
To Tag the Module Variant References in a Configurable Module
To Automatically Tag References in a Configurable Module
About Saving an Interchange Assembly as a Configurable Module
About the Save as Module Assembly User Interface
To Create a Configurable Module from an Interchange Assembly
To Replace a Component with a Configurable Module Variant
About Skeleton Models in Configurable Modules
Assigning Options and Choices
About Setting Options and Choices
About the Assign Choices Dialog Box User Interface
To Assign Choices for Product Configurations
Example: Setting Choices for Options
To View Assignments in the Model Tree
To Assign Choices to Module Members
Building Assembly Variants
About Building Assembly Variants
About the Variant Builder User Interface
To Define a New Variant Specification
To Apply a Variant Specification
To Reroute References to all Current Module Variants
Working with Configurable Products
About Simplified Representations in Configurable Products
About Simplified Representations in Configurable Modules
About Retrieving Configurable Products
Configuring Assemblies with Pro/PROGRAM
About Pro/Program
Glossary
Glossary for Assembly
Creo Intelligent Fastener
About Working with Creo Intelligent Fastener (IFX)
Using Creo Intelligent Fastener
Working with Screw Connections
About Screw Fasteners
About Selecting References for Screws
About the Screw Fastener Definition Dialog Box
To Assemble a Screw Fastener
To Check Screw Fasteners for Screw or Thread Length
Working with Dowel Pin Fasteners
About Dowel Pin Fasteners
About Selecting References for Dowel Pins
About the Dowel Pin Fastener Definition Dialog Box
To Assemble a Dowel Pin Fastener
Working with Fasteners
About the Additional Options Dialog Box
To Reassemble a Fastener
To Redefine a Fastener
To Delete a Fastener
To Update Holes
To Change the Display Mode
To Create Library Components
Allowable Model Parameters
Converting Fastener Library
About Converting the Fastener Library
To Convert the Fastener Library
Configuring Creo Intelligent Fastener
About Configuration Options
About Configuration Files
Customizing Creo Intelligent Fastener
About Customizing the Fastener Library
To Add a New Size Instance for a Fastener
To Add a New Fastener Type
To Add a Legacy Fastener
To Modify Fasteners
To Add a New Catalog
To Modify Catalogs
To Add Catalog Groups
Windchill
About Windchill and Creo Intelligent Fastener
To Create and Upload Fasteners to Windchill
To Upload Library Files
To Download and Update Library Files
Appendix
Fastener Types
About Fastener Types
Screw Types
Screw Types Overview
SCREWTYPE 01
SCREWTYPE 02
SCREWTYPE 03
SCREWTYPE 20
SCREWTYPE 21
SCREWTYPE 40
SCREWTYPE 41
SCREWTYPE 60
SCREWTYPE 61
SCREWTYPE 81
SCREWTYPE 82
SCREWTYPE 99
Washer Types
Washer Types Overview
WASHERTYPE 01
WASHERTYPE 02
WASHERTYPE 03
WASHERTYPE 04
WASHERTYPE 20
WASHERTYPE 40
Nut Types
Nut Types Overview
NUTTYPE 01
NUTTYPE 02
NUTTYPE 20
NUTTYPE 21
NUTTYPE 50
NUTTYPE 51
NUTTYPE 52
NUTTYPE 60
NUTTYPE 62
NUTTYPE 80
NUTTYPE 99
Insert Types
Insert Types Overview
INSERTTYPE 01
INSERTTYPE 02
Dowel Pin Types
Dowel Pin Types Overview
PINTYPE 01
PINTYPE 02
Configuration Options
General Configuration Options
Screw Configuration Options
Dowel Pin Configuration Options
Windchill Configuration Options
Configuration Files
The ifx_screw_data.cfg Configuration File
The ifx_pin_data.cfg Configuration File
The ifx_start_mdl.cfg Configuration file
File Structure
About Creo Intelligent Fastener File Structure
File Types
About File Types for Creo Intelligent Fastener
Catalog Files
Catalog Icons
Catalog Group Icons
Fastener Data Files
Fastener Icons
Library Translation Files
Relation Files
Template Parts
Assembly Process Planning
Assembly Process Planning Overview
Assembly Process Planning Configuration Options
About Assembly Process Planning Configuration Options
Configuration Options for Assembly Process Planning
About Using a Configuration Option to Set Component Color and Line Fonts
Assembly Process Planning Basics
About Assembly Process Planning
About Process Plans
To Create a New Assembly Process Plan
To Display Process Status in the Model Tree
To Display Process Steps in the Model Tree
About Process Assembly Interaction with Other Modules
To Set the Display of Process Components
To Change the View of a Process Model
About 3D Notes
Creating Process Steps
About Assembly Process Steps
About Working with Process Steps
To Create a New Step
To Create and Modify Step Parameters
To Change the Active Model
To Display Step Information
To Redefine or Reposition a Component
To Play Process Steps
About the Assemble Step Type
To Create an Assemble Step
About the General Step Type
To Create a General Step
About the Reposition Step Type
To Create a Reposition Step
About the Disassemble Step Type
To Create a Disassemble Step
About the Reassemble Step Type
To Create a Reassemble Step
Creating SimpReps, UDFs and BOMs
Guidelines for Working with a Large Design Assembly
About Simplified Representations in Process Assemblies
To Create a Simplified Representation
About Process User-Defined Features
To Use a Step Library
To Generate a BOM or a Parts List
Creating Fabrication Units
About Fabrication Units
To Create a Fabrication Unit
Creating Views, Drawings and Reports
About Process Drawings
To Create a Drawing for a Process Step
To Change Drawing Options
To Set Component Display by Process Status
To Set Line Style and Color
To Place a Drawing View of a Process Step
About Object Parameters in Drawings
About Modifying Exploded Views
To Modify an Exploded View
To Modify Explode Positions in a Drawing
About Modifying Explode Positions
Example: Creating a Report
Info and File Export
About Obtaining Process Information
About Exporting Process Plans
Instrumented Assemblies
Product Insight Overview
Configuring Product Insight
About Insight Configuration Options
Configuration Options for Product Insight
Settings for Sensors and Instrumented Assembly
Using Sensors
About Sensors
To Define a Sensor
XML File Format for Sensor Parameters
To Insert a Sensor
To View and Edit Sensor Data
Viewing Sensor Data
To Load Sensor Data
To Connect a Sensor to a ThingWorx Server
Minimum Requirements for the Configuration Properties File
Using Instrumented Assemblies
About Instrumented Assemblies
About the Instrumented Assembly Component Chooser
To Create an Instrumented Assembly
To Edit the Instrumented Source Model
Using Flexibility-on-the-Fly
About Flexibility on the Fly and Instrumented Assemblies
Using Creo Product Insight for ThingWorx Extension
About Creo Product Insight for ThingWorx Extension
Using ThingWorx Analytics with Creo Parametric
Using Creo as a Service for Analysis
About Creo as a Service for Analysis (CaaS)
Configuring Creo as a Service (CaaS)
Troubleshooting the Analysis Agent Process
Advanced Framework Design
Creo Advanced Framework
Advanced Framework Design
About Working with Creo Advanced Framework
Using Creo Advanced Framework
Working with Elements
About Element Definition Dialog Boxes
About Library Elements
To Define an Element
To Delete an Element
To Set the Active Assembly
To Set the Active Material for Components
To Show Information about Assembled Components
About the Copy Component Definition Dialog Box
Working with Projects
About Projects
To Create or Rename a Project
Working with Profiles
About the Commands in the Profiles Ribbon Group
Assembling Profiles
About the New Profile Dialog Box
About the Reuse Profile Dialog Box
About the Position Profile Dialog Box
To Assemble a New Profile From the Library
To Set a Type for the Profile Section
To Set Size for the Profile Section
To Reuse a Profile
To Position a Straight Profile
To Pattern Profiles
About Bend Profiles
To Position a Bend Profile Along a Curve
About Sheetmetal Profiles
Modifying Profiles
About the Modify Type Dialog Box
To Modify the Section Type for a Profile
About the Modify Size Dialog Box
To Modify the Section Size of a Profile
About the Modify Ends Dialog Box
To Modify or Reset Profile End Dimensions
Moving Profiles
About the Move Profile Dialog Box
About Moving Profiles
To Move or Rotate Profiles
Replacing Profiles
About the Replace Profile Dialog Box
To Replace a Profile
Defining Point Patterns at Profile Ends
About the Point Pattern Dialog Box
To Create a Point Pattern at a Profile End
To Copy a Point Pattern from One Profile End to Another
To Modify a Profile End Point Pattern
To Delete a Profile End Point Pattern
Working with Joints, Cutouts, Planar Trims, and Replace Surface Joints
About Basic Joints
To Create a Basic Joint
To Copy a Basic Joint
To Modify a Basic Joint
To Delete a Basic Joint
About Advanced Joints
To Create an Advanced Joint
To Delete an Advanced Joint
Working with Connector Elements
About Connector Elements
To Assemble a New Connector Element From the Library
To Reuse a Connector Element or Equipment Element
To Modify a Connector or Equipment Element
To Replace a Connector Element with a Copy of Itself
Working with Structural Steel Connectors
About Structural Steel Connectors
About L_MIN and H_MIN Dimensions in Non-Standard Beam End Copes
Example: Creating a Non Standard Steel Connection
Example: Creating a DAST Connection
Example: Creating an AISC Connection
Example: Creating a Bracing Plate
Working with Aluminum Connectors
About Aluminum Connectors
Example: Creating a Bosch 20x28 10->10 Bracket Set
Example: Creating a Bosch 10->10 Tensioning Connector
Working with Equipment Elements
About Equipment Elements
To Assemble, Reuse, Modify, or Replace Equipment Elements
Working with Equipment for Structural Steel
About Equipment for Structural Steel
Example: Assembling Stairs
Example: Assembling a Handrail
Example: Assembling Ladders and Ladder Cages
Example: Assembling Beam End Plates
Working with Equipment for Aluminum Profiles
About Equipment for Aluminum Profiles
Working with Subassemblies
About Subassemblies
Assembling Subassemblies
About the Position Subassembly Dialog Box
About the Reuse Subassembly Dialog Box
To Create a New Subassembly
To Reuse a Project Subassembly
To Position a Project Subassembly
Moving Subassemblies
About the Move Subassembly Dialog Box
To Move or Rotate a Project Subassembly
Replacing Subassemblies
About the Replace Subassembly Dialog Box
To Replace a Subassembly
Working with Automatic UDFs
About Automatic UDFs
About the Automatic UDFs Dialog Box
To Manage Automatic UDFs
To Define an Automatic UDF on a Coordinate System
To Suppress or Resume Automatic UDFs
To Show Status Information for Automatic UDFs
To Create a Creo Parametric UDF to Use with an Automatic UDF
Working with Weld Groups
About Weld Groups
To Define a Weld Group
To Create Weld Group Drawings and BOMs
Working with Simplified Representations
About Simplified Representations
Working with Project Parameters
About Project Parameters
To Propagate Project Parameters to Subcomponents
Working with Item Numbers
About Item Numbers
To Create New Item Numbers for All Models
To Update Item Numbers for All Models
To Include or Exclude Models From Item Number Creation
Working with Drawing Tools
About Drawing Tools
To Automatically Create Component Drawings
To Automatically Create Component Views in Assembly Drawings
To Save Automatically–Created Component Drawings
To Automatically Dimension Profile or Plate Drawings and Views
To Create a Profile Stock Length Table
To Create an Optimized Profile Cut List Table
To Create Component Item Number Notes
Additional Tools
About Data Import and Export Tools
To Export Steel Construction Data in DSTV Format
To Export Steel Construction Data in SDNF Format
To Export Steel Construction Data in StaadPro Format
To Import Steel Construction Data in SDNF Format
To Show T-slotted Aluminum Profile Ordering Information
Creating Beam Structure Models for Creo Simulate
Configuring Creo Advanced Framework
To Use Creo Advanced Framework with Creo Parametric
To Set or Change Configuration Options
Creo Advanced Framework Configuration Options
To Set Start Part Information
Configuring BOM Parameters
About Configuring BOM Parameters
To Create a BOM Parameter
To Add a Relation File
Designating BOM parameters to Windchill
To Configure Allowable Beam Endcope Values
To Configure SDNF Interface Section Names
To Define a Component Naming Scheme
To Configure Stock Length Tables and Cut List Tables
To Configure Automatically–Created Drawings
Welding Design
Welding Design
Using Welding
About Welding
To Get Started with Welding
Understanding the Welding Interface
About the Welding User Interface
About the Model Tree and Welding Objects
About Using Layers in Welding
Displaying Welds
About Displaying Welds
To Hide or Unhide Welds
To Blank or Unblank Welds
To Change the Color of a Weld
Setting Welding Standards
About Welding Standards
To Set the Welding Standard
Configuring Creo for Using Welding
About Welding Configuration Options
Configuration Options for Welding
Creating Materials, Processes, Preferences, and Parameters
Welding Materials
About Welding Materials
To Define and Edit Welding Materials
To Assign or Unassign Welding Materials
To Change Welding Material Assignment
To Save, Reuse, and Retrieve Welding Materials
To Delete Welding Materials
To Access Welding Material Use Information
Welding Processes
About Welding Processes
To Define and Edit Welding Processes
To Assign or Unassign Welding Processes
To Change Welding Process Assignments
To Save, Reuse, and Retrieve a Welding Process
To Delete a Welding Process
Welding Preferences
About Welding Preferences
To Define Fillet Weld Preferences—ANSI
To Define Fillet Weld Preferences—ISO
To Define Groove Weld Preferences—ANSI
To Define Butt Weld Preferences—ISO
To Define Plug or Slot Weld Preferences
To Define Spot Weld Preferences
To Define General Preferences
To Save, Reuse, and Retrieve a Welding Preference
Welding Parameters
About Welding Parameters
General, Welding Material, and Report Parameters
About General Parameters
About Welding Material Parameters
About Report Parameters
To Access Report Parameters in a Drawing
To Define and Edit Welding Parameters
Controlling a Weld Cross-sectional Parameter Using Relations
To Save Welding Parameters
To Delete Welding Parameters
Welding Standards Conversion Mapping
Welding Measurement Parameters
About Welding Measurement Parameters
To Define Welding Measurement Parameters
To Edit Welding Measurement Parameters
To Delete Welding Measurement Parameters
Creating Welding Features
About Creating Welding Features
About Welding Geometry Types
Preparing Edges
About the Edge Prep Welding Feature
To Prepare Edges for Welding
To Edit Edge Preparation Dimensions
Creating Welds
About the Welding Feature
Fillet Welds
About Fillet Welds
About the Fillet Weld User Interface
To Create a Fillet Weld
About the Fillet Weld Dimension Scheme
To Set Intermittency Options
To Define Fillet Weld Location
About the Joint Dialog Box User Interface
To Define Fillet Weld Options
To Define the Weld Symbol Properties
Example: Using the Joint Dialog Box
Example: Creating a Surface-Surface Fillet Across Multiple Components
Example: Creating Welds along a Segmented Trajectory
Example: Dimensioning Intermittent Welds
Groove and Butt Welds
About Groove or Butt Welds
About the Groove or Butt Weld User Interface
To Create a Groove or Butt Weld
To Create a Groove or Butt Weld Using the Weld Wizard
To Select the Groove or Butt Weld Type
To Define Groove or Butt Weld Location
To Define Groove or Butt Weld Shape
To Define Groove or Butt Weld Options
Plug and Slot Welds
About Plug Welds
About Slot Welds
About the Plug or Slot Weld User Interface
To Create a Plug or Slot Weld
To Define Plug or Slot Weld Options
Example: Plug or Slot Weld
Spot Welds
About Spot Welds
About the Spot Weld User Interface
To Create a Spot Weld
To Define Spot Weld Options
Adding Weld Notches
About Adding Weld Notches
To Add a Weld Notch
Example: Creating a Weld Notch
Changing Welding Features
About Working with Welding Features
To Edit a Welding Feature Definition
Patterns
To Pattern Welds
To Change the Number of Welds in a Pattern
To Delete a Weld Pattern or a Weld in a Pattern
Converting
About Converting Welding Geometry Types
To Convert the Geometry Type of Welds and Edge Preparations
Combining
About Combined Welds
To Combine and Uncombine Welds
Obtaining Welding Information
About Welding Information
To Obtain Welding Information
Finite Element Analysis of Welded Assemblies (FEA)
Detailing Welding Assemblies
About Welding Symbols as 3D Annotation Elements
About Welding Symbols in Drawings
To Show Welding Symbols
To Edit a Welding Symbol Offset Note
To Redefine a Welding Symbol
Restrictions for Redefining a Welding Symbol
To Replace a Symbol in a System Welding Symbol Library
To Store a Redefined Welding Symbol
To Insert a Symbol Instance into a Drawing
Electrical Design
Electrical Design
Using Diagram
About Diagram
About Exporting Diagrams to Creo Schematics
To Create a New Diagram
Tip: Case in Filenames
Drawing Setup File Options for Diagram
To Display Diagram Information
To Search for Diagram Objects
Using Layers in Diagram
Tip: Selection Shortcut: the Modify Item Pop Up
Undo Redo Operations in Diagram
Configuring Diagram
About Configuring Diagram
Configuration Options for Diagram
Logical Referencing
About Logical Referencing
To Import or Export a Wire List
To Compare Logical References
Tip: Layers and Logical Referencing
Example: PTC Neutral Wire List
Setup Options for Diagram
To Set Up Diagram Preferences
To Set the Grid
To Switch Snap to Grid
To Set Default Conductor Names
Diagram-Specific Drawing Setup Options
Setup Options: Default Report Names
Defining Symbols in Diagram
About Defining Diagram Symbols
To Define a Drawing Symbol for a Component or Connector
To Add a Drawing Symbol from a Standard Palette to the Diagram
To Redefine a Symbol
To Modify Symbol Size
To Modify a Drawing Symbol
Using Parameters in Diagram
About Parameters in Diagram
To Add or Delete Parameters on the List
To Edit Electrical Parameters
To Specify Parameter Values Individually
To Specify Parameter Values Globally
To Change a Value for Pin Names across Multiple Connectors
To Change a Single Value for Parameters across Multiple Connectors
To Create a Parameter File from Object Parameters
To Read a Parameter File Into a Connector or Component
Component Parameters
Connector Parameters
Component Pin Parameters
Wire Spool Parameters
Cable Spool Parameters
Individual Wire and Cable Parameters
Using Model Parameters
To Add Diagram Parameters
To Modify or Delete Existing Diagram Parameters
To Show All Current Diagram Parameters and Values
Using Notes in Diagram
About Notes in Diagram
To Create Parametric Notes
Showing Diagram Parameters in Notes
Showing Diagram Parameters for Cables and Cable Conductors
Showing Diagram Parameters for Wire Breakpoints
Defining Label Contents
To Set Up Label Contents by Pattern
Reference Zones and Parametric Notes
Using MVC Cross References in a Note
Tip: Notes Attached to Nodes
Manipulating Diagram Objects
About Cutting and Pasting Diagram Objects
To Insert a Sheet
To View a Sheet
To Move a Sheet
To Delete a Sheet
To Move Objects
To Move Objects to Another Sheet
To Rotate Objects in 90-Degree Increments
To Edit Labels or Reference Designators
To Delete Diagram Objects
Copying Diagram Objects
Copying Objects
To Copy Items
To Copy Items From One Diagram To Another
Adding and Editing Components
About Components
To Add a New Single View Component
Using Components in Multiple Views
About Multiple View Components
To Create a New Multiple View Definition
To Add Multiple Views
To Delete an MVC Definition
To Delete a Placed Multiple View Component or Connector from the MVC Definition
To Show the Multiple View Component Name
To Modify a Multiple View Component or Connector
To Modify Multiple View Definition Pin Names
Using Connectors
About Connectors
To Add a Fixed Connector
To Move Components and Connectors
To Mark a Pin Name as Lowercase
To Show or Hide Node Names
Tip: Switching Node Names
Parametric Connectors
About Parametric Inline Connector
To Add a Parametric Connector
To Create a Parametric Inline Connector
To Modify the View of a Parametric Connector
To Edit the Pin Sequence of a Parametric Connector
To Modify the Name of a Reference Designator
To Modify the Pin Gap in Parametric Connectors
To Move Parametric Connector Text
To Modify Parametric Connector Text Height
To Specify the Default Parametric Connector Node Label
To Edit the Parametric Connector Node Name
Grouping Component Symbols
About Grouping Connector and Component Symbols
To Create a Component Group Definition
To Save a Group Definition File
To Modify a Component Group Definition
To Create a Component Group Instance
Creating Spools
About Spools
To Create a Wire or Cable Spool
To Modify Spool Parameters
To Rename Spools
To Save and Retrieve Spools
Adding Wires
About Adding Wires
Tip: Orthogonal and Nonorthogonal Sketching
To Create a Wire Path
To Change the Active Spool
To Make New Wires Follow an Existing Wire
To Change the Wire Path
To Change From-To Direction
To Add a Break to a Wire
To Rename Wires
To Change the Spool Assigned to a Wire or Cable
Moving Wires
About Moving Wires
To Move a Single Wire
To Move Multiple Wires Simultaneously
To Reroute Wires
To Reroute Wires to a New Symbol
To Automatically Reroute From One Symbol to Another
Editing Wire Labels
About Editing Wire Labels
To Edit a Wire Label
To Move and Reattach Wire Labels
To Refresh Labels after Parameter Edit
To Create an Additional Wire Label
To Set Up Wire Label Defaults
Parameters for Wire Labels
Routing Across Pages
About Wire Breaks
To Switch Sheets While Routing
To Add a Break to a Wire
Tip: Use Grid Settings to Control Jog Points
To Remove a Break from a Wire
Tip: The Wire Break Symbol Setup Option
Creating Cables
About Creating and Using Cables
To Add a Cable to the Diagram
To Change the Spool Assigned to a Wire or Cable
To Remove Wires from Cables
To Modify a Cable Name
To Delete Diagram Cables
Using Cable Symbols
About Cable Symbols
Assigning Names to Cable Symbols
To Add a Cable Symbol to the Diagram
Relocating and Resizing Cable Symbols
To Modify the Width of a Cable Symbol
To Delete a Cable Symbol
Tip: Reports Using Custom Cable Parameters
Tip: Representing Connections to Shielding
Adding Splices
About Splices
To Create a Butt Splice
To Create a Through Splice
Using Power and Ground Rails
About Power and Ground Rails
Rail Display Setup Options
To Create a Rail
Assigning Rails to a Default Layer
Using Highways
About Highways
To Add a Highway
To Add Routed Wires to an Existing Highway
To Add a Wire to a Highway While Routing
To Remove Wires from a Highway
To Modify the Highway Entry or Exit Point
To Modify or Delete Highway Names
To Reroute a Highway
To Delete a Highway
To Set Up the Highway Label
Using Ladder Diagrams
About Ladder Diagrams
To Create a Reference Zone
To Create a Ladder Diagram
To Create a Rung Label
Reference Zone Display Options
Using Terminator Tables
About Terminator Tables in Diagrams
To Set Up and Execute a Terminator Table
Example: Setting a Terminator Value
Example: Assigning a Terminator Based on the Sum of Multiple Wire Widths
To Disallow Selected Terminators from Editing
Information and Report Tables
Creating Information Output
About Generated Information Lists
To Generate a Bill Of Materials
To Generate a Standard Wire List
Drawing Report Tables
Using Report Tables in Diagram
To Modify Wire Names with Drawing Report Tables
Report Table Parameters for Diagram
Accessing Conductor Parameters in Report Tables
Glossary
Glossary of Terms
Cabling
Cabling Overview
Using Cabling
About Cabling
Using the Cabling Workflow
About Specific File Types for Cabling
Setting Up Configuration Options
Setting Up the Cabling Environment
Workflow to Manually Designate Components and Route Cables
Workflow to Logically Designate Components and Route Cables
Referencing Logical Data
About Logical Referencing
To Import Creo Schematics Data
To Import Logical Data from Other Sources
Updating Logical References
About Comparing Data Output
About Neutral Format Wire List
To Export a Wire List
Creating the Harness Part
About Creating Harnesses
To Create a Harness
To Rename a Harness
To Modify a Harness
To Delete a Harness
To Set the Working Harness
To Copy a Harness
Defining Report Object Names
About Adding Harnesses to a Family Table
To Add a Harness Part to a Family Table
Subharness
About Spools
Creating Spools
Modifying Spools
To Add Spools from a Logical Reference
Striped Appearances for Cables
Adding Wires and Cables
About Wires and Cables
Cable and Wire Parameters
To Create a Wire or Cable
To Add a Wire or Cable to the Database by Reference
To Modify Cables and Wires
To Hide or Unhide Wires and Cables
About Strip Length Table
Ribbon Cables
About Ribbon Cables
About Entry Ports for Ribbon Cables
About Location Points for Ribbon Cables
Component, Connector, and Pin
About Components
Defining Parameters for Components, Connectors, and Pins
Adding Components
Adding Components to Flat Harness
Splices and Inline Connectors
To Modify Placement of Splices and Custom Components
To Modify the Internal Portions of Splices or Custom Components
To Redefine Splice Placement
Designating Connectors
Refit and Reorder Reference Designators
To Search for a Component by Designation
Assigning Entry Ports
Replacing Connectors
Subconnectors
Using Terminators and Terminator Tables
About Terminators and Terminator Tables
To Use a Terminator Table
To Create a Terminator
To Read a Terminator
To Modify Terminators
To Write a Terminator
To Rename a Terminator
To Remove a Terminator
To Get Information on Terminators
Assigning a Terminator Based on the Sum of Multiple Wire Widths
Using Parameters in Cabling
About Modifying Cable and Wire Parameters
To Add or Delete Parameters of the Cabling Objects
To Specify Parameter Values Individually
To Specify Parameter Values for Multiple Objects
To Specify a Value for Pin Names Across Multiple Connectors
To Specify a Single Value for Parameters Across Multiple Connectors
To Flip Cable Ends
To Display Cable or Wire Parameters in the Model Tree
Adding a Parameter to a Note
Cabling Parameters
Routing Cables
About Routing Cables
To Modify a Route
About Cable Locations with Missing References
About Fixing the Length of a Cable
About Fixed Length of a Cable
Viewing Cable and Wire Information
Autorouting Cables
About Shields
Troubleshooting for Routing
About Nets
Using Locations
About Locations
To Edit a Segment
Modifying Locations
To View Location Information
Using Locations with Channels
Using Bundles
About Bundles
Bundle Grouping Property
To Bundle Existing Cables
To Create a Branch Bundle
Calculating Cable Length in Branch Bundles
To Create and Route a Bundle with a Cable
To Add or Modify Bundle Parameters
To Modify a Bundle
About Aligning and Unaligning Bundles
To Align or Unalign Bundles
To Query Bundle Contents
To Extract Cables from a Bundle
Using Overbraids
About Overbraids
To Create an Overbraid
To Modify Overbraids
Networks
Using Networks to Route Cables
Assigning Location Priority for Network Locations
Exercise - Assigning Location Priority
About Network Paths
Adding Cabling Cosmetic Features
About Cabling Cosmetic Features
To Create a Marker
Marker Default Dimensions and Labels
To Create a Tape Feature
To Create a Tie Wrap
To Modify Cosmetic Feature Dimensions
To Modify Cosmetic Feature Parameters
Extract Assemblies
About an Extract Assembly
To Create an Extract Assembly Using a New File
To Create an Extract Assembly Using the View Manager
To Set a Subassembly of an Extract Assembly as Reference Only
Exporting Cabling Geometry
To Export Cabling Geometry
Report Parameters
About Parameters in Report Tables
Harness Related Report Table Parameters
Report Parameters for Harness Assemblies
Report Parameters for Harness Assemblies and Harness Manufacturing Drawing
Report Parameters for Harness Part Drawing
Glossary
Glossary for Cabling
Harness
Harness Overview
About Harness Design
To Create a Harness Manufacturing Model
To Customize Manufacturing Parameters
About Legacy Harness Manufacturing Assemblies
Harness Related Drawing Report Table Parameters
Tip: Using Subharnesses to Manage Large Designs
Configuring Harness
About Configuring Harnesses
To Set Harness Configuration Options
Configurations Options for Harness
Laying Out Cables
About Laying Out Cables
Tip: Improving Associativity Performance
To Lay Out Cables Using Manual Fan
To Lay Out Cables Using Auto Fan
To Flatten the Network of a Harness
To Add a Twist to a Flattened Harness
To Remove a Twist from a Flattened Harness
To Insert a Bend to a Flattened Harness
To Insert a Break to a Flattened Harness
Tip: Breaking Long Segments for Documentation
To Modify the Bend Angle of a Flattened Cable
Tip: Using Bends
Tip: Deleting or Suppressing Cables
To Move a Segment in Manufacturing Mode
To Delete a Bend in a Flat Harness
To Delete a Flat Cable Segment
Using Components in MFG Mode
About Using Components in MFG Mode
To Attach Wires to Their Entry Ports
Tip: Fanning Out Multiple Wires to Components
To Assemble Components in MFG Mode
To Redefine Assembled Component Orientation
To Modify the Component Harness Attachment Location
To Modify Feature and Component Dimensions in a Flattened Harness
Flat Harness Information
To Get Flat Harness Information
Comparing Information on Flattened vs. 3D Harnesses
Creo Harness Manufacturing
Creo Harness Manufacturing
About Creo Harness Manufacturing
About Creo Harness Manufacturing Packages
Planning and Modelling Considerations
About Harness Manufacturing Workflow
About Harness Manufacturing Drawing
Recommendations When Modeling a 3D Harness
Closed Loop Topography
Placing Associated Geometry Components
Placing Associated Geometry Components
Library Modelling Rules
Rules for Assembling Associated Geometry Components
Example: Modelling and Assembling AGCs
Splice Handling
To Generate a Flattened Harness Manufacturing Drawing
To Update a Harness Manufacturing Drawing Managed Using Windchill
Editing the HMX Drawing
HMX Customization (Advanced License only)
Customizing the HMX Output Tables
Error Messages
Warning Messages
ECAD
ECAD Overview
Configuring and Setting the Environment for ECAD
About Configuring ECAD
Settings applicable to all ECAD Designs
About Settings for all ECAD Designs
About Setting Defaults for Faster Import
Configuration Options for all ECAD Designs
Using hint.map Files
About the ecad_hint.map File
To Create the ecad_hint.map File
Using the ecad_hint.add File
To Use the ecad_hint.map File with Windchill
Using the ECAD_ALT_NAME
Map File Standard Conventions and Examples
To Reference Custom Parts During ECAD Import
To Control Automatic Layer Assignment
To Change the Other Outline String for Import
To Change the Reference Designator String for Import
To Exclude Parts From Import or Export
Settings for Assemblies Modeling ECAD
Configuration Options for Assemblies Modeling ECAD
Settings for ECAD Assemblies
About Settings for ECAD Assemblies
Configuration Options for ECAD Assemblies
Using ECAD
About ECAD in the Design Process
Suggested Design Sequence
Tip: The ECAD Log File
Tip: Parametric Dimensions in ECAD
ECAD Model Tree Parameters
To Perform a Clearance-Interference Check
Using ECAD Areas
About Reserving Space Using ECAD Areas
About Restrictions and Functions in ECAD Areas
About Multiple Loop Exclusions in ECAD Areas
To Add or Edit an ECAD Area
To Assign a Group Name to an ECAD Area
To Redefine System Colors for ECAD Areas
User-Defined ECAD Areas
About User Defined ECAD Areas
About the User Defined Areas CSV File
Working With ECAD Assemblies
Creating ECAD Assemblies
About ECAD Assemblies and Subassemblies
Using Default Templates for an ECAD Assembly or a Board
To Create an ECAD Assembly
To Create an ECAD Subassembly
About the ECAD_ORIGIN Coordinate System
Feature Identification Numbers
To Open an ECAD Assembly
About Placing Components in an ECAD Assembly
To Place a Component in an ECAD Assembly
About the Notifications Area
To Filter Notification Messages
About Saving an ECAD Assembly as a Base ECAD Design
To Save an ECAD Assembly as a Base ECAD Design
About ECAD-MCAD Collaboration from an ECAD Assembly
Using ECAD Assemblies
About Using ECAD Assemblies
About the Flat State in an ECAD Assembly
To Preview an ECAD Assembly in the Flat State
To Show the Flat State of an ECAD Assembly
To Create a Flat Instance of an ECAD Assembly
About Creating Drawings
To Show a Bend Order Table
Setting Up Board Design
About Boards in ECAD Assemblies
To Create a Board
To Modify a Board
Best Practices for Modeling Boards
About the Board Environment
To Customize the Board Environment
Working With Board Properties
About Board Properties
Tool Settings
About Tool Settings
To Save and Retrieve Tool Settings
About Using Board Parameters for Tool Settings
Setting Board Parameters
About Bend Allowance Settings
To Change Bend Allowance Settings
About Bend Allowance and Developed Length
About Y Factor and K Factor
Setting the Value of Y Factor and K Factor
To Display Features Using a Specific Bend Allowance
About Bend Tables
To Perform Standard Bend Table Operations
To Define a New Bend Table for a Part
To Display an Assigned Bend Table
About Bend and Relief Settings
To Change Bend Settings
To Change Relief Settings
Fixed Geometry
About Fixed Geometry Settings
To Define a Fixed Geometry Reference
To Display Fixed Geometry Information
Bend Order
About Bend Order Tables
To Create or Edit a Bend Order Sequence
To Perform Standard Bend Order Operations
Design Rules
About Design Rules
To Create a Set of Design Rules
To Perform Standard Design Rule Operations
To Display Design Rule Information
Creating and Modifying Board Segments
About Creating and Modifying Board Segments
About Previewing a Board in the Flat State
To Preview a Board in the Flat State
Problems Previewing the Flat State
Creating Board Segments
About Creating Board Segments
About Setting Thickness
To Set a Feature-specific Bend Allowance
Methods of Adding Bends
About Planar Segments
To Create a Planar Segment
About the Extrude Tool
To Create an Extruded Segment
About the Boundary Blend Tool
To Create a Boundary Blend Segment
About the Revolve Tool
To Create a Revolved Segment
About the Sweep Tool
To Create a Swept Segment
About the Swept Blend Tool
To Create a Swept Blend Segment
About the Blend Tools
To Create a Blend Segment
To Create a Rotated Blend Segment
Creating Attached Flat, Flange, and Twist Segments
About Creating Attached Segments
About the Flat Segment User Interface
To Create a Flat Segment
About the Flange Segment User Interface
To Create a Flange Segment
To Create a Twisted Segment
Modifying Board Segments
About Modifying Board Segments
About Using Relief
Creating Rips
About Creating Rips
To Create an Edge Rip
To Create a Surface Rip
To Create a Sketched Rip
To Create a Rip Connect
About Joining Segments
To Join Segments
Example: Types of Joined Segments
About Offsetting Segment Surfaces
To Offset a Segment Surface
About Extending Segments
To Extend a Segment
Example: Types of Extension
About Splitting an Area
To Split an Area
Example: Flip Projection Direction
Example: Flip Split Direction
About Merging Segments
To Merge Segments
Creating Cuts
About Creating Cuts
To Create a Cut
Projecting Datum Curves
Cuts in Board Segments
About Cuts in Boards
To Create, Modify, or Remove Individual ECAD Cuts
Bending, Unbending, and Bending Back
About Bending, Unbending, and Bending Back Board Segments
Bending Board Segments
About Bending Board Segments
About the Bend User Interface
Example: Types of Bend
To Create a Bend by Offsetting a Bend Line or an Edge
To Create a Bend with a Surface Reference
To Create a Planar Bend
About Transition Areas
To Add a Transition Area while Creating a Bend
To Change the Developed Length
About Bend Relief
About Bend Lines
About Bend Notes
To Customize Bend Notes
Unbending and Bending Back Board Segments
About Unbending and Bending Back Board Segments
To Unbend Board Segments
To Bend Back Board Segments
Importing Conductor Information
About Importing Conductor Information
To Import Conductor Information
About the Conductor Explorer
To Explore Conductors in a Design
To Delete All Conductors
About Updating the Positions of Conductors
About Using Analysis Tools for Conductors
To Set the Color of Imported Conductors
Importing ECAD Databases
About Importing ECAD Databases
About Fixing Import Problems in Sketcher
Using Automatic Layer Assignment
Using Coordinate Systems
Naming Default Coordinate Systems
Tip: The Z-Axis Offset in IDF
To Import an IDX File as an ECAD Assembly
To Import a PCB or Panel Assembly
To Import a Board Outline
To Import a Panel Outline
To Import Components as Parts
To Import Components Into an Assembly
To Substitute Custom Creo Parametric Parts
To Import a Non-Electrical Volume
To Specify Parts as Electrical or Mechanical
To Show or Hide Reference Designators
To Assign or Rename a Reference Designator
To Manipulate a Reference Designator
To Import Using Investigate Mode
Selective Import of Holes
About the Selective Import of Holes from Board Outlines
About Lightweight Holes
To Convert a Lightweight Hole to a Standard Hole
To Selectively Import Holes While Importing an IDF Board
To Define Rules for the Filtration of Holes by Diameters
To Import Other Outlines from the Board
Configuring the Selective Import of Holes
About Importing Holes According to Priority
Exporting Data to ECAD
About Exporting ECAD Data
Example: Different Top and Bottom Surfaces
To Export Board Outline and Component Assembly Data
To Export Board or Component Parts
To Export a Panel File in Assembly Mode
To Export a Panel File in Part Mode
Tip: Placing Subassemblies as Components for Export
About Exporting ECAD Data to the EDA Format
To Export ECAD Data to the EDA Format
Exporting Board and Components to EDA Format
Exporting Holes and ECAD Areas to EDA Format
Exporting Irregularly Shaped Components
To Add a Cross-Section to Export Irregularly Shaped Components
To Export an Assembly as a Base IDX
Working in ECAD-MCAD Collaboration Mode
Simplified ECAD-MCAD Collaboration
Configuration Options for Simplified ECAD-MCAD Collaboration Mode
Importing IDX Files
Using Simplified ECAD-MCAD Collaboration Mode
Explicit Fix Placement Constraint
Moving Components in ECAD Assemblies
About the ECAD-MCAD Collaboration Mode
About the ECAD-MCAD Collaboration User Interface
Using the Search Tool to Select Components
About the Sequence of Collaborative Tasks
Best Practices for ECAD/MCAD Collaboration
Interoperability with Additional PTC Products
Proposing Incremental Changes from Creo Parametric
Proposing Incremental Changes from ECAD
About Comparing ECAD Assembly Designs
To Set the EDA File for the Comparison
To Compare the Current ECAD Assembly With its Base Design
Editing the Settings for Units
About the IDX Format
About Validating Proposed Design Changes
About the Design States
To Validate Proposed Design Changes
About the Incremental Update of the IDX File and ECAD Assembly
To Incrementally Update the IDX File and the ECAD Assembly
About Setting Preview Levels for the ECAD Assembly
To Redefine and Suppress Failing Objects During Assembly Update
Intermediate Data Format (IDF)
About the Intermediate Data Format (IDF)
About IDF File Sections
Supported ECAD File Formats
About Supported ECAD File Formats
ECAD-MCAD Colaboration Workflows
Creo ECAD-MCAD Collaboration
About This Guide
Before You Begin
Setting Up Creo Parametric for Collaboration
Configuring Creo Parametric for Collaboration
Benefits of Fully Modeled Parts in Creo Parametric
Benefits of Using EDMD IDX
To Add ECAD Parameters to the Model Tree
About Setting Up the Model
About Using Component Family Tables
Using Assemblies as Components
To Perform a Model Check in ECAD-MCAD Collaboration
Definition of Terms
General Limitations
Proposing Changes
Proposing Changes
MCAD to ECAD Workflow
ECAD to MCAD Workflow
Collaboration with an ECAD Tool that does not Support EDMD IDX
Identifying and Analyzing ECAD Changes in Creo Parametric
Identifying Changes Using Standalone Creo View ECAD Compare
Investigating Transactions in ECAD
Using PTC Windchill
Sharing EDMD IDX Files
How to Create and Save EDA Files
When to Create and Save EDMD IDX and EDA Files
Creating a New ECAD Design in Windchill 10.0 Workgroup Manager for ECAD
Glossary
Glossary for ECAD
Piping
Piping
Piping Overview
Tutorials
Setting up Piping Data
Exercise 1—Setting up Master Catalog (MCAT) Files
Adding a New Pipe Size
Adding a New Fitting Size
Defining Compatible Pipe and Fitting End Types
Defining Combined Size Codes for Pipe and Fitting
Defining Insulation Data for Pipe and Fitting
Exercise 2—Setting up Project Data Files
Creating an Auto-Selection File
Creating a New Specification Directory File
Creating a New Auto-Selection Pipe Record
Creating a New Auto-Selection Fitting Record
Creating a New Insulation Directory File
Mapping an Icon File
Exercise 3—Updating Piping Models
Changing and Updating Colors
Changing and Updating Corner Types
Changing and Updating Bend Parameters
Changing and Updating Material Codes
Changing and Updating Outside Diameters
Exercise 4—Inserting Fittings in Spec-Driven Piping
Inserting Standard Assembly Fittings
Specification Override during Fitting Insertion
Inserting Flanged Fittings with Different Bolt Nuts
Assembling Free Port Fittings
Inserting a Free Fitting with Constraints
Inserting Trimmed Elbows
Inserting Group Fittings
Exercise 5—Schematic-Driven Pipeline Modeling
Working with Schematic-Driven Pipeline Modeling
Piping and Piping Systems
Piping and Piping Systems
Piping User Interface
Configuring Piping
Configuring Piping
To Set Piping Configuration Options
Specifying Thumb Wheel Increments
Configuration Options for Piping
To Use Spec-Driven Piping Library with PTC Windchill
Setting Up Piping Library
Piping Specification Database
Piping Specification Database
Master Catalog (MCAT) Files
Master Catalog (MCAT) Files
Piping Master Catalog Directory File
Pipe Master Catalog File
Fitting Master Catalog File
End Compatibility File
Combined Size Code File
Insulation File
Appearance Map File
Migrating Piping Data from Legacy PTD Files to CSV Format
Project Data Files
Project Data Files
Specification Directory Files
Auto-Selection Files
Insulation Directory Files
Fitting Category Map File
To Modify Project Data Files
Update Model
Update Model
To Change and Update Colors
To Change and Update Corner Types
To Change and Update Material Codes
To Update Material Data
To Change and Update Stock Number Formats
To Change and Update Outside Diameters
To Change and Update Wall Thickness
To Change and Update Material Density
To Change and Update Miter Parameters
To Change and Update Bend Parameters
To Change and Update Bend Machine Parameters
Tip: Updating Multiple Changes
Non Spec-Driven Parameters
Line Stock Parameter Files
Writing Relations
Setting the WT_LEN Parameter
To Assign a Default Line Stock for New Line Segments
To Assign the Default Corner Type for New Line Segments
To Assign a Line Shape as a Default for New Line Segments
Assigning a Flexible Line Shape
Pipeline Parameters
Design Rule Parameters
Design Rule Parameters
Bend Arc Threshold
To Check for Line Stock Violations in Non Spec-Driven Piping Mode
Bend Tables
Bend Tables
Bend Table Data in Spec-Driven Piping Mode
To Assign a Bend Table
Formula Equations
Conversion Equations
Bend Parameters
Bend Parameters
User-Defined Bend Parameters in Report Tables
Bend Notes
Setting Up Fittings
Fitting Library Files
Fitting Library Files
Fitting Library Creation
Fitting Library Creation
About Fitting Geometry
Fitting Ports
Mandatory Port Requirements
Fitting Insertion Location and Alignment Considerations
Inlet Ports
Stem Axis Direction
Fitting Parameters
Fitting Parameters Based on Fitting Code
Latrolet Fitting Orientation
Mating Plane
The ANSI Standard
The ANSI Standard
Example: List of ANSI Pipes and Fittings in the Library
The JIS Standard
The JIS Standard
Example: List of JIS Fittings
Spec-Driven Fitting Insertion
Spec-Driven Fitting Insertion
About Branch Fittings
About No-break Fittings
About Bolt and Nut Bulk Items
To Insert Fittings
To Assemble a Free Fitting
Inserting Elbows
Inserting Elbows
Inserting Trimmed Elbows
Inserting Group Fittings
Inserting Group Fittings
To Insert Group Fittings
Modifying Fittings
Modifying Fittings
To Delete Fittings
To Redefine Spec-Driven Fittings
To Replace Fittings
Warnings on the Piping System Tree
Tip: Modifying and Deleting Valve Numbers
Fitting Overlap Checking
Using Fittings in Non Spec-Driven Piping Mode
To Insert a Fitting
To Delete a Fitting
To Redefine a Fitting
To Replace a Fitting
To Modify Penetration Distance
Piping System Tree
Pipeline Display Settings
Pipelines Display Settings
Pipeline Labels
Pipe Solids
Insulation Quilts
To Set Pipeline Display Options from Set Display Dialog Box
Customizing the Piping System Tree
Schematic-Driven Pipeline Modeling
Schematic-Driven Pipeline Modeling
About Creo Schematics Component Properties in Schematic-Driven Pipeline Modeling
About Designating Schematic Information
To Designate Schematic Information
To Create a Pipeline in Spec-Driven Piping
About Routing a Pipeline Using Schematic Information
About Inserting a Fitting Using Schematic Information
About Replacing a Fitting Using Schematic Information
Schematic Consistency Check Report
Routing
About Pipelines
About Pipeline Routing in Spec-Driven Piping
About Setting a Start Point
To Set a Start Point
Alignment Options
Location Options
To Route a Pipe in Spec-Driven Mode
To Route a Pipeline by Referencing a Pipe Edge
Reference Edges for Routing
To Route a Pipeline to a Datum Point
Associativity Between the Routed Pipeline and the Reference Pipeline
About the Routing Environment
To Set the Display of Routing Environment Information
Routing Flexible Hoses
About Routing Flexible Hoses in Spec-Driven Piping
To Enable Routing of Flexible Hoses in Spec-Driven Piping
Routing with Extend
About Routing with Extend
To Use the Route Coordinate System to Extend a Pipeline
To Extend a Pipeline Using a Csys Reference
To Extend a Pipeline Using a Csys Axis Reference
To Extend a Pipeline by Referencing an Edge, Axis, or Segment
To Extend a Pipeline by Referencing a Plane or a Point
Routing with Equipment Nozzles
About Equipment Nozzles
To Route a Pipeline from an Equipment Nozzle
To Route from a Port
To Route to a Port
Checking Pipe and Port Sizes
Routing with Follow
About Spec-Driven Routing with Follow
To Route a Pipeline with Follow
To Route a Pipeline by Following an Existing Pipeline
Branch Routing
About Branch Routing
To Set a Branch Start Point
To Route a Branch to a Pipeline
About Stub-in Branches
Considerations for Creating a Point on a Pipe Segment From Either End
Points on a Segment
About Adding Break Points to Existing Routing
To Add Break Points to Pipe Segments
To Move a Pipe Segment
To Remove a Pipe Segment
Example: Remove Pipe Segment
To Replace a Pipe Segment
Pipeline Insertion and Modification
About Inserting and Modifying a Pipeline in Another Pipeline
To Insert and Modify a Pipeline in Another Pipeline
Selecting the First Segment
Propagating the Inserted From Pipeline in the To Pipeline Assembly
Suppressing and Resuming Pipe Segments
About Suppressing and Resuming Pipe Segments
To Suppress and Resume Pipe Segments
Example: Suppressing and Resuming Pipe Segments
Modifying in Routing
About Modifying in Routing
To Redefine the References of a Routing Operation
To Modify Dimensions of Routing Features of a Pipeline
To Replace One or More Contiguous Pipeline Segments
Changing Line Stock and Line Shape Parameters While Routing Pipelines
Rerouting a Routing Feature Attached to a Set Start Feature
Routing in Non Spec-Driven Piping Mode
About Routing
About Routing Pipelines
To Route a Typical Pipeline
About External References
To Manage External References
Routing Techniques
About Branching to Another Pipeline
To Create a Branch
Example: Creating a Branch
About Connecting Entry Ports or Unconnected Segments
To Connect Pipeline Segments
Example: Straight Segments
About Routing Flexible Pipes
To Create Pipe Routing Using To Pnt/Port
Tip: Routing Pipelines
To Create a Line Stock
Routing to Datum Points
About Routing to Datum Points
Creating a Datum
Routing with Follow
About Routing with Follow
Creating Pipeline Routing with Follow
Example: Generating Sketched Geometry
To Route a Pipe by Following an Axis/Cylinder
Following an Axis or Cylinder
Following an Existing Pipeline
Non Specification-Driven Piping Flow Direction
To Display or Reverse the Flow Direction of a Pipeline
Pipe Extends
Example: Extend up to a Surface or Point
Example: Extend a Pipeline in a Particular Direction
Routing Flexible Hoses with Minimum Bend Radius
About Routing Flexible Hoses with Minimum Bend Radius
To Route Flexible Hoses with Minimum Bend Radius
Moving Pipe Segments
About Moving Pipe Segments
Piping Flow Direction
About Flow Direction in Piping
To Create the Pipeline Model for a Pipeline with Branch Series
Default Flow Direction Determination Rules
Example: Default Flow Direction for Pipeline with Branch Series
To Create the Pipeline Model for a Pipeline with Loop Series
Example: Default Flow Direction for Pipeline with Loop Series
To Display or Reverse the Flow Direction of a Pipeline
Displaying or Hiding the Flow Direction of a Pipeline
Example: Displaying the Flow Direction of a Specified Pipeline Series
Flow Direction Violations
Pipeline Modification
Editing Pipelines
To Delete a Pipeline
To Rename a Pipeline
Pipeline Merging in Spec-Driven Piping
About Merging Pipelines
To Merge Pipelines
Workflow for Creating a New Pipeline by Merging Pipelines
Workflow for Merging Pipelines
Selecting End Components
Considerations for Merging Pipelines
Specification Break in Spec-Driven Piping
About Specification Break
To Insert a Specification Break
Example: Inserting a Specification Break
Suppressing Pipelines
To Suppress a Pipeline
To Resume a Suppressed Pipeline in Spec-Driven Piping
Piping Layers in Spec-Driven Piping
About Piping Layers in Spec-Driven Piping
To View Piping Layers in Spec-Driven Piping
Spec-Driven Pipeline Modification
About Pipeline Modification
To Modify Pipe Segments
To Modify a Corner Type
Tip: Modifying Corner Types
Tip: Changing the Bend Radius of a Pipeline
To Modify the Bend Parameters
To Reverse Flow Direction
To Modify the Line Shape of a Flexible Hose
To Edit a Pipeline
To Replace a Bend with an Elbow
Modifying Pipe Options
About Modifying Pipe Options
To Modify Pipeline Parameters
To Modify Line Stock Parameters
Using the Modify Pipeline Dialog Box
Using the Edit Pipeline Dialog Box
To Modify a Corner Type
Changing Pipelines
Resolving a Failed Regeneration
Modifying Line Segments
About Creating Line Segments Based on Sketched Geometry
To Create Pipeline Segments by Sketching
Drawings
Spec-Driven Pipe Drawings
About Pipe Drawings in Spec-Driven Piping
About Drawing Setup Options in Piping
Non-Spec Driven Pipe Drawings
About Drawings
To Show and Manipulate Pipe Bend Notes in a Drawing
Displaying Dimensions and Bend Notes in Drawing Mode
About Showing Piping Parameters in Drawing Notes
To Show Piping Parameters in Drawing Notes
Showing Theoretical Bend Intersections on a Drawing
Isometric Drawing Generation (ISOGEN)
About Isometric Drawing Generation (ISOGEN)
To Generate an Isometric Drawing
Component Material Description
Creating Pipe Component Information
ISOGEN Attribute Map File (Spec-Driven Piping)
ISOGEN Attributes (Spec-Driven Piping)
ISOGEN Item Attributes (Spec-Driven Piping)
Mapping Bending Data Attributes to ISOGEN Attributes (Spec-Driven Piping)
Example: ISOGEN Attribute Map File for Mapping Bending Data Attributes to ISOGEN Attributes(Spec-Driven Piping)
Insulation Information in PCF Files
ISOGEN Symbol Map File
Example: ISOGEN Symbol Map File
Bolt Information in PCF Files
ISOGEN Endtype Map File
Example: ISOGEN Endtype Map File
Weld Information in PCF Files
Example: Weld Components in a PCF File
ISOGEN Nominal Size Map File
Example: ISOGEN Nominal Size Map File (Spec-Driven Piping)
ISOGEN Mandatory Attribute File
Example: ISOGEN Mandatory Attribute File
ISOGEN Error Log File
Example: ISOGEN Error Log File
Example: ISOGEN Identifiers on a Component (Non Spec-Driven)
Example: ISOGEN Attribute Map File (Non Spec-Driven)
ISOGEN Attribute Map File (Non Spec-Driven)
Installation Drawing Generation
About Installation Drawing Generation
Example: Piping Installation Drawing
To Specify Display Style for Pipe Segments
Pipe Display Style
To Select a Slope Symbol for Pipe Segments
Pipe Slope Symbol
To Annotate Installation Drawing
Attribute and Parameter Specification File
Example: Attribute and Parameter Specification File
Displaying Parameters in Report Tables
AEC Object Type File
Example: AEC Object Type File
Pipe Spool Drawing Generation
About Pipe Spool Drawing Generation
Process Flow of Pipe Spool drawing Generation
ISOGEN Data Control Files
About ISOGEN Data Control Files
Option Switches File
Alternative Text File
Position Text File
Drawing Definition File
Drawing Frame File
ISOGEN File
Displaying Bending Data
About Bending Data
About the Node Number
About the Bending Point
About Bending Spring Back
About Bending Elongation
About Pipe Cutting Length
About the Bending Angle
About the Bend Radius
About Bending Rotation Angle
About the Flange Twist Angle
About the Flange Angle
Manufacturing
Pipe Fabrication
About Fabricating Pipes
Cutting Pipe Pieces
About Cutting Pipe Pieces
To Cut a Pipe at a Specified Location Using Placement
To Cut a Pipe at a Specified Location Using a Plane Reference
To Cut Pipe at a Specified Location Using a Pipe Reference
To Cut Pipe at a Single Location Using a Fitting Port Reference
Selecting the Reference Fitting Port
To Cut Pipe at Multiple Locations Based on Pipe Stock or User-Specified Length
To Cut Pipe at Multiple Locations with Automatic Joint Fitting Insertion
To Cut Parallel Pipes at Locations Identical to the Reference Pipe Run
To Cut Parallel Pipes at Specified Interval Length
Tip: Selecting a Reference Pipe Run for Cutting Parallel Pipes
Example: Parallel Pipe Piece Cutting
Checking the Clearance between the Pipe Cuts with Flanged Fittings
Assigning FLANGE_OD as a Dimension or Part Parameter
To Cut Pipes Associated With a Block
Example: Block Boundary Based Pipe Piece Cutting
Using Joint Fittings
Assigning a Weld Type
To Delete a Pipe Piece Cut
Generating Pipe Spools
About Spool Generation
Spool Generation Rules
To Create a Spool Label for a Pipeline or a Spool Segment
To Modify a Spool Label for a Pipeline or a Spool Segment
To Delete a Spool Label for a Pipeline or a Spool Segment
About Simplified Spool Representation
To Display a Simplified Spool
Pipe Insulation
About Pipeline Insulation
To Assign Insulation during Pipeline Creation in Spec-Driven Piping
To Modify Insulation Assigned to a Pipeline
To Delete Insulation in Spec-Driven Piping
To Delete Insulation in Non Spec-Driven Piping
To Report Insulation Information
About Assigning Insulation to Part of a Pipeline
To Assign Insulation to Part of a Pipeline
To Redefine Insulation Assigned to a Part of a Pipeline
Creating Pipe Solids
About Pipe Solids
To Create or Erase a Pipe Solid
Displaying Thick Pipes and Thick Insulation
About Displaying Thick Pipes and Thick Insulation
To Set the Display of Thick Pipes and Thick Insulation
About Pairs Clearance Analysis for Pipelines
To Set Thick Pipe and Thick Insulation Display in Drawings
Creating Weld Parameters
About Welds
To Set Weld Parameters
To Delete Weld Parameters
Solids in Non Spec-Driven Piping
About Creating a Solid Pipe
To Create a Solid Pipe
Working with Solid Pipes
Using the Pipe Solid Dialog Box
About Naming a Pipe Solid Segment
To Name a Pipe Solid Segment
To Turn Off the Display of Piping Solids
About Setting the Display of Pipeline Solids
To Make Solid Square Pipes
Making Solid Square Pipes
About the Cross Sections of Solid Rectangular Pipes
About Extraction of a Model
To Extract a Model
Piping Template Parts
About Piping Template Parts
To Use a Piping Template Part
Copying from Piping Template Parts
Piping Information in Non Spec-Driven Piping
About Gathering Piping Information
To Obtain Piping Information
Obtaining Engineering Information
Using the Report Pipeline Dialog Box
General Information
About Obtaining Pipeline Information
To Obtain Pipeline Information
About Obtaining Pipeline Segment Information
To Obtain Pipeline Segment Information
Clocking Angle and Bend Information
Pipe Length Information
About Obtaining Pipe Length Information
To Obtain Pipe Length Information
Piping Bill of Materials
About Generating a Piping Bill of Materials
To Generate a Piping Bill of Materials
Piping Bend Information
About Bend Machine Information
To Generate a Bend Machine Table
To Generate a Bend Location Table
About Setting Up Bend Information for Use in Report Tables
To Set Up Piping Bend Information for Use in Report Tables
Holes Report Information
About Generating Holes Report Information
To Generate Holes Report Information
Setting Up Holes Report Information for Use in Report Tables
To Set Up Holes Report Information for Use in Report Tables
Clocking Angle Information
About Clocking Angle Information
To Set Up Clocking Angle Information for Report Tables
Accessing Clocking Angle as a Report Table Parameter
Accessing Clocking Angle as a System Parameter
Example: Clocking Angle
To Access the Clocking Angle as General Information
Calculating Clocking Angle Between Fittings
File Interchange Format Information
About Output FIF
To Generate an FIF File
Check Pipe Information
About Checking Pipelines for Line Stock Violations
To Check a Pipe for Line Stock Violations
Report Setup
About Using Show Report Setup
To Show Report Setup
Saved Analyses
About Saved Analyses
To Save an Analysis
To Retrieve Object Selections
SupraVision Output
About SupraVision Output
To Generate SupraVision Output
Conversion
Piping Assemblies
About Piping Assemblies
To Make a Piping Assembly Active
To Display Piping Information
About Converting Piping Assemblies
To Convert Non Spec-Driven Piping Assemblies
To Convert Spec-Driven Piping Assemblies
Converting Piping Assemblies to PTC Creo Parametric Format
About Using External Simplified Representations
Example: Workflow for Creating an External Simplified Representation
Utilizing the Pipe Segment to Create Additional Features
Design Rule Checking and Piping (Report) Information
Design Rules Checking
About Design Rules Checking
To Check for Design Rule Violations
Displaying Missing Fitting Violations
Displaying Segment Violations
Displaying Bend Violations
Displaying Branch Violations
Displaying Pipe Segment Overlap
Checking Design Rules
Spec-Driven Pipeline Reporting
About Pipeline Reporting in Specification-Driven Piping
To Create Pipeline Reports in Spec-Driven Piping
To Generate a Bend Location Table
To Generate a Bend Machine Table
To Generate a Supravision Information Report
Reporting the Weight and COG Information for Pipe Segments
Example: Pipe Segment Report
Example: Fitting Report
Example: Insulation Report
Example: Bill of Materials
Spec-Driven Designatable Pipe Reporting
About Designating Pipeline Reports
To Generate Designatable Reports
About Bend Location Information
Example: Bend Location Report
About Bend Machine Information
Example: Bend Machine Report
About Holes Information
Example: Holes Report
About Clocking Angle Information
Example: Clocking Angle Report
Example: Clocking Angle
Accessing Clocking Angle as a System Parameter
About Using Show Report Setup
To Use the Show Report Setup Information
About Output FIF
To Generate an FIF File
Accessing the Designated Report Parameters in a Drawing
Pipeline Network Report
About the Pipeline Network Report
Example: Pipeline Network Report -1
Errors in the Pipeline Network Report
To Change the Pipeline Network Report Format
Example: Pipeline Network Report with Changed Format
Reporting the Bolt and Nut Quantity for Fittings
Report Tables in Non-Spec Driven Piping
About Report Functionality in Piping
Report Table Parameters Applicable to Piping
Pipeline Report Table Parameters
Report Table Pipe Stock Parameters
Report Table Pipe Segment Parameters
Glossary
Glossary for Piping
Manufacturing
Manufacturing
Creo NC Overview
Using Creo NC
About Creo NC
To Create a Manufacturing Model
Creo NC Concepts
Using Manufacturing Model Templates
To Define a Manufacturing Assembly Configuration
To Reclassify Components of a Manufacturing Assembly
To Retrieve a Manufacturing Model
About Legacy .mfg Files
Previewing a Manufacturing Model
To Replace Components of a Manufacturing Assembly
Part Family Tables in Creo NC
Manufacturing User Interface
About the Creo NC User Interface
Configuring for Creo NC
About Configuration File Options
To Set Creo NC Configuration Options
Configurations Options for Creo NC
Manufacturing Process
About Manufacturing Process
Example: Manufacturing Process
To Get Process Status and Tool Path Information
Process Information
About Process Information
To Output Manufacturing Information
To Set Up Filter Configuration
To Generate a Route Sheet
Route Sheet
To Create a Customized Report on a Manufacturing Process
To Use Reports in Creo NC
Examples: Creating a Customized Report on a Manufacturing Process
Reference Models
About Reference Models
To Create a Reference Model
To Assemble a Reference Model Using Same Model
To Assemble a Reference Model with Inherited Features
To Assemble a Reference Model with Merged Features
Workpieces
About Workpieces
To Create a Workpiece
To Create an Automatic Workpiece
To Assemble a Workpiece Using Same Model
To Assemble a Workpiece with Inherited Features
To Assemble a Workpiece with Merged Features
To Create a Manual Workpiece
Workpiece Display
Operations
About Operations
To Create an Operation
Operation Tab
To Specify Comments for an Operation
To Activate an Operation
Work Centers (Workcells)
About Work Centers (Workcells)
To Create a Machine Tool (Work Center)
About Flashing a Turning Tool
Machine Tool Settings
Work Center Types
Saving and Retrieving Work Centers
To Set Up a PPRINT Table
The PPRINT Table
Fixtures
About Fixtures
To Create a Fixture Setup
The Fixture Setup Tab
To Activate a Fixture Setup
To Modify a Fixture Setup
To Delete a Fixture Setup
Coordinate Systems
About Coordinate Systems
To Specify a Coordinate System
Machine and NC Sequence Coordinate Systems
Z-Axis Orientation
NC Sequences
About NC Sequences
To Create an NC Sequence
To Create an NC Sequence Using the Menu Manager
Elements of NC Sequence Setup
To Customize a Name of an NC Sequence
To Specify Comments for an NC Sequence
To Set Up Start and End Points for an NC Sequence
To Select an NC Sequence
Example: Searching for NC Steps By the Current Operation
Copying and Pasting NC Sequences
To Copy and Paste a NC Sequence
About Copying NC Sequences Using Paste Special
To Create Dependent Copies of a NC Sequence
To Copy NC Sequences Using Advanced Reference Configuration
About Working with Classic NC Sequences
Retract Surface
About Retract Surface
To Set Up a Retract Plane
To Set Up a Retract Sphere
To Set Up a Retract Cylinder
To Set Up Retract Along a Revolved Surface
To Set Up a Traverse Plane
Controlling Retracts in Volume Milling
Material Removal
About Automatic Material Removal
To Create a Material Removal Feature
Specifying the Material Removal Visibility Level
Automatic Material Removal in Milling
Automatic Material Removal in Turning
Automatic Material Removal in Holemaking
Automatic Material Removal in Wire EDM
XML Export and Import
About XML Export and Import of Manufacturing Process Data
To Output a Manufacturing Process in XML Format
To Import Manufacturing Process Data into a Different Model
Activating a Part or Subassembly in an NC or CMM Assembly
Sheetmetal Part
About Activating a Sheetmetal Part in an NC and CMM Assembly
To Activate a Sheetmetal Part in an NC and CMM Assembly
Subassembly
About Activating a Subassembly in an NC and CMM Assembly
To Activate a Subassembly in an NC and CMM Assembly
Design Part
About Activating a Design Part in an NC and CMM Assembly
To Activate a Design Part in an NC and CMM Assembly
Modifying Parts, Assemblies and Steps
The Notification Center
CMM Probing in Creo NC
About CMM Probing in Creo NC
To Enable CMM Probing in Creo NC
Licensing and CMM Probing in Creo NC
Tooling
About Elements of Tools Setup
To Set Up the Material Directory Structure
Example: Setting Up the Material Directory Structure
To Set Up Tools in Advance
To Set Up a Tool when Creating an NC Sequence
About Cutting Tool Preview
Tool Setup Dialog Box
About the Tools Setup Dialog Box
Using the Tools Setup Dialog Box
To Add a New Tool
To Specify the Cutting Data for the Tool
Using the Cutting Data Supplied for the Tool
To Provide the Bill of Materials for the Tool
Specifying Holder Dimensions
To Set Up Multiple Tip Tools
Multiple Tip Tools
To Specify Multiple Tips for Milling and Holemaking Tools
Example: User Defined Tool Parameters
Tool Parameters Library
Tool Parameters
Retrieving Tool Parameters
To Retrieve Tool Parameters
To Access an External Tool Database
To Add a Sketched Tool
To Modify an Existing Tool
About Replacing Cutting Tools
To Replace a Cutting Tool (File System)
To Replace a Cutting Tool (Workcell)
To Customize the Tool Manager Using Column Setup Builder
Tool Dialog Setup File
To Delete a Tool
To Save Tool Parameters
Saving Tool Parameters
To Use a Standard Tool
Standard Tools
Solid Tool Models
About Solid Tool Models
To Create a Tool Model
Multiple Tip Tool Models
Example: A Solid Tool Model for Milling
Example: A Solid Multiple Tip Tool Model
To Assign Tool Material and Number of Teeth
To Use a Tool Model
To Add User-Defined Parameters in Solid Tool Models
Custom CL Commands for Solid Tool Models
Tool Display
Using Assembly as a Tool Model
CL Commands for Solid Tool Models
About Specifying a Tip for CL Data Output
Specifying a Tip for CL Data Output
To Specify an Output Tip for CL Data Output
To Use Tool Outline in Turning
Solid Tool Capabilities in Turning
Example: Using the Tool Outline in Turning
To Use Customized Tools in Holemaking
Example: A Solid Tool Model for Holemaking
Multitasking Solid Tool Models
About Using Solid Models as Multitasking Tools
Example: A Solid Model for a Multitasking Tool
To Use a Solid Model as a Multitasking Tool
Specifying Manufacturing Parameters for Multitasking Tools
Example: Specifying the Cutting Edge for a Tip
Tool Attachments
About Tool Attachments
To Create a Tool Attachment
Example: Tool Attachment
Automatic Tool Attachment
To Use a Tool Attachment
Manufacturing Parameters
About Manufacturing Parameters
To Initialize NC Sequence Parameters
The PARAMETERS SETUP Dialog Box
To Set or Modify NC Sequence Parameters
To Customize the Parameters Table
Common NC Sequence Parameters
Milling Parameters
High Speed Milling Parameters
Holemaking Parameters
Turning Parameters
Wire EDM Parameters
Manufacturing Assembly Parameters
To Use Previous Parameters
To Use a Non-Active Site
To Include a Parameter in a Relation
Using Parameters in Relations
Sites
About Sites
To Create a New Site File
Parameter Visibility
Manipulating Sites
To Activate a Site
Activating a Site
To Associate a Site with a Workcell
Associating a Site with a Workcell
Milling
General Information
About Milling NC Sequences
To Select Surfaces
To Specify Surface Side
To Close Loops in Window Machining
To Perform Gouge Checking
Gouge Checking Defaults
To Specify Entry and Exit Motions
To Perform 4-Axis Milling
To Specify Negative Stock Allowance
To Customize the Tool Path in Milling
Tool Axis Control in Milling
About Variable Axis Control
Tool Axis Control in Surface Milling
To Define the Axis Orientation Using Points on Surface
Example: Axis Orientation Using Points on Surface
To Define the Axis Orientation Using Points Along Cutlines
To Change Axis Definitions
To Define the Axis Orientation Using Pivot Point
To Define the Axis Orientation Using Pivot Curve
To Specify Synch Points Along Pivot Curve
Tool Axis Control in Trajectory Milling and Cutline Milling
The Axis Control Tab (Trajectory Milling)
The Axis Control Tab (Cutline Milling)
To Define Tool Axis Control at a Location (Trajectory Milling)
To Define Tool Axis Control at a Location (Cutline Milling)
The Axis Control Dragger
To Define Axis Orientation Using Pivot Curve (Trajectory Milling)
To Define Axis Orientation Using Pivot Curve (Cutline Milling)
Volume Milling
About Volume Milling
To Create a Volume Milling NC Sequence
To Create a Volume Milling Cut
Example: Volume Milling
Specifying Approach Walls
High Speed Machining
Volume Milling Classic NC Sequences
To Edit a Classic Volume Milling NC Sequence
Automatic Cut Motions for Volume, Local, and Profile Milling
About Automatic Cut Motions
Example: Automatic Cut Motion Types
To Create an Automatic (Default) Cut Motion
To Create an Upto Depth Cut Motion
To Create a From-To Depth Cut Motion
To Create a Slice-By-Slice Cut Motion
To Specify Depth
To Specify Approach and Exit Motions Using Build Cut
The Build Cut Functionality
Example: Defining Approach and Exit Motions
Local Milling
About Local Milling
To Create a Local Milling NC Sequence by Referencing a Previous NC Sequence
To Create a Local Milling NC Sequence Using Corner Edges
To Create a Local Milling NC Sequence by Referencing a Previous Tool
To Create a Local Milling NC Sequence by Pencil Tracing
Milling Parameters Specific to Pencil Tracing
Example: Pencil Tracing by Limiting Passes
Example: Pencil Tracing for Contact Areas
Example: Pencil Tracing Using Angular Limits
Example: Pencil Tracing Using Horizontal Offsets
Example: Cutter Placement During Pencil Tracing
Example: Curl Down Radius and Curl Over Radius
Surface Milling
About Surface Milling
To Create a Surface Milling NC Sequence
Isolines Surface Milling
To Define a Cut Using Surface Isolines
To Define a Cut Using Projected Cuts
Example: Surface Milling by Projecting Tool Path
To Specify Entry and Exit Moves
The Entry and Exit Move Dialog Box
To Define Custom Entry and Exit Strategies
Conventional Milling
About Conventional Milling
To Create a 3-, 4-, or 5-Axis Conventional Milling NC Sequence
Cutline Milling
About Cutline Milling
To Create a 3-, 4-, or 5-Axis Cut Line Milling NC Sequence
Example: Cutline Milling
Swarf Milling
About Swarf Milling
To Create a Swarf Milling NC Sequence
Face Milling
About Face Milling
Selecting a Mill Window for Face Milling
To Create a Face Milling NC Sequence
To Create a Face Milling Cut
To Create Tool Motions for a Face Milling NC Sequence
Using Parameters in Face Milling
About Searching for Creo NC Items
Example: Searching for Surfaces to Machine in a Step
Profile Milling
About Profile Milling
To Create a Profile Milling NC Sequence
To Create Profile Cuts in Profile Milling
To Select Surfaces for a Profile Milling Step
To Edit a Classic Profile Milling NC Sequence
Pocket Milling
About Pocket Milling
To Create a Pocket Milling NC Sequence
Example: Pocket Milling
Trajectory Milling
About Trajectory Milling
To Create a 2-Axis Trajectory Milling NC Sequence
Milling Parameters Specific to 2-Axis Trajectory Milling
To Select Loops On Surfaces in 2-Axis Trajectory Milling
Example: 2-Axis Trajectory Milling
To Create a 3-, 4-, or 5-Axis Trajectory Milling NC Sequence
Start Point for Closed Loops in Trajectory Milling
To Place a Start Point for Closed Loops in Trajectory Milling
Tool Motions for 3-Axis Trajectory Milling Sequence
To Create Tool Motions for 3-, 4-, or 5-Axis Trajectory Milling NC Sequences
To Create a Curve Cut Motion
To Create a Drive Surface Cut Motion
Sketching the Tools for Trajectory Milling
Custom Trajectory Milling Sequences
To Create a 3-, 4-, or 5-Axis Custom Trajectory Milling NC Sequence
To Create Automatic Cut Motions for 3-Axis Custom Trajectory Milling
To Define a 3-Axis Cut Motion Using Edges or Curves
To Sketch a 3-Axis Cut Motion
To Define a 3-Axis Cut Motion Using Surfaces
Tip: Fitting the Tool Between the Surfaces
To Specify Height
Example: Specifying Height and Surfaces
Example: Specifying Height and Check Surfaces
To Create a 5-Axis Cut Motion Using Edges or Curves
To Create a 5-Axis Cut Motion Using Surfaces
Example: From/To Control
Example: Turbine Blade Machining with Leading Edge
Multi-Step and Multi-Pass Trajectory Milling
Tool Axis Control in Trajectory Milling
To Create Axis Definitions Along the Trajectory
To Create Axis Definitions by Location
Example: Adding Axis Definitions
To Create a 5-Axis Cut Motion Using Two Contours
To Adjust Cut Motion Ends in 4 Axis Area Turning
Corner Condition Types
To Specify Corner Conditions for 5-Axis Custom Trajectory Milling
Thread Milling
About Thread Milling
To Create a Thread Milling NC Sequence
Defining the Axis for Thread Milling Sequences
Milling Parameters Specific to Thread Milling
The Thread Set Dialog Box
To Create Tool Motions for a Thread Milling NC Sequence
Cutter Compensation in Thread Milling
Example: Thread Milling
To Set the CL Data Output on a Contour
To Set the CL Data Output on a Contour for Helical Moves
Engraving
About Engraving
To Create an Engraving NC Sequence
Multi-Step Engraving
Plunge Milling
About Plunge Milling
To Create a Plunge Milling NC Sequence
Specifying Start Axes
Example: Plunge Milling
Roughing and Reroughing
About Roughing and Reroughing
To Create a Roughing NC Sequence
Milling Parameters Specific to Roughing and Reroughing
Tolerance Control in Roughing and Reroughing
Step Depth Calculation in Roughing
Generating Extra Slices for Scallop Control
Example: Roughing
Example: Roughing a Reference Model with Quilts
To Create a Re-roughing NC Sequence
Finishing
About Finishing
To Create a Finishing NC Sequence
Milling Parameters Specific to Finishing
Rest Finishing
About Rest Finishing
To Create a Rest Finishing NC Sequence
Milling Parameters Specific to Rest Finishing
Corner Finishing
About Corner Finishing
To Create a Corner Finishing NC Sequence
Milling Parameters Specific to Corner Finishing
Round Milling
About Round Milling
To Create a Round Milling NC Sequence
Example: Round Milling
Chamfer Milling
About Chamfer Milling
To Create a Chamfer Milling NC Sequence
Manual Milling Cycles
To Create a Manual Milling Cycle
Tool Motions for Manual Milling Cycles
To Create Tool Motions for Manual Milling Cycles
High Speed Milling
About High Speed Milling
To Create HSM Rough Sequences
To Create HSM Rest Rough Sequences
To Create HSM Finish Sequences
To Create HSM Rest Finish Sequences
Tool Motions for NC Sequences
To Create Tool Motions for NC Sequences
To Create a Follow Curve Tool Motion
About the Follow Cut Functionality
To Create and Edit a Follow Cut
To Create a Normal Approach Tool Motion
To Create a Normal Exit Tool Motion
To Create a Tangent Approach Tool Motion
To Create a Tangent Exit Tool Motion
To Create a Helical Approach Tool Motion
To Create a Helical Exit Tool Motion
To Create a Ramp Approach Tool Motion
To Create a Ramp Exit Tool Motion
To Create an Approach Along Axis Tool Motion
To Create an Exit Along Axis Tool Motion
To Create a Lead In Tool Motion
To Create a Lead Out Tool Motion
To Create a Plunge Tool Motion
To Create a Retract Tool Motion
To Create a Connect Tool Motion
To Create a Goto Point Tool Motion
To Create a Go Delta Tool Motion
To Create a Goto Plane/Surface Tool Motion
To Create a Goto Axis Tool Motion
To Insert a CL Command for Tool Motions
Mill Geometry
About Mill Geometry
To Rename Manufacturing Geometry Features
Mill Window
About Mill Window
About the Mill Window User Interface
To Create a Mill Window
To Specify Geometry Type for Mill Window
Example: Creating a Mill Window by Silhouette
To Use Reference Quilts
Mill Volumes
About Mill Volumes
To Select Surfaces for a Mill Volume
To Gather a Mill Volume
Examples: Selecting Surfaces for a Mill Volume
To Exclude Surfaces and Outer Loops
Example: Excluding Outer Loops
To Fill Inner Loops
Examples: Filling Inner Loops
To Close a Mill Volume
Example: Closing a Volume when Milling a Through Pocket
To Show a Mill Volume Definition After Gathering
To Add Solid Features to a Mill Volume
To Trim a Mill Volume
Example: Trimming a Mill Volume
Tip: Combining Sketch and Trim
To Offset a Mill Volume
Offsetting a Mill Volume
Example: Offsetting a Mill Volume
To Create Rounds on a Mill Volume
To Copy a Mill Volume
To Shade a Mill Volume
To Modify a Mill Volume
Modifying a Mill Volume
To Rename a Mill Volume
Mill Surfaces
About Mill Surfaces
To Create a Mill Surface
Example: Gathering a Mill Surface
To Create a Sloped Mill Surface
Sloped Mill Surfaces
Example: Creating a Sloped Mill Surface
To Define Mill Surface as Machinable Surface
Machinable Area Mill Surface
To Extend Edges of a Mill Surface
To Merge Patches of a Mill Surface
To Trim a Mill Surface
To Shade a Mill Surface
To Modify a Mill Surface
Modifying Mill Surfaces
To Rename a Mill Surface
Turning
About Turning NC Sequences
To Set Up the Coordinate System for Correct CL Output
Using Turning Envelopes
About the Turn Envelope User Interface
To Define a Turning Envelope
Stock Boundary and Cut Extensions
About the Stock Boundary User Interface
To Define the Stock Boundary
Example: Using Stock Boundary for Area Turning
Changing the Stock Boundary Outline for 4-Axis Area Turning
To Define the Cut Extensions
To Adjust Cut Motion Ends
To Adjust Cut Motion Ends in 4 Axis Area Turning
To Specify Corner Conditions
Corner Condition Types
Local Stock Allowance
To Specify Local Stock Allowance for Classic Sequences
To Specify the Tool Orientation
To Use Multi-Head Turning
About the Turning User Interface
Area Turning
To Create an Area Turning NC Sequence
Example: Area Turning a Face
Example: Area Turning of Outside Surfaces
Example: Area Turning of Inside Surfaces
To Edit a Classic Area Turning NC Sequence
To Create a 4 Axis Area Turning NC Sequence
Example: 4 Axis Area Turning
Profile Turning
To Create a Profile Turning NC Sequence
Example: Profile Turning
To Edit a Classic Profile Turning NC Sequence
Groove Turning
To Create a Groove Turning NC Sequence
To Edit a Classic Groove Turning NC Sequence
Thread Turning
To Create a Thread Turning NC Sequence
Examples: Thread Turning
To Create a Facing Thread Turning NC Sequence
To Create a Manual Turning Cycle
To Perform the Remainder Material Analysis
Turn Profile
About Turn Profile
About the Turn Profile User Interface
To Define a Turn Profile by Selecting Surfaces
Example: Defining a Turn Profile by Selecting Surfaces
To Define a Turn Profile by Selecting Curves
To Define a Turn Profile by Sketching
Sketching a Turn Profile
To Define a Turn Profile by Section
Example: Defining a Turn Profile by Section
To Define a Turn Profile by Creating a Reference Envelope
To Adjust a Turn Profile
Holemaking
About Holemaking
To Create a Holemaking NC Sequence
Holemaking Cycle Types and Tabs
To Switch Cycles in Holemaking
Three and Five Axis Holemaking
To Edit and Set Up a Peck Table
Peck Table
Example: Peck Table
To Define Hole Sets
Combining Selection Methods
To Define the Starting Point for Drilling
To Define Depth
Axes Set
Defining an Axes Set
To Define an Axes Set
To Select Holes by Axes
To Select Holes by Surfaces
To Select Holes by Diameters
To Select Holes by Feature Parameters
To Select Holes by Geometry
Point Set
Defining a Point Set
To Select Holes by Points
To Define the Countersink Diameter
To Use the Automatic Chamfer Selection
Example: Automatic Chamfer Selection
About Web Drilling
To Define Plates for Web Drilling
Back Spotting Specifics
Example: Back Spotting
To Edit Classic Hole Sets
Drill Groups
About Drill Groups
To Define a Drill Group
To Modify a Drill Group
Using Drill Groups
Custom Cycles
About Customizing Holemaking Cycles
To Create Custom Cycles
The Customize Cycle Dialog Box
Example: Creating a Custom Cycle
To Define the Cycle References, Variables, and Prompts
Defining the Cycle References, Variables, and Prompts
To Define the Cycle Statement Syntax
Keywords and Parameter Names for Custom Cycle Definition
To Define the Tool Motion for the Custom Cycle
To Build New Expressions
Example: Building an Expression
To Modify a Custom Cycle
To Delete a Custom Cycle
To Create Holemaking NC Sequences Using Custom Cycles
To Assign Values to References and Variables
Example: Creating a Custom Holemaking NC Sequence
Auto Drilling
About Auto Drilling
To Create an Auto Drilling NC Sequence
To Select a Coordinate System and Retract Plane
The Default Coordinate System and Retract Plane
To Filter Rows
Filters Available for Auto Drilling
To Edit Hole Parameters
To Apply Hole Strategies
Defining Your Hole Strategies
To Customize the Table
To Reorder the NC Sequences Created by Auto Drilling
Wire EDM
About Wire EDM NC Sequences
To Create a 2-Axis Wire EDM NC Sequence
Contouring and No Core Cut Motions
To Create Rough, Finish, and Detach Cut Motions
Example: Rough, Finish, and Detach Cut Motions
To Specify Thread Point and Approach Point
Example: Specifying Thread Point and Approach Point
To Specify Taper Angle for 2-Axis Contouring
To Specify Corner Conditions
Corner Condition Types
Example: Corner Conditions
To Create No Core Cut Motions
Specifying a Start Point for No Core Cut Motions
To Use Previous Cut Motions
To Mirror Cut Motions
Example: Mirroring Cut Motions
To Create a 4-Axis Wire EDM NC Sequence in Taper Angle Format
To Create a 4-Axis Wire EDM NC Sequence in Head1/Head2 Format
Automatic Synchronization of Start and End Points
To Set Up the Register Table(s)
Register Tables
To Set Up the Radius Substitution Table(s)
Radius Substitution Tables
Auxiliary NC Sequences
About Auxiliary NC Sequences
To Create an Auxiliary NC Sequence
Machine Simulation with External Files
User-Defined NC Sequences
About User-Defined NC Sequences
To Define a Manufacturing UDF
Including Operations, Workcells, and Reference Superfeatures in a Manufacturing UDF
Example: Manufacturing a Group of Features
To Place an UDF Using Advanced Reference Configuration
To Place a Previously Defined Group in Another Manufacturing Model
Example: Using a Manufacturing UDF with Pro/PROGRAM
Mirror NC Sequences
About Mirror NC Sequences
To Mirror a Single NC Sequence
To Mirror Multiple NC Sequences
To Edit a Mirror Sequence
The Customize Dialog Box
About the Customize Dialog Box
To Create a Control Point
To Create an Offset Control Point
Offset Control Points
To Create an Automatic Cut Motion
Implicit Tool Motions
To Redefine a Follow Cut Motion
The Follow Cut Dialog Box
To Split a Follow Cut Motion
To Create a Follow Sketch Motion
Example: Using Tool Kerf and CL Command
To Create a Follow Sketch Motion in Holemaking
To Create a Connect Motion
To Redefine the Connect Motions
To Create a GoTo Point Motion
To Create a Go Delta Motion
Modifying the Go Delta Increments
To Create a Go Home Motion
To Create a Plunge Motion
Plunge Motions
To Create a Retract Motion
To Create a Tangent Approach Motion
To Create a Tangent Exit Motion
To Create a Normal Approach Motion
To Create a Normal Exit Motion
To Create a Lead In Motion
Lead In and Lead Out Motions
To Create a Lead Out Motion
To Create a Helical Approach Motion
To Create a Helical Exit Motion
To Create an Approach Motion Along Tool Axis
To Create an Exit Motion Along Tool Axis
To Specify Parameters for a Tool Motion
To Specify Axis Orientation for a Tool Motion
Inserting CL Commands
About Inserting CL Commands
To Create a User-defined Syntax Menu
Rules for Creating Menu Definition Files
To Insert a CL Command
Modifying CL Commands
CL Commands
Customizing the Operation Tool Path
About Customizing the Operation Tool Path
To Reorder Output of NC Sequence Tool Paths
Using the Synchronize Dialog Box
To Synchronize Output of NC Sequence Tool Paths
To Specify Synch Points
Gantt Chart of a Synchronized Operation
To Insert a CL Command
Adding CL Commands at the Operation Level
To Modify a CL Command
To Find a CL Command
To Delete a CL Command
To Copy a CL Command
CL Data
About CL Data
To Write CL Data to a File
Default CL File Names
To Create a Set of NC Sequences
Sets of NC Sequences
To Output CL Data for a Set of NC Sequences
To Process CL Data on a Remote Machine
To Input a CL Data File
To Display CL Data for an Operation, NC Sequence, or a Set of NC Sequences
The DISPLAY CL Menu
To Display Tool Path for an NC Sequence
To Rotate or Translate CL Data
Example: Translating CL Data
To Mirror CL Data
Example: Mirroring CL Data
To Scale CL Data
To Output CL Data in Different Units
To Edit CL Data Files
To Perform Screen Editing of CL Data
To Perform Search/Replace
To Perform CL Data Gouge Checking
To Specify an NC Alias
NC Aliases
To Include Pre- and Post-Machining Files
To Convert a CL File
Converting CL Files
Using the PLAY PATH Dialog Box
About the PLAY PATH Dialog Box
To Display the Tool Path
Tool Display Options
Collision Checking Options
To Check Collision
To Add a Break Point
Manipulating Break Points
To Position the Tool
To Insert a CL Command
To Delete a CL Command
To Redefine a CL Command
Using Parameters in CL Commands
To Save CL Data in a File
Using the Job Manager
About the Job Manager
To Submit a Tool Path for Remote Computation
To Schedule a Job
Job Status
To Delete a Job Submitted for Remote Computation
Subroutine Programming
About Subroutine Programming
To Create a New Subroutine Pattern
Limitations
Examples: Subroutine Programming
To Redefine a Subroutine Pattern
NC Post-Processing
About NC Post-Processing
To Generate a CL File and an MCD File at the Same Time
To Generate an MCD File from an Existing CL File
CL Output
To Insert a CL Command
About CL Output
Supported CL Data Commands
CL Output for Holemaking Cycles
CL Output for Circular Interpolation
CL Output for NURBS Interpolation
CL Output for Multitasking Tools
Synchronized Output for XY-UV 4-Axis Wire EDM
Modifying NC Sequences
About Modifying NC Sequences
To Modify an NC Sequence
Modifying Parameters of Multiple Automatic Cut Motions
To Change a Parameter Value for All Cut Motions at Once
To Regenerate the Manufacturing Model
To Redefine an NC Sequence
To Reorder an NC Sequence
To Suppress or Delete Mill Volumes and Surfaces
Patterning NC Sequences
About Tool Path Duplication
Setting the Tool Path Order of Output for Manufacturing
Patterning Options
Defining Fixture Offsets
Coordinate System Patterns
Using Relations
About Patterning NC Sequences
To Create a Dimension Pattern of an NC Sequence
About Direction-based Patterning
To Create a Direction Pattern of an NC Sequence
To Redefine a Coordinate Pattern of an NC Sequence
About Axis-based Patterning
To Create an Axis-based Pattern
About Table-based Patterning
To Create a Table-based Pattern
About Reference Patterns
To Create a Reference Manufacturing Pattern
To Reference Pattern a Volume Milling NC Sequence
NC Check
About Material Removal Simulation
ModuleWorks
About Using ModuleWorks to Simulate Material Removal
To Simulate Material Removal
About the Play Simulation Dialog Box
To Compare the Offsets of Stock to Target Part
To Modify the Settings of Material Removal Simulation
About Low Tessellation Warning Message
NC-Check
About Using NC-CHECK
To Access NC Check at the Time of Creating an NC Sequence
To Access NC Check at Any Time
To Set Up the Display
NC Check Colors
To Change a Default NC Check Color
To Store the Color Setup
To Control the Tool Display
To Change the Step Size
To Change the Resolution
To Run the CL Data
Clip Planes
To Create or Modify a Clip Plane
To Change Image
To Refresh the Display
To Access NC Check When Editing CL Data
To Set Up Trim Planes
To Save an Image
To Restore an Image
To Use Shaded Images
About Stock Models
About Stock Models
To Create a Stock Model
Changing Feed Colors
About Changing Feed Colors
To Change a Feed Color
To Change a Feed Range
Model Tree
About Model Tree
To Display the Manufacturing Features
To Select the Features to Display
To Display the Manufacturing Parent/Child Relationships
To Add Manufacturing Parameters
Family Tables
About Working With Family Tables
Suppressing and Resuming Manufacturing Geometry Features in Family Tables
Working with Family Tables and the Process Manager
Shop Floor Report
About Generating Automatic Shop Floor Reports
To Generate a Shop Floor Report
Creo View Viewables in a Shop Floor Report
Process Manager
About the Process Manager
Working with the Process Table
About the Process Table
To Access the Process Table
Selecting Objects in the Process Table
To Insert a Workcell
To Specify Travel Limits and Strokes for a Machine Tool
Machine Tool Overtravel Notification
To Highlight the Machining Limits of a Workcell
To Insert an Operation
To Insert a Milling Step
To Insert a Turning Step
To Insert a Manual Milling Cycle Step
To Insert a Trajectory Milling Step
Creating Retract Surfaces
Creating Retract Surfaces
To Set Up a Retract Plane in the Process Table
To Set Up a Retract Sphere in the Process Table
To Set Up a Retract Cylinder in the Process Table
To Set Up Retract Along a Revolved Surface in the Process Table
To Specify the Trajectory Curve for a 2-Axis Trajectory Milling Step
Custom Cycles in the Process Table
To Create Custom Cycles in the Process Table
To Insert a Holemaking Step
To Define a Hole Set in Process Manager
To Create an Annotation Feature
Parameters and Relations
About Parameters and Relations in the Process Table
To Specify Local Parameters for a Step
To Specify Local Relations for a Step
To Specify Global Parameters for Steps
To Specify Global Relations for Steps
To Add a Custom Parameter to the Process Table
Example: Global Parameters
To Edit Step Parameters
To Copy Parameters from an Existing Step in the Process Table
About Working with Site Files in the Process Table
To Retrieve Parameters from a Site File in the Process Table
To Specify Prerequisites for a Step
To Define Manufacturing Geometry
To Insert a Fixture Setup
Workcell Fixture Compatibility
About the Workcell Fixture Compatibility List File
To Modify the Workcell Fixture Compatibility List File
Example: Workcell Fixture Compatibility List File
To Insert an Assembly Step
To Specify the Setup Time
To Create In-Process Geometry
Reordering Steps
To Reorder Steps
Reordering and Duplicating Steps
Example: Reordering Steps
Groups
Creating and Working with Merge Groups
Merge Requirements
To Merge Steps Manually
To Merge Steps Automatically
Creating and Working with Same Behavior Groups
To Create Same Behavior Groups
To Create Automatic Same Behavior Groups
Example: Merge Groups and Same Behavior Groups
To Create Gang Tool Groups
Gang Tool Grouping Requirements
Example: Using Gang Tool and Same Behavior Grouping
To Lock and Unlock Steps
Views
To Change the Table View
Table Views
To Build a Custom View
Saving Custom Views
Example: Table Views
To Specify Custom Headers for Columns
Exporting Process Table Data
About Exporting Process Table Data to a CSV File
To Export Data From the Process Table
Rules for Editing the Process Table Data
To Modify Groups in the Exported Process Table Data
To Synchronize the Process Table Data With the Exported Process Table Data File
To Display Tool Path
To Compute the Step Time
To Display Tool Path Along with Machine Simulation
Rules for Creating a Machine Assembly to be Used for Machine Simulation
To Include or Exclude Components for Collision Checking
To View the Process Time Graphs
To View the Estimated Removed Volume
To Perform Line Balancing
To Search the Process Table
To Print Process Reports
Working with Manufacturing Templates
About Manufacturing Templates
To Create a Manufacturing Template
To Insert Steps from a Template
Rules for Inserting a Step from a Template
To Create a Workcell Template
To Insert Workcells from a Template
About Defining the Manufacturing Criteria
To Create or Modify the UDF-MFG Criteria Name Association File
To Place a UDF in a Manufacturing Model
To Add Manufacturing Annotation to a Part or Assembly
Using the Mfg Template AE Setup Dialog Box
To Extract Manufacturing Annotation
Rules for Extracting Manufacturing Annotation
To See the Model View
Example: Manufacturing Criteria Name Usage in the Process Table
Example: Manufacturing Criteria Name Usage while Placing a UDF
To Sort Steps by Extraction Priority
Example: Rules Breaking and Checking
To Replace Manufacturing Templates
Process Templates
About Process Templates
To Create a Process Template
To Extract Steps From a Process Template
Example: Using Process Templates
Probe Cycles
About Probe Cycles in Creo NC
Probe POINT
Probe X_SURF
Probe Y_SURF
Probe Z_SURF
Probe BOSS
Probe BORE
Probe SLOT
Probe WEB
Probe OUTSIDE CORNER
Probe INSIDE CORNER
Naming Conventions
About Naming Conventions
Glossary
Glossary for Creo NC
List of Manufacturing Parameters
Expert Machinist
Using Expert Machinist
About Expert Machinist
To Create a Machining Process
To Retrieve a Machining Process
About Legacy .mfg Files
To Create a New NC Model
No Stock Machining
The NC MODEL Menu Commands
Tip: Creating NC Models
To Replace a Reference Model
Part Family Tables in Expert Machinist
Configuring for Expert Machinist
About Configuration File Options
To Set Expert Machinist Configuration Options
Configurations Options for Expert Machinist
Creating and Modifying Stock
About Stock
To Create a Stock-Workpiece
To Create Automatic Stock
To Assemble a Stock Using The Same Model
Example: Creating a Default Billet
Operations
To Create an Operation
The Operation Tab
To Define Program Zero
Program Zero Usage
Machine Tools
To Create a Machine Tool (Work Center)
Work Center Settings
To Set Up a PPRINT Table
The PPRINT Table
Fixtures
About Fixtures
To Create a Fixture Setup
The Fixture Setup Tab
To Activate a Fixture Setup
To Modify a Fixture Setup
To Delete a Fixture Setup
Tip: Using Fixture Setups
Cutting Tools
About Setting Up Tools
To Set Up Cutting Tools
The Tool Setup Dialog Box
To Set Up the Material Directory Structure
Example: Setting Up the Material Directory Structure
To Add a New Tool
To Specify the Cutting Data for the Tool
To Provide the Bill of Materials for the Tool
To Retrieve Tool Parameters
To Add a Sketched Tool
To Modify an Existing Tool
To Delete a Tool
To Save Tool Parameters
To Create a Tool Model
Solid Tool Models
To Use a Tool Model
Using Assembly as a Tool Model
Machining Features
About Machining Features
To Create a Machining Feature
Creating Machining Features for No Stock Machining
To Adjust Feature Boundaries
Example: Adjusting Feature Boundaries
To Adjust Soft Walls
To Adjust Feature Depth
To Adjust Feature Top
To Machine a Feature
To Set Tool Path Properties
Automatic Placement of CL Commands
To Mimic a Tool Path
Face Features
To Create a Face Feature
To Machine a Face Feature
The Face Milling Dialog Box
Example: Face Machining
Slab Features
To Create a Slab Feature
Example: Creating a Slab Feature
To Machine a Slab Feature
The Slab Milling Dialog Box
Pocket Features
To Create a Pocket Feature
To Machine a Pocket Feature
The Pocket Milling Dialog Box
Through Pocket Features
To Create a Through Pocket Feature
Example: Creating a Through Pocket
To Machine a Through Pocket Feature
The Through Pocket Milling Dialog Box
Step Features
To Create a Step Feature
To Machine a Step Feature
The Step Milling Dialog Box
Profile Features
To Create a Profile Feature
To Machine a Profile Feature
The Profile Milling Dialog Box
Channel Features
To Create a Channel Feature
Example: Creating a Channel Feature
To Machine a Channel Feature
The Channel Milling Dialog Box
Example: Channel Machining
Slot Features
To Create a Slot Feature
To Machine a Slot Feature
The Slot Milling Dialog Box
Through Slot Features
To Create a Through Slot Feature
To Machine a Through Slot Feature
The Through Slot Milling Dialog Box
Boss Top Features
To Create a Boss Top Feature
Example: Creating a Boss Top Feature
To Machine a Boss Top Feature
The Boss Top Milling Dialog Box
Example: Boss Top Machining
Flange Features
To Create a Flange Feature
Example: Creating a Flange Feature
To Machine a Flange Feature
The Flange Milling Dialog Box
O-Ring Features
To Create an O-Ring Feature
To Machine an O-Ring Feature
The O-Ring Milling Dialog Box
Example: O-Ring Machining
Rib Top Features
To Create a Rib Top Feature
Example: Creating a Rib Top Feature
To Machine a Rib Top Feature
The Rib Top Milling Dialog Box
Example: Rib Top Machining
Example: Open Rib Top Machining
Undercut Features
To Create an Undercut Feature
Example: Creating an Undercut
To Machine an Undercut Feature
The Undercut Milling Dialog Box
Using the Side Mill Tool
Example: Machining an Undercut
Top Chamfer Features
To Create a Top Chamfer Feature
Example: Creating a Top Chamfer Feature
To Machine a Top Chamfer Feature
The Top Round/Chamfer Milling Dialog Box
Using the Chamfering Tool
Top Round Features
To Create a Top Round Feature
Example: Creating a Top Round Feature
To Machine a Top Round Feature
The Top Round/Chamfer Milling Dialog Box
Using the Corner Rounding Tool
Example: Top Round Machining
Hole Group Features
To Create a Hole Group Feature
Combining Selection Methods
To Select Holes by Axes
To Select Holes by Diameters
To Select Holes by Surfaces
To Select Holes by Feature Parameters
To Machine a Hole Group Feature
The Drilling Strategy Dialog Box
Example: Automatic Chamfer Machining
Entry Hole Features
To Create an Entry Hole Feature
The Entry Hole Dialog Box
To Machine an Entry Hole Feature
Free Form Machining
To Machine a Free Form Feature
The Freeform Milling Dialog Box
The Finish Cuts Dialog Box
The Finish Passes Dialog Box
Tool Path Display and Output
About Displaying the Tool Path
To Display the Tool Path
The PLAY PATH Dialog Box
To Add a Break Point
Manipulating Break Points
To Position the Tool
To Insert a CL Command
Using Parameters in CL Commands
To Delete a CL Command
To Redefine a CL Command
To Save CL Data in a File
To Output a CL File
To Output NC Codes
Template Machining
About the Template Manager
To Create a New Template
To Place a Template
Miscellaneous
To Manipulate Features Using the Model Tree
Options Available from the Model Tree
To Toggle Material Display
To Create Stock
To Modify Stock Outline
The Automatic Stock Creation Dashboard
Example: Modifying the Standard Stock Sizes
To Modify Stock Offsets
Manufacturing Process Planning
Introduction
About Manufacturing Process Planning for MFG
About Defining the Process Plan Work Flow
To Use Manufacturing Process Planning for MFG
About Specific Uses for Manufacturing Process Planning for MFG
About the Part Machining Process Plan
To Document the Part Machining Process Plan
Configuring Manufacturing Process Planning for MFG
About Configuring Manufacturing Process Planning for MFG
To Set Manufacturing Process Planning for MFG Configuration Options
Configurations Options for Process Manufacturing
Process Steps
About Process Assemblies
To Use Process Mode
Setting Up the Manufacturing Process
STEP REGEN Menu Commands
About Tool Features
Read About and Create Steps
About Play Steps
About Process Steps
To Create a Machine Step
About Fixture Steps
To Create a Fixture Step
About General Steps
To Create a General Step
About Volume Steps
To Create a Volume Step
About Manufacturing Model Steps
To Create a Manufacturing Model Step
About Surface Steps
To Create a Surface Step
View Steps
To View a Process Step
To View a Previous or Next Step
To View the Process Operation
To View the Previous or Next Operation
Documenting the Process
Create Customized Documentation
About Drawing Mode
To Create Views of Process Steps
Process State Dialog Box Options
To Enter an Existing Drawing
To Open a New Drawing
To Copy a Process Drawing Sheet
Read About Process State
To Change the Process Component State in a View
To Set Process Component State in New Views
Process State Dialog Box Options
Specific Process Considerations
About Process-Specific Considerations
About Adding a View or Repeat Region
About Modifying a View or Repeat Region
About Switching Sheets of Views or Repeat Regions
About Machining Process Assembly as Default Model
Reports
To Create a New Report
Parameters for Manufacturing Process Drawings
Repeat Regions in Reports
Other Process Functions
About Obtaining Information
About Step Information
Simplified Representations
About Using Simplified Representations with Large Design Assemblies
To Create Simplified Representations for a Process Model
To Apply Simplified Representations to a Step
To Retrieve a Simplified Representation From a Process
Sample Session
About the Sample Session
To Retrieve the Process Model
Example: Retrieved Process Model
To Create Drawings
To Use the Play Steps Functionality
Example: MFG Model Stock Assembled
To Use the Copy Process Functionality
Example: Copy Process Functionality
Coordinate Measuring Machines (CMM)
CMM Overview
Using CMM
About CMM
To Create a CMM Model
To Retrieve a CMM Model
About Legacy .mfg Files
To Bring Components into a CMM Model
About Working with Family Tables
To Replace a Reference Model
Part Family Tables in CMM
Configuring for CMM
About Configuration File Options
To Set CMM Configuration Options
Configurations Options for CMM
CMM Process
About CMM Process
To Create CMM Steps
Measure, Construct, and Verify Steps
To Select CMM Steps
To Make Changes to CMM Steps
To Modify CMM Steps
To Pattern CMM Steps
Patterning Measure Steps
Example: Patterning a Measure Step
Operations
About Operations
To Create an Operation
The Operation Tab
To Specify Comments for an Operation or CMM Step
To Activate an Operation
Workcells
About Workcells
To Create a Work Center (Workcell)
CMM Work Center
Saving and Retrieving Workcells
To Setup a DMIS Text Data
Setting Up DMIS Text Data
Fixtures
About Fixtures
To Create a Fixture Setup
The Fixture Setup Tab
To Activate a Fixture Setup
To Modify a Fixture Setup
To Delete a Fixture Setup
Sites
About Sites
To Create a New Site File
Manipulating Sites
Parameter Visibility
To Activate a Site
Activating a Site
To Associate a Site with a Workcell
Associating a Site with a Workcell
Coordinate Systems
About Coordinate Systems
To Create a New Reference Coordinate System
Example 1: Using Primary Axis
Example 2: Using Custom Transformation
Probes
About Probes
To Create a Probe Model
Probe Model
Example: Probe Models
To Add a Probe
Camera Probes
About Camera Probes
To Create a Camera Probe Model
Camera Probe Model
Example: Camera Probe Model
To Add a Camera Probe
Adding or Creating a Camera Probe
Setting Up Probes
To Delete a Probe
To Modify a Probe
Replacing Probes
About Replacing Probes
To Replace a Probe (File System)
To Replace a Probe (Workcell)
To List Information About Probes
To Use a Default Probe
Default Probes
Measure Steps
About Measure Steps
To Create a Measure Step
The MEASUREMENT STEP Dialog Box
About the MEASUREMENT STEP dialog box
To Specify Attributes
To Specify a Probe
To Specify the Reference Coordinate System
To Specify the Step Name
Measure Step Parameters
About Measure Step Parameters
The PARAMETERS SETUP Dialog Box
Parameter Inheritance
Parameters Library
To Include Parameters in Relations
Using Parameters in Relations
Common Parameters
To Specify Parameters for Measure Step
To Customize Parameters Table
To Specify Geometric References
To Specify Measure Points
Scan
About Scan
About SCAN User Interface
To Change the Probe Path
To Change the Clearance
To Define a Clearance Plane
Clearance Plane Purpose
To Delete a Clearance Plane
To Set Up Start and End Points for the Probe Path
Probe Move Types
About Probe Moves
To Create Go Delta Moves
To Create Move to Pt Moves
To Create Move to Pln Moves
Measure Plane
To Measure a Plane
Automatic Points Generation for Measure Plane
Specific Parameters for Measure Plane
Measure Cylinder
To Measure a Cylinder
Automatic Points Generation for Measure Cylinder
Specific Parameters for Measure Cylinder
Example: Measuring a Cylinder
Measure Circle
To Measure a Circle
Automatic Points Generation for Measure Circle
Specific Parameters for Measure Circle
Example: Measuring a Circle
Measure Surface
To Measure a Surface
Automatic Points Generation for Measure Surface
Example: Measuring a Surface
Measure Sphere
To Measure a Sphere
Automatic Points Generation for Measure Sphere
Specific Parameters for Measure Sphere
Example: Measuring a Sphere
Measure Point
To Measure a Point
Example: Measuring a Point
Measure Cone
To Measure a Cone
Automatic Points Generation for Measure Cone
Specific Parameters for Measure Cone
Example: Measuring a Cone
Measure Line
To Measure a Line
Bounded and Unbounded Lines
Example: Measuring a Line
Measure from Scan
About Measure from Scan
To Measure from Scan
Construct Steps
About Construct Steps
To Create a Construct Step
The CMM Construct Tab
To Specify the Step Name
Construct Plane
Types of Constructed Planes
To Create a Best Fit Plane
Example: Creating a Best Fit Plane
To Create a Midplane Plane
Example: Creating a Midplane Plane
To Create a Normal Plane
Example: Creating a Normal Plane
To Create a Parallel Plane
Example: Creating a Parallel Plane
To Create a Theoretical Plane
Construct Line
Types of Constructed Lines
To Create a Best Fit Line
Example: Creating a Best Fit Line
To Create a Midline Line
Example: Creating a Midline Line
To Create a Projection Line
Example: Creating a Projection Line
To Create an Intersect Line
Example: Creating an Intersect Line
To Create a Theoretical Line
Construct Circle
Types of Constructed Circles
To Create a Best Fit Circle
Example: Creating a Best Fit Circle
To Create a Projection Circle
Example: Creating a Projection Circle
To Create an Intersect Circle
Example: Creating an Intersect Circle
Construct Cylinder
To Create a Constructed Cylinder
Example: Creating a Constructed Cylinder
Construct Sphere
To Create a Constructed Sphere
Example: Creating a Constructed Sphere
Construct Point
Types of Constructed Points
To Create a Midpoint Point
Example: Creating a Midpoint Point
To Create a Projection Point
Example: Creating a Projection Point
To Create an Intersect Point
Example: Creating an Intersect Point
To Create a Theoretical Point
Verify Steps
About Verify Steps
To Create a Verify Step
To Verify Dimension Tolerances
Example: Verifying a Dimension Tolerance
To Verify Geometric Tolerances
Example: Verifying a Geometric Tolerance
The CMM VERIFY Dialog Box
About the CMM VERIFY Dialog Box
To Specify Tolerance
To Specify Features
To Specify Datums
To Change the Reference Coordinate System
Reference Coordinate System
Auxiliary Steps
About Auxiliary Steps
To Create an Auxiliary Step
To Create Auxiliary Commands
To Create GoTo Point Motions
To Create an Offset Control Point
To Create Go Delta Motions
Modifying the Increments of a Go Delta Motion
To Insert DMIS Commands
Modifying the User-Defined DMIS Commands
Probe Path
About Probe Path
About DMIS Data
To Display the Probe Path
Displaying the Probe Path
Example: Displaying the Probe Path
Using the PLAY PATH Dialog Box
About the PLAY PATH Dialog box
Probe Display Options
To Check Collision
To Add a Break Point
Manipulating Break Points
To Position the Probe
Supported DMIS Commands
To Write a DMIS File to Disk
Writing DMIS Files to Disk
To Display Probe Path Along with Machine Simulation
Rules for Creating Machine Assembly to be Used for Machine Simulation
To Include or Exclude Components for Collision Checking
To Display a DMIS File
To Output Operator Instructions
Outputting Operator Instructions
To Rotate or Translate the Probe Path
To Mirror the Probe Path
To Scale the Probe Path
To Output the Probe Path in Different Units
Process Information
About Process Information
To View Process Information
To Output CMM Process Information
To Set Up Filter Configuration
To Create a Customized Report on a CMM Process
Using Reports in CMM
Examples: Creating a Customized Report on a CMM Process
Manufacturing Verification
VERIFY
Basics of VERIFY
About Verify
To Use Verify
Example: Typical Scan File Extract
Working with Verification Assemblies
About Creating the Verification Assembly
To Create a Verification Assembly
Verification Menu Commands
To Save a Verify Assembly
To Retrieve an Existing Verify Assembly
Working with Scan Sets
About Scan Sets
To Create a Scan Set
Example: Create a Scan Set
Scan Set Menu Commands
Display Options with Scan Sets
To Place the Scan Set on the Design Model
To Change Scan Set Placement
To Create a Scan Set Output File
To Merge the Spherical Centers of Scan Sets
Merging Scan Sets
To Filter Display of Scan Sets
Filtering Scan Sets
Displaying and Blanking the Design Model or Scan Set
To Delete Points from a Scan Set
Deleting Points from a Scan Set
To Preview the Scan Display
Fit and Analysis
About Fit and Analysis
To Create a Fit
Fit Scan Menu Commands
To Display a Fit
To Measure between a Scan Point and Other Geometry
To Fit a Scan Set to the Design Model
Tip: Fit Scan Set to Design Model
To Offset Scan Set by Radius of CMM Probe
Analyzing Deviation
About Deviation Analysis
To Set Up a Deviation Case
Deviation Menu Commands
Verification Results
About Verification Results
To Compute Deviation Features
To Graphically Display Deviation Feature Results
To Plot Computed Deviation Case Results
To Tabulate Deviation Cases
To Export Computed Deviation Results
Additive Manufacturing
About Additive Manufacturing
To Set Additive Manufacturing Options
Configuration Options for Additive Manufacturing
Preparing Models for 3D Printing
About Preparing Models for 3D Printing
About the Tray User Interface
To Create a Tray Assembly
To Add a Printer
Support Structures
About Support Structures
About the Support Structure User Interface
To Generate Support Structures
To Apply a Profile to Support Structures
To Edit Support Structure Profiles
To Import Support Structure Profiles
To Set the Support Structure Format
3D Print Analysis
About Additive Manufacturing Analysis
To Perform Printability Validation
Printing a Model in 3D
About Using a Stratasys or 3D Systems 3D Printer
About the 3D Print Preview User Interface
To Print a Model in 3D Using a Printer
To Change the Colors of Models on the Tray
About Automatic Color Matching
Ordering a Model
About Ordering a Model
To Order Models from a Service Bureau
Glossary for Additive Manufacturing
Mold Design and Casting
Mold Design and Casting
Mold Design and Casting Overview
Using Mold Design and Casting
What You Can Do with Mold Design and Casting
To Perform a Typical Mold Design Session
More about Mold Design
To Perform a Typical Casting Session
More about Casting
Example: Simulating the Opening of a Die
Configuring for Mold Design and Casting
About Configuration File Options
Configurations Options for Mold Design and Casting
Working in Mold or Cast Mode
About Mold or Cast Model Files
About Legacy .mfg Files
To Create a New Mold or Cast Model
About the Mold or Cast Model Tree
To Filter Features for Display in the Mold or Cast Model Tree
Example: Mold or Cast Model
About the Mold User Interface
About the Cast User Interface
Design Models
About Design Models
Example: Design Model for Casting
To Create a Mold Assembly with Multiple Design Models
Applying Shrinkage
About Applying Shrinkage
To Specify a Shrinkage Formula
Selecting the Shrinkage Formula
To Apply Shrinkage by Dimension
Applying Shrinkage by Dimension
Example: Applying Shrinkage by Dimension
Tip: Shrinkage and UDFs
Tip: Resolving Relations When Applying Shrinkage
To Apply Shrinkage by Scaling
Applying Shrinkage by Scaling
To View Shrinkage Information
Using Reference Parts
About Reference Parts
To Assemble the Reference Part to the Mold or Cast Assembly
To Create a New Reference Part
Design Part and Reference Part Relationship
Reference Part Layout
About Reference Part Layout
To Access the Layout Dialog Box
To Create a Simple Reference Part Layout
The Reference Model Orientation Dialog Box
Designating the Reference Part Layout
To Create a Reference Part Coordinate System on the Fly
To Allow the Same Model
Allowing the Same Model
Inherited Reference Part
About the Inherited Reference Part
To Redefine Elements of an Inherited Reference Part
To Define Varied Dimensions in an Inheritance Reference Part
To Suppress, Resume, Erase or Restore Varied Features in an Inherited Reference Part
To Define Varied Parameters in an Inherited Reference Part
To Define Varied Shrinkage in an Inherited Reference Part
To Define Varied References in an Inherited Reference Part
To Define the Dependency of an Inherited Reference Part
To Redefine the Placement of the Inherited Reference Part
Using Workpieces and Die Blocks
About Workpieces or Die Blocks
To Assemble the Workpiece or Die Block into the Mold or Cast Assembly
To Create Manual Workpieces
Cutting Out Reference Parts of a Workpiece
Automatic Workpiece Creation
About Automatic Workpiece Creation
To Create an Automatic Workpiece
Workpieces
Working with Parting Surfaces
About Parting Surfaces
Copying Reference Geometry to Create Parting Surfaces
About Copying Reference Geometry to Create a Parting Surface
To Copy Reference Geometry to Create a Parting Surface
Using Engineering Tools to Create Parting Surfaces
About Using Engineering Tools to Create Parting Surfaces
To Use Engineering Tools to Create a Parting Surface
Using Skirt Surfaces to Create Parting Surfaces
About Skirt Surfaces
To Use a Skirt Surface to Create a Parting Surface
About Filling Inner Loops in a Skirt Parting Surface
Example: Skirt Surface
Example: Types of Extension Tangent to the Reference Part
Example: Transition Areas on a Skirt Surface Extension
Example: Shut Off Area on a Skirt Surface Extension
Using Shadow Surfaces to Create Parting Surfaces
About Shadow Surfaces
To Use a Shadow Surface to Create a Parting Surface
Comparing Skirt Surfaces and Shadow Surfaces
Filling Loops in a Parting Surfaces
About Filling Loops in a Parting Surface
To Fill a Loop Using the Fill Loops Command
Example: Defining the Location of the Fill
To Fill a Loop Using the Shut Off Command
Example: Capping an Open Loop
To Fill a Loop Using a Flat or Revolved Surface
Merging Patches in a Parting Surface
About Merging Patches in a Parting Surface
To Merge Patches in a Parting Surface
Example: Merging Patches in a Parting Surface
Example: Selecting Sides When Merging Patches
Modifying Parting Surfaces
About Modifying Parting Surfaces
Using Shape Surface Selection to Select Surfaces of a Parting Surface
About Using Shape Surface Selection to Select Surfaces of a Parting Surface
To Use Shape Surface Selection to Select Surfaces of a Parting Surface
Transforming Parting Surfaces
About Transforming Parting Surfaces
To Transform Parting Surfaces
Using Edit Features to Modify Parting Surfaces
About Using Edit Features to Modify Parting Surfaces
To Use Edit Features to Modify Parting Surfaces
To Rename a Parting Surface
To Redefine a Parting Surface
To Shade a Parting Surface
To Draft the Geometry of a Parting Surface
About Translating, Rotating, and Mirroring Curves and Surfaces
To Translate, Rotate, and Mirror Curves and Surfaces
About Trimming a Parting Surface
Classifying Surfaces
About Classifying Surfaces
To Classify Surfaces
About Shading Classified Surfaces
To Shade and Zoom Classified Surfaces
Example: Classifying and Shading Surfaces
Working with Volumes
Creating Volumes
About Creating and Defining a Volume
To Create and Define a Volume
Creating Automatic Volumes
About Creating Automatic Volumes
To Create Automatic Volumes
Example: Creating Automatic Volumes
Splitting to Volumes
How a Split Works
Guidelines for Splitting Volumes
About Splitting a Volume into One or More Volumes
To Split a Volume into One or More Volumes
Example: Splitting a Volume
To Create a Solid Split
Creating a Solid Split
Creating Advanced Features for Volume Splits
Shaping Volumes
To Shape a Volume
Example: Shaping a Volume
Gathering Volumes
About Gathering Volumes
To Gather a Volume
Tip: Combining Sketch and Gather
To Select Surface Types
Example: Selecting Surfaces
Selecting Surfaces
The OFFSET Menu
Example: Selecting Surf & Bnd
Excluding Surfaces and Outer Loops
About Excluding Surfaces and Outer Loops
Example: Excluding Outer Loops
Filling Inner Loops
About Filling Inner Loops in a Volume
To Fill an Inner Loop
Closing the Volume
About Closing the Volume
To Close a Volume
The Close Loop Menu
Example: Specifying Closure Instructions
Displaying the Volume Definition
About Displaying the Volume Definition
To Display the Volume Definition
Cutting Out Reference Parts
About Cutting out Reference Parts of a Volume
To Cut Out Reference Parts of a Volume
About Cutting out Reference Parts from a Workpiece or a Die Block
To Cut Out Reference Parts from a Workpiece or a Die Block
Example: Using Sketch and Ref Part Cutout
Redefining Volumes
Using Shape Surface Selection to Select Surfaces of a Volume
About Using Shape Surface Selection to Select Surfaces of a Volume
To Use Shape Surface Selection to Select Surfaces of a Volume
Transforming Volumes
About Transforming Volumes
To Transform Volumes
Using Edit Features to Redefine Volumes
About Using Edit Features to Modify Volumes
To Use Edit Features to Modify Volumes
To Redefine a Volume
To Rename a Volume
To Reorder a Volume
To Blank or Unblank a Volume
To Shade a Volume
To Redefine Mold and Cast Surface Colors
To Trim a Volume
To Replace a Mold Volume Surface
To Create an Attach Volume Feature
Creating Sliders
About Sliders
To Create a Slider
Using the Slider Functionality
Dealing with Slider Extension Failure
Example: Creating a Slider
Example: Selecting a Projection Plane for a Slider
To Redefine the Slider Surface Color
Operating on Components
About Operating on Mold Components
To Create a Solid Part
About Shadow Cut Out
To Cut Out a Workpiece Component
Extracting Mold Components
About Extracting Mold Components or Die Blocks
To Extract a Mold Component or Die Block
Example: Extracting a Component or Die Block
Sand Cores
About Sand Cores
To Create a Sand Core Using Cast
Tip: Splitting Sand Cores
Working with Mold or Cast Results
About Creating the Mold or Cast Result
To Create a Mold or Cast Result
To Delete a Mold or Cast Result
Mold or Cast Base Components
About Mold Base Components and Fixtures
To Assemble the Mold Base Component or Fixture into the Mold or Cast Assembly
To Create a New Mold Base Component or Fixture
To Create a Mold Component
To Remove a Component
Deleting a Component or Die Block
To Add an Assembly to a Mold or Cast Model
To Reclassify an Assembly Component
Using the Ejector Pin Catalog
About Using the Ejector Pin Catalog
To Use the Ejector Pin Catalog
Component Set Menu
The Define Parameters Dialog Box
To Add an Ejector Pin Set
The Define Set Dialog Box
To Create Holes for Ejector Pins
To Generate an Ejector Pin Component Name
To Redefine All Ejector Pin Set Members
To Delete an Ejector Pin Set
To Trim an Ejector Pin Set
To Create Clearance Holes
Model Accuracy
About Mold Model Accuracy
To Control Model Accuracy
Simplified Representations
About Simplified Representation in Mold and Casting
To Create a Simplified Rep
Blanking and Unblanking
About Blanking and Unblanking
To Blank an Object
To Unblank an Object
Verifying Models
About the Mold Analysis Dialog Box
To Perform a Mold Analysis on Waterlines
About Draft
About Draft Checking
To Perform a Draft Check
About Determining the Optimal Pull Direction
Example: Display of a Draft Check
To Perform a 3D Thickness Check
Example: 3D Thickness Check With and Without Postprocessing
To Perform a Section Thickness Check
Example: Thickness Check Performed Using Sel Plane
To Perform a Section Thickness Check Using Make Slices
Example: Defining the First Slice for Checking Thickness
To Calculate the Surface Area of a Cavity
To Perform a Parting Surface Check
Mold or Casting Information
About Mold or Cast Information
To Display Mold or Cast Information
Creating Mold and Cast Features
About Mold and Cast Features
To Set the Default Pull Direction
Silhouette Curves
About Creating Silhouette Curves
To Create a Silhouette Curve
Creating Silhouette Curves to Handle Undercuts
To Create a Silhouette Curve to Handle Mold Undercuts
About Closing a Gap in a Silhouette Curve
To Close a Gap in a Silhouette Curve
Example: Closing Gaps
About Handling Loops
To Include or Exclude a Loop
Example: Including and Excluding Loops
Draft Curves and Parting Curves
About Draft Lines, Draft Curves, and Parting Curves
To Define the Draft Environment
To Create a Draft Curve
To Create a Parting Curve
Modifying Parting Curves
To Create an Automatic Parting Curve
Creating Automatic Parting Curves
Tangent Draft
About Tangent Draft
To Create a Curve-Driven Tangent Draft
Reference Curve Requirements for Curve-Driven Tangent Drafts
Example: Creating a Curve-Driven Tangent Draft
Example: Specifying Cap Angle and Closing Surfaces
To Create a Constant-Angle Tangent Draft
Example: Creating a Constant-Angle Tangent Draft
To Create a Tangent Draft Cut
Example: Creating a Tangent Draft Cut
Creating an Offset
About Creating an Offset
To Create a Whole Offset
To Create an Area Offset
RefPart Cutout
To Use RefPart Cutout
Trim to Geom
About the Trim to Geom Feature
To Use the Trim to Geom Feature in Mold Mode
To Use the Trim to Geom Feature in Cast Mode
To Use the Trim to Geom Feature in Mold Layout Assembly
To Use the Trim to Geom Feature in Mold or Casting
Runners
About Nonplanar Runners
To Create a Runner
Example: Non-planar Runners
To Define a Non-Planar Runner by Sketching a Path
To Create a Non-Planar Runner by Selecting a Path
User-Defined Features
About User-Defined Features in Mold Design
To Define a User-Defined Feature (UDF)
To Place a User-Defined Feature
To Create Ejector Pin Clearance Holes
Tip: Ejector Pin Clearance Holes in a UDF
Working in the Mold/Cast Part Application
About Creating Mold and Cast Features in Part Mode
To Create Mold and Cast Features in Part Mode
Waterlines
About Water Lines
To Create Water Lines
To Check Waterline Circuits
The Mold or Die Opening Process
About the Mold or Die Opening Process
To Define a Mold or Die Opening Sequence
Example: Defining a Move
Using the Mold and Cast OPEN Menus
Rules for Defining a Move
To Check for Interference
To Display Exploded Geometry
To Animate a Mold Opening Sequence
Example: Simulating a Mold Opening
Working in the Mold Layout Assembly Application
Mold Layout
About Mold Layout
To Create a New Mold Layout
About the Mold Layout User Interface
Mold Layout Information
Cavity Layout
About Cavity Layout
To Create a Typical Multi-Cavity Mold
To Create a Six Cavity Layout
To Create a Mold or Casting Model on the Fly
To Create a Four-Cavity Mold with Different Core Pins
Mold Model Origin and Cavity Layout Origin
Representing Multi-Cavity Molds
Rules for Populating the Cavity Layout
About Population Rules in a Cavity Layout
Single Rule
Circular Rule
Rectangular Rule
Mold Bases
About Using a Mold Base in a Mold Layout
To Select and Place a Mold Base
About Customizing the Mold Base Parameter File
To Customize the Mold Base Parameter File
To Replace or Delete a Mold Base
Tip: Modifying Mold Base Plates
Tip: Using Additional Plates
Injection Molding Machines (IMMs)
About Injection Molding Machines (IMMs)
To Assemble an Injection Molding Machine (IMM)
To Customize an Injection Molding Machine (IMM)
To Set Up IMM Filters for Complex Machine Searches
To Replace an Injection Molding Machine
Number Parameters
Parameter Text File
Catalogs
About Catalogs
To Create a New Component Catalog
To Set the Index File
The Mold Catalog Engine
Creating the Template Part
About the Template Part
To Create the Template Part
To Create Template Features and Parameters
To Control Features Through Layouts
Default Values of Quilt Dimensions
Creating the Layout
About Creating the Layout Files
To Create the Main Layout File
To Create the Unit Layout File
To Create the Quilt Layout File
To Create the Next Level Layout File
To Create the Type Layout File
To Create Parameters in the New Layout File
To Create the First Level Dimension Parameter Layout File
To Create the Final Level Layout File
To Create Additional Feature Layouts
To Create Quilts or Trims in the Model
Using the Component Catalog
About Using the Component Catalog
To Select and Place a Catalog Component
To Trim a Catalog Component
To Create Holes for Catalog Components
Customizing the Catalog
About Customizing the Catalog
To Add a New Command to the Menu
To Change a Default Selection of the Menu
To Add a New Input Panel
To Change a Default Value of the Input Panel
To Change a Layout-Driven Component Dimension
To Change a Non-layout Driven Component Dimension
Glossary
Glossary for Mold Design and Casting
Creo Mold Analysis (CMA)
PTC Creo Mold Analysis
About PTC Creo Mold Analysis
Flow Behavior
Mold Analysis Workflow
About Mold Analysis Workflow
Supported System of Units
To Open an Analysis File
To Save an Analysis File
Material Setup
About Material Setup
To Select a Material
To Edit a Material
About Process Conditions
Polymer Properties
About Cooling Time Indicator
Gate Setup
About Gate Setup
To Add a Gate Manually
To Add a Gate Automatically
To Edit or Delete a Gate
About Length versus Thickness Indicator
To Set up and Run an Analysis
To Select an Analysis
Viewing Results
About Viewing Results
To View a Result
To View Results using View Control Options
To Generate a Report
Analyzing Results
About Result Advisor
About Mold Analysis Results
Melt Front Time Result
Pressure Result
Temperature Results
Frozen Layer Ratio Result
Volumetric Shrinkage Result
X-Y Plot Results
Sheetmetal
Sheetmetal
Sheetmetal Design Overview
Using Sheetmetal Design
About Sheet Metal Parts and Features
To Create a Sheet Metal Part
Sheet Metal Feature Order and References
About the Sheetmetal Design User Interface
Setting Up Sheetmetal Design
About Sheetmetal Design Properties
About Sheet Metal Parameters
Using Sheetmetal-specific Functions in Relations
To Save and Retrieve Sheetmetal Design Settings
About the Sheetmetal Design Environment
To Customize the Sheetmetal Design Environment
About Accuracy in Sheetmetal Design
Bend Allowance
About Bend Allowance Settings
To Change Bend Allowance Settings
About Bend Allowance and Developed Length
About Y Factor and K Factor
Setting the Value of Y Factor and K Factor
To Display Features Using a Specific Bend Allowance
Bend Tables
About Bend Tables
To Copy or Delete a Bend Table
To Assign or Unassign a Bend Table
To Edit a Bend Table
To Define a New Bend Table for a Part
To Display an Assigned Bend Table
Example: Bend Table
Bends
About Bend Settings
To Change Bend Settings
Relief
About Relief Settings
To Change Default Relief Settings
Edge Treatment
About Edge Treatment Settings
To Change Edge Treatment Settings
Miter Cuts
About Miter Cut Settings
To Change Miter Cut Settings
Fixed Geometry
About Fixed Geometry Settings
To Define a Fixed Geometry Reference
To Display Fixed Geometry Information
Bend Order
About Bend Order Tables
To Create or Edit a Bend Order Sequence
To Display Bend Order Information
To Save a Bend Order Table
To Print a Bend Order Table
Example: Bend Order Table
Design Rules
About Design Rules
To Copy or Delete a Design Rule Table
To Assign or Unassign a Design Rule Table
To Create a New Set of Design Rules
To Display an Assigned Design Rule Table
To Save a Design Rule Table to a Library
To Print a Design Rule Table
Example: Design Rule Table
Flat State Instances (Legacy)
About Legacy Flat State Instances
To Create a Legacy Flat State Instance
To Show a Legacy Flat State Instance
Sheetmetal Design Configuration Options
About Configuring Sheetmetal Design
Configuration Options for Sheetmetal
Designing in Sheetmetal Design
About Designing in Sheetmetal Design
Possible Sheet Metal Design Approach
Converting to a Sheet Metal Part
About Converting to a Sheet Metal Part
To Convert a Solid Part into a Sheet Metal Part
Example: Sheet Metal Convert Operation
About Creating a Conversion Feature
About Converting from a Sheet Metal Part to a Solid Part
Creating and Modifying Walls
About Creating and Modifying Walls
About the Thicken Tool in Sketcher
To Use the Thicken Tool in Sketcher
Creating Walls
About Creating Walls
Planar Walls
About Planar Walls
About the Planar Wall User Interface
To Create a Planar Wall
Extruded Walls
About the Extrude Tool in Sheetmetal Design
About the Extrude User Interface for Sheetmetal Design
To Create an Unattached Extruded Wall
Revolved Walls
About the Revolve Tool in Sheetmetal Design
To Create a Revolved Wall
Boundary Blend Walls
About the Boundary Blend Tool in Sheetmetal Design
To Create a Boundary Blend Wall
Swept Blend Walls
About the Swept Blend Tool in Sheetmetal Design
To Create a Swept Blend Wall
Swept Walls
About the Sweep Tool in Sheetmetal Design
To Create a Swept Wall
Helical Swept Walls
About the Helical Sweep Tool in Sheetmetal Design
To Create a Helical Swept Wall
Blend Walls
About the Blend Wall Tools in Sheetmetal Design
To Create a Parallel Blend Wall with Regular Sections
To Create a Rotated Blend Wall
Attached Walls
About Attached Flat and Flange Walls
About Applying Offset Edge
Attached Flat Walls
About the Attached Flat Wall User Interface
To Create an Attached Flat Wall
To Redefine Relief for an Attached Flat Wall
About the Flip Angle Command
Closing Gaps between Intersecting Walls
Flange Walls
About Standard Flange Wall Shapes
Difference between Extruded and Swept Flange Walls
About the Flange Wall User Interface
Defining Edges for a Swept Flange Wall
To Create a Flange Wall
To Redefine Swept and Extruded Flange Walls
To Redefine Relief for a Flange Wall
About the Flip Profile Command
About Edge Treatment
About Miter Cuts
To Add a Miter Cut
Working with User-defined Wall Shapes
About User-defined Wall Shapes
About the Sketch Window
To Create a User-defined Wall Shape
To Save a User-defined Wall Shape
Twist Walls
About Twist Walls
To Create a Twist Wall
Modifying Walls
About Modifying Walls
Adding Wall Relief
About Wall Relief
Corner Relief
About Corner Relief
About the Corner Relief User Interface
To Create Corner Relief
To Show or Hide Corner Relief Notes
Feature Operations
Tip: Mirroring or Moving Flat and Flange Walls
Tip: Patterning Flat and Flange Walls
Rounding Sharp Edges
About Rounding Sharp Edges
About the Edge Bend User Interface
To Round a Sharp Edge
Ripping Material
About Ripping Material
About the Edge Rip User Interface
To Create an Edge Rip
About the Surface Rip User Interface
To Create a Surface Rip
About the Sketched Rip User Interface
To Create a Sketched Rip
Example: Excluded Surfaces for a Sketched Rip
About Rip Connects
About the Rip Connect User Interface
To Create a Rip Connect
Extending Walls
About the Extend Tool in Sheetmetal Design
About the Extend User Interface
To Extend a Wall
Example: Types of Extension
Joining Walls
About Joining Walls
To Join Walls
Example: Types of Joined Walls
Merging Walls
About Merging Walls
To Merge Walls
Offseting Walls
About the Offset Tool in Sheetmetal Design
To Create an Offset Wall
Splitting Areas
About Splitting Areas
About the Split Area User Interface
To Split an Area
Example: Flip Split Direction
Example: Flip Projection Direction
Creating Sheet Metal Cuts
About Sheet Metal Cuts
To Create a Sheet Metal Cut
About Cuts and Datum Axes
Projecting Datum Curves
Bending, Unbending, Bending Back Walls
About Bending, Unbending, and Bending Back Walls
Bending Walls
About Bending Walls
About the Bend User Interface
To Create a Bend by Offsetting a Bend Line or an Edge
To Create a Bend with a Surface Reference
About Transition Areas
To Add a Transition Area while Creating a Bend
To Change the Developed Length
About Bend Radius
About Bend Relief
About Bend Lines
Planar Bends
About Planar Bends
To Create a Planar Bend
Bend Notes
About Bend Notes
Example: Descriptions of Bend Notes
To Customize Bend Notes
About Annotation Plane for Bend Notes
To Define Annotation Orientation by Plane or Named Orientation
Unbending Walls
About Unbending Walls
About the Unbend User Interface
To Unbend Walls
Guidelines for Unbending a Part
Example: Unbend All and Unbend Select
About Deformation Areas
Using Split Area Features to Define Deformation Areas
Working with Two or More Distinct Pieces
About Punch Axis Points
To Create a Punch Axis Point
About Coordinate Systems Following Surfaces with Bends and Unbends
Tip: Using Unbend and Bend Back
Transitional Unbends
About Transitional Unbends
To Create a Transitional Unbend
Cross Section Driven Unbends
About Cross Section Driven Unbends
To Create a Cross Section Driven Unbend
Bending Back Walls
About Bending Back Walls
About the Bend Back User Interface
To Bend Back Walls
Example: Setting Bend Control
Using Forms
About Punch Forms and Die Forms
About the Punch and Die Form User Interface
To Place a Punch or Die Form Using a Coordinate System
To Place a Punch or Die Form Using Interfaces
To Place a Punch or Die Form without Predefined Constraints
About the Quilt Form User Interface
To Use a Quilt to Create a Punch
About the Sketched Form User Interface
To Use a Sketch to Create a Punch
To Use a Sketch to Create a Piercing
Forms with Hollows
Tip: Creating Punch and Die Reference Parts
Flattening Forms
About Flattening Forms
About the Flatten Form User Interface
To Flatten a Form Feature
About Stamping and Unstamping Edges
To Unstamp Edges
Using Notches and Punches
About Notches and Punches
About Skipped References
Defining Skipped References
To Create a Notch or Punch UDF
To Place a Punch UDF
To Place a Notch UDF
Tip: Creating and Using Notches and Punches
Inheritance
About Sheet Metal Inheritance Features
Inheritance Features in Sheetmetal Design
Using Flexible Modeling to Edit Sheet Metal Features
About Using Flexible Modeling to Edit Sheet Metal Parts
About Using Flexible Modeling Tools on Sheet Metal Parts
About the Creo Flexible Modeling User Interface for Sheet Metal Parts
About Design Objects
About the Design Objects Tree
To Set the Display of Items in the Design Objects Tree
About Selection in Creo Flexible Modeling
Recognizing Sheet Metal Features
About Recognizing Sheet Metal Design Objects
To Recognize Geometry of Sheet Metal Design Objects
To Recognize Geometry as Not Sheet Metal Design Objects
Editing Sheet Metal Design Objects
About Editing Sheet Metal Design Objects
Pulling Walls
Editing Bends
Editing Bend Reliefs
Editing Corner Reliefs
Editing Corner Seams
Preparing for Manufacture
About Preparing for Manufacture
Reports
About Reports
To Access Text Reports
Example: Reports in Text Format
To Access HTML Reports
Example: Reports in HTML Format
Flat Pattern
About Flat Patterns
To Create a Flat Pattern
About the Flat Pattern Preview Window
About Creating Flat Pattern Instances
About Flat Pattern Representations
Detailing Your Sheetmetal Design
About Detailing a Sheet Metal Design
Example: Multi-model Sheet Metal Drawing
To Show a Bend Order Table in a Drawing
To Replace a Drawing View
Glossary
Glossary for Sheetmetal Design
Creo NC Sheetmetal
Creo NC Sheetmetal Overview
Using Creo NC Sheetmetal
About Creo NC Sheetmetal
To Enter Manufacturing Mode
Configuring for Creo NC Sheetmetal
About Configuration File Options
pro_mf_clamp_dir
Model Tree
About the Model Tree
To Display Parent/Child Relationships in the Model Tree
To Display NC Features in the Model Tree
Manufacturing Model
About Manufacturing Model
About Creating a Sheet Metal Manufacturing Model
To Create a New Manufacturing Model
Using Assembly Commands
Design Model
To Retrieve an Existing Manufacturing Model
To Modify a Manufacturing Model
To Regenerate a Manufacturing Model
To Change the Coordinate System
To Change the Units of a Manufacturing Model
To Define a Manufacturing UDF
To Place a Previously Defined Group in Another Manufacturing Model
Manufacturing Process
About the Manufacturing Process
About SMT MFG MACHINING
To Create a New Workcell
To Retrieve a Workcell
To Modify, Redefine or Delete Workcells
To Modify an Existing Cell
To Save a Workcell
Saving/Retrieving Workcells
To Change a Pattern of Cells
Group Operations and Workcells
To Specify Comments for an Operation or NC Sequence
Sheet Metal Manufacturing Populate
About Sheet Metal Manufacturing Populate
To Populate NC Sequences
To Order NC Sequences
To Subroutine NC Sequences
Manufacturing Information
About Manufacturing Information
Bill of Materials
To Create a Report
To Include Pre and Post Machining Files
Turret Manager
About Turret Manager
About Station Manager Within Turret Manager
About Tool Manager Within Turret Manager
About Tool Holder Within Turret Manager
Tool Setup
About Tool Setup
Tool Types
Standard Punch Tool Shapes
To Create a New Tool
To Edit a Tool
To Save Tools
To Retrieve Tools
To Delete a Tool
Tool Parameters
Tool Library
Using Library Parts
Tool Path
About Tool Path
To Display the Tool Path
To Adjust the Tool Path
To Optimize the Tool Path Manually
When the Tool Path Will and Will Not Be Recomputed
Machine Zones and Clamps
About Machine Zones and Clamps
CL Output
To Define Machine Zones
Creating Clamps
To Create a Clamp
To Create a Reposition Pad
To Create a Cosmetic Section
Nesting
About Nesting Reference Models
To Create an MFG Model
To Reference Parts from Existing MFG Models
To Load and Set Parts
To Define a New Cell
To Retrieve a Setup File
To Set the Workpiece Size
To Modify Automation Options
To Generate Nesting Information
Autonesting
About Autonesting
To Set Autonesting Defaults
Part Order Control
About Part Order Control
To Control Part Nesting Order
To Control the Priority Weight
NC Sequencing
About NC Sequences
To Create a Reference Manufacturing Pattern
About Auto Tool NC Sequences
About Manufacturing User-Defined Features (Groups)
About Auxiliary NC Sequences
To Create an Auxiliary NC Sequence
Modifying NC Sequences
About Modifying NC Sequences
To Redefine NC Sequences
To Reorder NC Sequences
To Pattern an NC Sequence
To Reorder Sequences
To Reorder Sets
Operations
About Operations
To Activate an Operation
NC Post-Processing
About NC Post Processing
Execution of the Post-Processor
Post Processor Verbose Window Display
NC Post-Processors of Sheet Metal Manufacturing
Post-Processor Error Messages
Error File Utility
To Generate an MCD File
Post-Processing Deliverables
Output NC Program Data
Output NC Program Listing
Identification Page
The NC Control Tape Listing
Summary Data
External Post Processors
About External Post-Processors
CAM-POST
CAM-POST Post-Processor Set Up
Generating CAM-POST MCD files
Direct External Post-Processing with CAM-POST
NC-Check
About the NC Check Process
To Run NC Check When You Create an NC Sequence
To Run NC Check After You Create an NC Sequence
Press Punch NC Sequences
To Create a Form NC Sequence
To Specify Overhang Points
To Select Edges and Specify Check Edges
Nibbling NC Sequences
About Nibble Area NC Sequences
To Create a Nibble Area NC Sequence
About Nibble Edge NC Sequences
To Create a Nibble Edge NC Sequence
About Multiple Tool Nibbling
Autonibbling
About Autonibbling
To Create an Autonibbling Sequence
Punch NC Sequences
About Punch NC Sequences
To Create a Punch NC Sequence by Referencing Datum Points
To Create a Punch NC Sequence by Referencing Tool Shape
To Create a Punch NC Sequence by Referencing Punch Features
Contouring NC Sequences
About Contouring
To Create a Contouring NC Sequence
To Add a Corner Condition for a Contouring NC Sequence
To Specify the Approach and Exit Motion
To Specify Shakeaway Points
Dimension Patterns
Reference Patterns
Autocontouring
About Autocontouring
To Create an Autocontouring Sequence
To Specify Cutter Compensation
Shear NC Sequence
About Shear NC Sequences
To Create a Shear NC Sequence
Slitting NC Sequences
About Slitting NC Sequences
To Create a Slitting NC Sequence
Manufacturing Parameters
Setting Parameters
To Initialize the NC Sequence Parameters
Parameter Inheritance
Modifying the NC Sequence Parameters
To Include a Parameter in a Relation
To Set or Modify NC Sequence Parameters
Shear Specific Parameters
Punch Specific Parameters
Contouring Specific Parameters
Nibble Area Specific Parameters
Nibble Edge Specific Parameters
Form Specific Parameters
Using Parameters in Relations
Parameters Library
Workcell Parameters
Common Parameters
About Common Parameters
Name
Cut Options
Cut Params
Machine
CL Output and Menus
CL Commands
About CL Commands
To Find a CL Command
To Insert a New CL Command
Supported CL Data Commands
To Delete a CL Command
To Modify a User-Defined CL Command
CL Data Files
About CL Data Files
To Save CL Data to a File
To View CL Data Files
To Convert CL Files
To Use Search in a CL Data File
To Input a CL Data File and Display the Tool Path
To Output CL Data Using Distributed Batch
To Output CL Data with Rotation or Translation
Miscellaneous CL Output Information
About PPRINT Setup
To Set Up a PPRINT Table
To Copy an Existing CL Command to a New Location
To Change the CL Display Status
Automation Data Files
About Automation Data Files
Automated Data File Headings and Variables
Example: Sheet Metal Automation Data Files
Interactive Path Control
About Optimizing the Operation Tool Path
To Manipulate Optimization Sets
To Create an Optimization Set
To Specify Rules for Automatic Optimization of a Set
To Create or Redefine an Operation
CL Command Syntax Menus
About CL Command Syntax Menus
Creating Definition Files
To Customize Your Syntax Menus
To Change Feed Rate at Some Point Along the Tool Path
Naming Conventions
Naming Conventions
Glossary
Glossary for Creo NC Sheetmetal
Model Analysis
Model Analysis
Using Creo Behavioral Modeling
About PTC Creo Behavioral Modeling
Persistent Display
Configuring Creo Behavioral Modeling
About Configuring PTC Creo Behavioral Modeling
To Set PTC Creo Behavioral Modeling Configuration Options
analysis_creat_tmp_file_on_regen
bm_graph_tool
bmgr_pref_file
excel_analysis_directory
mathcad_analysis_directory
mathcad_automapping
prime_analysis_directory
prime_automapping
Creo Behavioral Modeling Tools
Analysis Feature
About an Analysis Feature
To Create an Analysis Feature
Tip: Using the Graph as a Result of the Analysis Feature
Example: Including Mass Properties in the Family Table
Example: Using a Measurement in a Relation
Monitoring Parameters of Analysis Features
About Monitoring the Parameters of Analysis Features
To Monitor the Parameters of Analysis Features
User-Defined Analysis
About a User-Defined Analysis
Field Point
To Create a Field Point
Construction Group
To Define a Construction Group
To Create a User-Defined Analysis
Working with a User-Defined Analysis
Example: Analyzing the Cross Section of a Pipe
Example: Analyzing the Reflectivity of a Lamp Shade
Design Studies
Feasibility and Optimization Studies
About Feasibility and Optimization Studies
Using PTC Creo Simulate Parameters and Analyses
Example: Sensitivity, Feasibility, and Optimization Studies
Creating an Optimization Feature as a Result of Design Studies
To Perform an Optimization Study
Optimization Study
To Perform a Feasibility Study
Feasibility Study
Example: Feasibility Study
Multi-Objective Design Study
About the Multi-Objective Design Study
About the Terminology Used in the Multi-Objective Design Study
Example: Using the Pareto Method
To Conduct a Multi-Objective Design Study
Table Operations
To Expand the Master Table
To Display the Results of the Study
To Save the Results of the Study
To Generate Approximation Values
Using Approximation in Multi-Objective Design Studies
To Generate Graphs for the Multi-Objective Design Study
To Set Preferences for the Multi-Objective Design Study
To Set the Range Preferences
To Set the Display of Columns
Statistical Design Study
About a Statistical Design Study
To Conduct a Single type of Statistical Design Study
To Conduct a MODS type of Statistical Design Study
To Generate Graphs for a MODS type of Statistical Design Study
To Set Preferences for a MODS type of Statistical Design Study
Analyses
External Analysis
About the External Analysis and Analysis Feature
To Create an External Analysis
To Create an External Analysis Feature
Clearance and Creepage Analysis
About Electrical Clearance and Creepage Analysis
Preparing the Assembly for Analysis
Clearance and Creepage Paths
About Clearance Paths
About Creepage Paths and Short Circuits
Example: Clearance and Creepage Paths
Clearance and Creepage File
About Clearance and Creepage Files
To Create a Clearance and Creepage File
To Load a Clearance and Creepage File
To Verify a Clearance and Creepage File
Example: Clearance and Creepage File in Microsoft Excel Format
Example: Clearance and Creepage File in CSV Format
Mesh Size and Tolerance Options
To Set Mesh Size and Tolerance Options
Guidelines for the Mesh Size
Guidelines for the Mesh Data
Comparative Tracking Index
About the Comparative Tracking Index
To Assign a CTI Using the Model Tree
To Assign a CTI Using the Material Definition Dialog Box
About the CTI Class Color File
To Specify the Name and Location of the CTI file
To Display the CTI Class Colors
Creating Nets
About Nets
To Create Nets
To Add Individual Components and Quilts to a Net
To Add a Set of Components to a Net
Example: Creating Sets of Conductive Components
To Report Net Information
To Remove Invalid Nets
To Merge Invalid Nets
About Highlighting Members of a Net
To Highlight Nets
Defining Net pairs
About Net Pairs
To Define Net Pairs
Performing Clearance and Creepage Analysis
About Performing a Clearance and Creepage Analysis
To Analyze Pairs of Nets
To Analyze Pair of Quits or Components
Reviewing and Reporting Violations
About Clearance and Creepage Violations
Violations for Net Pairs
About Violations for Net Pairs
About Duplicated Violations
About Violation Status Colors
To Review Violation Details
To Review Duplicated Violations
To Override a Violation
To Zoom In on Violation Paths
To Generate a Clearance and Creepage Report for a Net Pair
To Generate a Clearance and Creepage Report for All Net Pairs
Violations for a Quilt or Component Pair
About Violations for a Pair of Quilts or Components
To Review Violation Details for a Pair of Quilts or Components
Sensitivity Analysis
About the Sensitivity Analysis
To Create a Sensitivity Analysis
Example: Sensitivity Analysis
Toolkit Based Analysis
About the Toolkit-Based Analysis and Analysis Feature
To Create a Toolkit-Based Analysis
To Create a Toolkit-Based Analysis Feature
Motion Analysis
About Motion Analysis
To Create a Motion Analysis
To Create a Motion Analysis Feature
Creo Simulate Analysis
To Create a PTC Creo Simulate Analysis
Excel Analysis and Excel Analysis Feature
About the Excel Analysis and Excel Analysis Feature
About the Excel Analysis Output File
To Create an Excel Analysis
To Create an Excel Analysis Feature
PTC Mathcad Analysis and PTC Mathcad Analysis Feature
About the PTC Mathcad Prime Analysis and PTC Mathcad Prime Analysis Feature
About Mapping names of Variables or Parameters
PTC Mathcad Units and Their PTC Creo Parametric Equivalents
To Tag a PTC Mathcad Variable as proe2mc
To Tag a PTC Mathcad Variable as mc2proe
About Monitoring PTC Mathcad Worksheets
To Monitor PTC Mathcad Worksheets
About the PTC Mathcad Output File
About Creating Datum Points, Datum Curve, and a Datum Coordinate System
To Create a PTC Mathcad Analysis
To Create a PTC Mathcad Analysis Feature
Example: Driving an Angular Dimension Using a PTC Mathcad Generated Parameter
Example: Exporting Angular Dimensions to PTC Mathcad
PTC Mathcad Prime Analysis and PTC Mathcad Prime Analysis Feature
About the PTC Mathcad Prime Analysis and PTC Mathcad Prime Analysis Feature
About Mapping Names of Variables or Parameters
PTC Mathcad Units and Their PTC Creo Parametric Equivalents
To Assign a PTC Mathcad Prime Variable as Input
To Assign a PTC Mathcad Prime Variable as Output
About the PTC Mathcad Prime Output File
About Creating Datum Points, Datum Curve, and Datum Coordinate System
To Create a PTC Mathcad Prime Analysis
To Create a PTC Mathcad Prime Analysis Feature
Example: Driving an Angular Dimension Using a PTC Mathcad Prime Generated Parameter
Example: Exporting Angular Dimensions to PTC Mathcad Prime
Comparing Graphs
About Comparing Graphs
To Compare Two Graphs
Graphing Tools
About Graphing Tools
To Modify the Graphtool
To Use the Print Dialog Box
Customizing Graph Display Settings
Creo ModelCHECK
Creo Modelcheck Overview
Using PTC Creo Modelcheck
About Creo Modelcheck
About Creo Modelcheck Teacher
About the Web Browser for the Creo Modelcheck Report
About Integrating Creo Modelcheck with a PDM System
To Start Creo Modelcheck
To Stop Creo Modelcheck
PTC Creo Modelcheck Operating Modes
About the Creo Modelcheck Operating Modes
To Run Creo Modelcheck in Interactive Mode
Interactive Mode Checks Using Creo ModelCheck Regenerate
To Run Creo Modelcheck in Regenerate Mode
To Run Creo Modelcheck in Save Mode
About Running Creo Modelcheck in Batch Mode
To Run Creo Modelcheck in Batch Mode on UNIX
Example: Text File for Batch Mode
To Run Creo Modelcheck in Batch Mode on Windows
About Creo Modelcheck-PTC Windchill Interaction through Creo Distributed Batch
About the Requirements to Run Batch Mode in PTC Windchill
About Performing Batch Mode Tasks in PTC Windchill Environment
About Configuring Creo Modelcheck and PTC Windchill for Shape Indexing
To Configure Creo Modelcheck for Shape Indexing
To Run Creo Modelcheck from Creo Distributed Batch
Automatic Corrections in Batch Mode
About ModelUPDATE Mode
To Run Creo Modelcheck in ModelUPDATE Mode
Configuring PTC Creo Modelcheck
About Configuring Creo Modelcheck
To Configure Creo Modelcheck
Example: Creo Modelcheck Configuration Files Flow Chart
Controlling Access to the Configuration Files
Setting Up the Initialization File: config_init.mc File
About the config_init.mc File
To Set Up the config_init.mc File Using the Creo Modelcheck Configuration Tool
To Manually Set Up the config_init.mc File
Configuration Options in the config_init.mc File
Example: config_init.mc File
Duplicate Models in PTC Creo Modelcheck
About Duplicate Models
About Storing Shape Information
To Create the mc_dup_model.bin File
About Using the PTC Windchill Database
Setting Up the Condition Files
Setting Up the Condition File: setconf.mcc
About the setconf.mcc File
To Set Up the setconf.mcc File Using the Creo Modelcheck Configuration Tool
To Manually Set Up the setconf.mcc File
Customizing the Load Config Menu in msg_mc.txt
Setting Up the Condition File: condition.mcc
About the condition.mcc File
To Set Up the condition.mcc File Using the Creo Modelcheck Configuration Tool
To Manually Set Up the condition.mcc File
Example: condition.mcc File
About the SET CONFIG FILE Section of the condition.mcc File
Items You Can Use in Equality Statements
About Groups
To Set Up the Group Files Using the Creo Modelcheck Configuration Tool
To Manually Set Up the Group Files
Configuring for Creo Parametric Releases
Configuring for Model Creation Dates
Combining Several Start Files
Example: SET CONFIG FILE Sample Lines Explained
About the OVERRIDE CHECKS Section of the condition.mcc File
Example: OVERRIDE CHECKS Sample Lines Explained
Setting Up the Check Configuration File
About the Check Configuration File
To Set Up the Check Configuration File Using the PTC ModelCHECK Configuration Tool
To Manually Set Up the Check Configuration File
Part Mode Checks
Assembly Mode Checks
Drawing Mode Checks
GeomIntegrityCHECK Checks
ModelUPDATE Checks
Storing Metrics for Checks
Setting Up the Start Configuration File
About the Start Configuration File
To Set Up the Start Configuration File Using the Creo Modelcheck Configuration Tool
To Manually Set Up the Start Configuration File
Start File Configuration Options Summary
Part and Assembly Mode Configuration Options for the Start File
Drawing Mode Configuration Options for the Start File
Setting Up External Files
About External Files
To Set Up the External Files Using the Creo Modelcheck Configuration Tool
To Manually Set Up the External Files
External Files Configuration Options for the Start File
Custom Configurable Checks
About Creating a New Check from Two or More Checks
Example: Custom Check File
About Creating Custom Checks
To Create Custom Checks Using Creo Parametric TOOLKIT
Setting Up the Constant Configuration File
About the Constant Configuration File
To Set Up the Constant Configuration File Using the PTC ModelCHECK Configuration Tool
To Manually Set Up the Constant Configuration File
Example: Constant Configuration File (.mcn)
Options in the Constant Configuration File
Setting Up the Status Configuration File
About the Status Configuration File
To Set Up the Status Configuration File Using the Creo Modelcheck Configuration Tool
To Manually Set Up the Status Configuration File
Example: Status Configuration File (.mcq)
Integrating PTC Creo Modelcheck with a PDM System
About Integrating PTC Creo Modelcheck with a PDM System
PTC Creo Modelcheck Gatekeeper
About the Creo Modelcheck Gatekeeper
About Creo Modelcheck Gatekeeper Requirements
About Configuring Creo Modelcheck for Gatekeeper
About Global Attributes for Creo Modelcheck Gatekeeper
About Specifying Configuration Files for Different Contexts
About Setting Server Preferences for the Gatekeeper
Using the Spell Checker
About the Spell Checker
To Use the Spell Checker
Spell Checker Dictionaries
PTC Creo Modelcheck Reports
About Creo Modelcheck Reports
To Use the Creo ModelCheck Report
Summary Reports
ModelUPDATE Report
Optimizing PTC Creo Modelcheck
About Optimizing Creo Modelcheck for Speed
RuleCHECK
About RuleCHECK
Why use RuleCHECK?
Defining Rules
Key Steps in rolling out RuleCHECK
To Run RuleCHECK
Example: Using RuleCHECK
Integrating RuleCHECK with Creo Modelcheck
Using GeomIntegrityCHECK
About GeomIntegrityCHECK
To Set Up GeomIntegrityCHECK
To Start GeomIntegrityCHECK
Setting Check Criteria
GeomIntegrityCHECK Configuration Options and Their Settings
All Geom Type Checks
Curve and Drawing Checks
Surface Checks
Face Checks
Topology Checks
Solids Checks
checks
ACCURACY_INFO (Accuracy Information)
ADD_CHK_PARAM (Add a Parameter)
AE_GTOL_DUPLICATE (Duplicate Geometric Tolerance Annotation Elements)
AE_MISSINGREFS (Annotation Elements with Missing References)
AE_SF_DUPLICATE (Duplicate Surface Finish Annotation Elements)
AF_INCOMPLETE (Incomplete Annotation Features)
ANNTN_INACTIVE (Inactive Annotations)
ASM_BOM (Assembly Bill of Materials)
ASM_FEATURES (Assembly Features)
BOUND_INFO (Boundary Information)
BULK_ITEMS (Bulk Items)
BURIED_FEAT (Buried Features)
BURIED_SUSPECT (Buried Features with Children)
C7_SELF_DIST (Distance from Itself)
CHAMFER_CHILD (Children of Chamfers)
CHILD_EXT_FAILED_COMPONENTS (Children of External Failed Components)
CHILD_EXT_FAILED_FEATURES (Children of External Failed Features)
CHILD_FAILED_COMPONENTS (Children of Failed Components)
CHILD_FAILED_FEATURES (Children of Failed Features)
CHILDREN_EXIST (Standard Children)
CIRCULAR_REFS (Circular References)
COSMETIC_FEAT (Cosmetic Features)
CREATE_VIEW (Create Views)
CYL_CUT_SLOTS (Cuts and Slots That Should Be Holes)
CYL_DIAMS (Circular Cut Diameters)
D28_IGES_TEXT (IGES Conform Text)
DATUM_RENAME (Renaming Datums)
DEF_DENSITY (Model Density)
DEFAULT_CHILD (Children of the Default Datum Planes)
DEFAULT_VIEWS (Views with the Default Hidden Line Display Mode)
DEPENDENT_FEATURE (Dependent Features)
DESIGNATED_ATTR (Designated Attributes)
DIM_OVERWRITE (Overwritten Dimensions)
DRAFT_ANGLES (Standard Draft Angles)
DRAFT_CHILD (Children of Draft)
DRAFT_GEOM (Draft Geometry not Associated to a View)
DRAWING_LAYERS (Drawing Layers)
DRAWING_NAME (Drawing Name)
DRAWING_PARAMS (Parameter Checks)
DTM_AXES_INFO (Datum Axis Information)
DTM_CSYS_INFO (Coordinate System Information)
DTM_CURVE_INFO (Datum Curve Information)
DTM_PLANE_INFO (Datum Plane Information)
DTM_POINT_INFO (Datum Point Information)
DUPLICATE_MODELS (Duplicate Models)
EARLY_CHAMFER (Early Chamfers)
EARLY_COSMETIC (Early Cosmetic Features)
EARLY_DRAFT (Early Draft)
EARLY_ROUND (Early Rounds)
EDGE_REFERENCES (Features That Reference Edges)
ERASED_VIEWS (Erased Views)
EXTERNAL_DEPS (External Dependencies)
EXTRA_LAYERS (Extra Layers)
EXTRA_PARAMS (Extra Parameters)
F14_BOUND_DIST (Penetration or Distance of Boundaries)
F15_SURF_DIST (Proximity of a Boundary Curve to its Surface)
F16_SIM_ORIENT (Parallel Path or Similar Orientation)
F17_NUM_SEG (Number of Segments in a Boundary Curve)
FAILED_COMPONENTS (Failed Components)
FAILED_FEATURES (Failed Features)
FAMILY_INFO (Family Table Information)
FEATURE_INFO (Feature Information)
FILE_SIZE (File Size)
FIXED_COMPONENTS (Fixed Components)
FLEX_COMPONENTS (Flexible Components)
FLEXIBLE_MODELING_FEATURES (Identify Flexible Modeling Features)
FORCE_UPDATE_MC_PARAMS_ALL
FORMAT_NAME (Drawing Format Name)
FREEFORM (Freeform Surfaces)
FRZ_COMPONENTS (Frozen Components)
FT_DEF_VALS (Family Table Default Values)
FT_STD_PARMS (Family Table Standard Parameters)
GEN_COMPONENTS (Generic Components)
GEOM_CHECKS (Geometry Checks)
GEOMETRIC_TOL (Geometric Tolerances)
GLOBAL_INTF (Assembly Global Interference)
HOLE_DIAMS (Standard Hole Diameters)
HOLE_LIGHTWT (Lightweight Holes)
IGNORE_FEAT (Problem Features That Should Be Ignored)
About Ignored Features
IGNORE_SHEETS (Sheets to Be Ignored)
IMPORT_FEAT (Imported Features)
INCOMPLETE_FEAT (Incomplete Features)
INSERT_MODE (Insert Mode Left Active)
INSTANCE_NAME (Instance Name)
LAYER_DISPSTAT (Layers That Are Set to Isolate)
LAYER_DTM_BLANK (Datum Features on Blanked Layers)
LAYER_EXT_ITEMS (Extra Features on Layers)
LAYER_INFO (Layer Information)
LAYER_ITEMS (Items on Multiple Layers)
LAYER_MOVE (Move Items from Old Layers to New Ones and Delete the Old One)
LAYER_PLACE (Layers Contain Standard Items)
LAYER_STATUS (Layer Status)
LAYER_UNWANTED (Unwanted Layers)
LAYOUT_INFO (Layout Information)
LOW_TOLERANCE (Lowest Allowable Tolerance)
M1_TINY_ELMNT (Tiny Elements)
M2_IDENTICAL_ELMNT (Identical Elements)
M3A_POSITION_CONT (Position Continuity)
M3B_TANG_CONT (Tangential Continuity)
M3C_CURV_CONT (Curvature Continuity)
M4_POLYN_DEG (Polynomial Degree)
M5_WAVINESS (Waviness)
M6_KNOT_DIST (Knot Distance)
MATERIAL_DENSITY (Material Card Density)
MATERIAL_INFO (Material Type)
MECH_COMPONENTS (Mechanism Components)
MEMORY_SPACE (Memory Space Used)
MERGE_FEAT (Merged Features)
MC_GET_VERSION_FROM_META_DATA
MC_SKIP_PATTERN_RELATION
MC_SUPPORT_LEGACY_STRING
MDL_STD_DTL_SETUP (Model Detail Setup)
MINMAXTOL_INFO (Minimum and Maximum Tolerances)
MIS_COMPONENTS (Missing Components)
MODEL_NAME (Model Name Specification Errors)
MODEL_NAME_STR (Model Name)
MODELS_USED (Models Used in a Drawing)
NAMED_FEAT (Named Features)
MU_MASS_RECOMPUTE
NOTE_CASE (Note Case)
NOTE_CASE_IGNORE_MIXED_CASE
NOTE_FONT (Note Fonts)
NOTE_HEIGHT (Note Height)
NOTE_INFO (Drawing Note Information)
NOTE_SPELL (Note Spelling Errors)
NOTE_UNACCEPT (Unacceptable Notes)
NUM_COMPONENTS (Number of Components)
NUM_DRAW_SHEETS (Maximum Number of Drawing Sheets)
OVERALL_SIZE (Overall Size)
OVERLAP_INFO (Overlap Information)
PACK_COMPONENTS (Packaged Components)
PARAM_INFO (Model Parameters)
PARAM_MAP (Parameter Mapping)
PARAM_NOTE_REQ (Required Parameter Notes)
PARAM_NOTE_UNACC (Unacceptable Parameter Notes)
PARAM_RENAME (Parameter Rename)
PARAM_SPELL (Parameter Spelling)
PARAM_UNUSED (Unused Parameters)
PARAM_UNWANTED (Unwanted Parameters)
PARAMCHECK (Parameter Format Errors)
PARAMS_EXIST (Drawing Parameters)
PARAMS_USED (Drawing Parameters Used)
PARENT_DIFF (Excessive Number of Parent References)
PRT_DENSITY (Model Density)
PLANE_CHILD (Datum Planes without Children)
PLANE_PARENT (Datum Planes That Only Have One Parent)
PRO_VERSION (Version of Creo Parametric)
RC_INCOMPLETED (RuleCHECK Rules That Are Not Complete)
REG_FEATURES (Resumed Features)
REGEN_DIMS (Dimensions That Cannot Regenerate)
REGEN_ERRS (Regeneration Errors)
REGEN_SREPS (Regenerate Simplified Representations)
REGEN_WRNS (Regeneration Warnings)
REGEN_XSEC (Regenerate Cross-Sections)
REL_UNWANTED (Unwanted Relations)
RELATION_COMM (Comments in Relations)
RELATION_ERRS (Relation Errors)
RELATION_INFO (Relation Information)
RELATION_MISS (Relations That Are Missing)
RELATION_MULT (Relations That Have Multiple Assignments)
RELATION_UPDATE (Relations That Need Update)
RENAMED_SYMBOLS (Renamed Dimension Symbols)
ROUND_CHILD (Children of Rounds)
RULECHECK_INFO (RuleCHECK Information)
SEARCH_DUP_MODELS (Search for Duplicate Models)
SHARP_EDGES (Sharp Edges)
SHEET_SIZE_INFO (Sheet Size Information)
SHORT_EDGES (Short Edges)
SHTMTL_BENDTAB (Sheet Metal Bend Tables)
SHTMTL_FBENDTAB (Features with Assigned Sheet Metal Bend Tables)
SHTMTL_FLAT (Sheet Metal Flat Patterns or Flat States)
SHTMTL_THICK (Standard Sheet Metal Wall Thicknesses)
SHTMTL_UNBENDS (Sheet Metal Unbends)
SHTMTL_YFACTOR (Sheet Metal Y-Factor)
SIMPREP_INFO (Simplified Representations)
SIMPREP_MASTER (Simprep Master)
SIMPREP_NAME (Simplified Representation Names)
SKETCH_ITEMS (Number of Entities in a Sketched Feature)
SLA_INFO (SLA Information)
SMALL_CYLSRF (Small Cylindrical Surfaces)
SO21_DIST_VERT_EDGE (Distance to Vertex Edge)
SO22_DIST_VERT_FACE (Distance to Vertex Face)
SO23_HIST_DELETE (Deletion of History)
SO24_EXTRA_GEOM (Auxiliary Geometry)
SO25_CAVITIES (Cavities)
SO26_MULT_BODY (Multi-Body Solids)
SO27_MULT_SOLID (Multi-Solid Parts)
SRF_EDGES (Surface Gaps and Overlaps)
STARTCHECK (Start Part and Start Assembly Check)
STARTLAYR
STARTPARM
STD_DTL_SETUP (Drawing Detail File)
STD_NOTES_MISSING (Missing Standard Notes)
STD_SYMBOLS (Standard Drawing Symbols)
SU10_BOUND_ANGLE (Angle Between Edge Curves)
SU11_NORM_REVERSAL (Reversal of Normals)
SU12_PATCH_DIST (Patch Distribution)
SU13_UNOC_PATCH_ROW (Unoccupied Patch Rows)
SU8_TINY_SEG_EDGE (Tiny Segment Edge)
SU9_TINY_CURV_RAD (Minimum Curvature Radius)
SUP_COMPONENTS (Suppressed Components)
SUP_FEATURES (Suppressed Features)
SYMBOL_INFO (Symbol Information)
SYMBOL_SPELL (Spelling Mistakes in Symbols)
T18_NUM_FACE (Junction or Number of Faces Per Edge)
T19_NORMAL_ORIENT (Orientation of Similar Normals)
T20_KNIFE_EDGES (Knife Edge)
TABLE_CELLS (Table Cells)
TEMPLATE_DATUM_PLANES (Datum Plane Check Based on Template Files)
TEMPLATE_LAYERS (Layer Checks Based on Standard Layers in Template Files)
TITLE_INFO (Title Block Information)
TITLE_SPELL (Title Block Spelling Errors)
UDF_INFO (UDF Information)
UNITS_LENGTH (Length Units)
UNITS_MASS (Mass Units)
UNQ_COMPONENTS (Unique Components)
UNUSED_MODELS (Unused Models in Drawings)
UNUSED_SHEETS (Empty Sheets)
VALIDATE_DIMENSIONS
VIEW_INFO (View Information)
VIEW_SCALE (Scale Assigned to Views)
XSEC_INFO (Cross Section Information)
Using the TEMPLATE_DATUM_PLANES Check
Using the TEMPLATE_LAYERS Check
config_init_options
MC_INTEACT_VERIFY_INST_POST
ADD_CONFIG_PARM
ADD_DATE_PARM
ADD_DUP_INFO_AUTO
ADD_ERR_PARM
ADD_MODE_PARM
ADD_MU_STAMP
ADD_VERIFIED_PARM
ASM_BATCH_ALL
ASYNC_PORT
BURIED_ADVANCED
CHECK_ALL_MODELS
CNFG_SELECT_AUTO
DENSITY_MDLUPDOK
DESIGNATE_MU_STAMP
DETAIL_USERPARAM
DIR_MC_BACKUP_CONFIG
DIR_MC_BACKUP_CONFIG_NT
DIR_MC_BACKUP_CONFIG_U
DIR_MC_DUP_READ
DIR_MC_DUP_READ_NT
DIR_MC_DUP_READ_U
DIR_MC_DUP_WRITE
DIR_MC_DUP_WRITE_NT
DIR_MC_DUP_WRITE_U
DIR_MC_PREVIEW
DIR_MC_PREVIEW_NT
DIR_MC_PREVIEW_U
DIR_METRICS
DIR_METRICS_NT
DIR_METRICS_U
DIR_REPORT
DIR_REPORT_NT
DIR_REPORT_U
DRW_SHEET_ALL
HTML_FILE_OUTPUT
HTML_FILE_OUTPUT_REPXSL
HTML_MAX_DAYS
MC_AUTHORIZATION_FILE
MC_BURIED_IGNOREFWALL
MC_ENABLE_EMPTY_PARAM
MC_DATE_PARAM_GMT_FORMAT
MC_DUP_SEARCH_WITH_NEW_IBA
MC_DUP_SEARCH_WITH_UNITS
MC_ENABLE
MC_METRICS
MC_SI_PRINCIPAL_MI
MC_SKIP_CHECK_UPDATE
MC_USE_OLD_REGEN
MC_VDA_RUN
MC_VERIFY_INST_POST
MCREGEN_VERIFY_FT_INSTS
MODE_RUN
MODE_UPDATE
MU_ENABLED
MU_REGENERATE
NUM_ITEMS_LONG_LIST
PROGRAM
REGEN_DIMS_ALL_SHEETS (Regenerate all sheets)
SAVE_MC_PRE
SAVE_MU
SHOW_REPORT
SKIP_MODELS
UPDATE_INTER_ASM
UPDATE_MC_PARAMS
UPDATE_SHEETMETAL
UPDATE_SKELETON
WC_DUPINFO
constants
ACCURACY_LOW
ACCURACY_UPP
GeomIntegrityCHECK Constants
MAX_ABS_ACCURACY
MAX_DRAW_SHEETS
MAX_SKETCH_ITEMS
MCSI1_TOL
MCSI2_TOL
MCSI3_TOL
MCSI4_TOL
MCSI5_TOL
MIN_ABS_ACCURACY
MIN_TOLERANCE
PARENT_DIFF_MAX
PERC_EARLY_CHAMF
PERC_EARLY_COSMETIC
PERC_EARLY_DRAFT
PERC_EARLY_ROUND
RC_PARAMETER_NAME
SHARP_ANGLE
SHORT_EDGE and SHORT_EDGE_BATCH
SMALL_RADIUS
start_config_options
Model Accuracy in ModelUPDATE
Assembly Information
Create Views for ModelUPDATE
Custom Checks File
Draft Angle File
Drawing Detail File
Drawing Format
Drawing Information
Drawing Note Fonts and Heights
Drawing Sheets to be Ignored
Drawing Symbols
Drawing Table Cells
External Lists
Family Table Parameter
Hole and Cut Diameter File
Layer Move
Layers
Link to Template File
Length Units
Mass Units
Material Name
Model Name
Model Parameters
Unwanted Layers for ModelUPDATE
Unwanted Parameters for ModelUPDATE
Parameter Mapping for ModelUPDATE
Parameter Rename
Parameters
Part Information
PTC Creo Parametric Build and Version
Regeneration Messages
Relation and Relation Comments
Relation Update File
Required and Unacceptable Parameter Notes
Sheet Metal Bend Table
Sheet Metal Thickness File
Standard Datums
Standard Model Notes
Tolerance Type
Unacceptable Notes in Drawings
Unwanted Relations for ModelUPDATE
Views
teacher
PTC Creo ModelCHECK Teacher
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: Buried Features
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: Features that are Children of Rounds, Drafts, or Chamfers
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: Datum Features
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: Dimensions
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: Draft Entities that are not Attached to a View
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: Drawing Formats
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: Early Drafts and Rounds
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: External References
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: Surface Gaps and Overlaps
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: Geometry Checks
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: Layer Checks
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: Merged and Cutout Features
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: Parameter Information
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: Dimensions that Will Not Regenerate
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: Regeneration Errors
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: Sharp Edges
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: Simplified Representations
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: SLA (STL) Information
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: Small Cylindrical Surfaces and Edges
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: Start Part and Start Assembly Items
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: Dimensional Tolerances
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: Sheet Metal Parts with Consecutive Unbend and Bend Back Features
PTC Creo ModelCheck Teacher: Unused Models
Clearance and Creepage Extension
Performing an Analysis in Clearance and Creepage Extension
Workflow for Performing Clearance and Creepage Analysis
Comparing Clearance and Creepage and Spark Analysis Extensions
Setting up CCX
Setting Up CCX
Assigning CTI Values
Assigning Part Types
Cementing Insulators
Defining Electric Nets
Setting Analysis Parameters
Performing Creepage and Clearance Analysis
Analysis Results
Creo Tolerance Analysis
About Creo Parametric Tolerance Analysis Extension Powered by CETOL Technology
Tolerance Analysis Reference Guide
Tolerance Analysis
Introduction
Tolerance Analysis Methods
Worst-Case Tolerance Analysis
Statistical Variation Analysis
Statistical Distributions
Distribution Types
Creating a Tolerance Analysis Measurement
The Tolerance Analysis Manager
Defining the Measurement References
Setting the Measurement Goal
Selecting Dimensions
Dimension Types
Size Dimensions
Sheetmetal Thickness Dimensions
Assembly Dimensions
Creo Parametric Tolerance Analysis Powered by CETOL Technology Interface
Measurement Definition Table
Object types
Object Properties
Measurement Definition Table Toolbar
Measurement Definition Table Shortcut Menu
Dimension Loop Diagram
Dimension Loop Diagram Shortcut Menu
Results
Feature Parameters
Tolerance Analysis Results
The Variation Plot
Sensitivity Plot
Contributions
Data Management and User Interface Issues
Electric Motor Tutorial
Electric Motor Tutorial
Starting Creo Parametric and setting the environment
Opening the model and setting the view
Initiating the tolerance analysis measurement
Selecting the dimensions
Exploring the CETOL Lite interface
Resuming the dimension selection process
Specifying the measurement limits and so forth
Examining the results
Circuit Card Tutorial
Circuit Card Tutorial
Starting Creo Parametric and setting the environment
Opening the model and setting the view
Initiating tolerance analysis measurement
Selecting dimensions
Exploring the Tolerance Analysis Powered by CETOL Technology interface
Resuming the dimension selection process
Specifying measurement limits and so forth
Modifying the interface properties
Examining the results
Saving the results of Fit_Clearance Analysis and starting new analysis
Defining the analysis measurement and tolerance chain
Specifying measurement limits and so forth
Creo EZ Tolerance Analysis
Tolerance Stackup Analysis Fundamentals
Why Is Tolerance Design Important?
1D Vs 2D and 3D Problems
Types of Tolerance Stackup Analyses
General Workflow
General Workflow
Setting Tolerances
Defining the Stackup Distance
Defining a Part Loop
Manually Selecting the Parts in the Loop and Selecting Interacting Surfaces
Automatic Detection and Selection of the Parts in the Loop and Interacting Surfaces
Assembly Closure
Refining the Dimension Loop, Tolerance Types, and Tolerance Values
Adding Features
Reviewing and Editing Stackup Results and Objectives
Adding an Offset Between Parts
Adding Stackups
Saving Views and Generating Reports
Saving Your Work
Importing Stackup Results from Tolerance Analysis Extension (TAE)
Importing Stackup Results from Tolerance Analysis Extension (TAE)
To Import Stackup Results from TAE
Limitations in Importing TAE Stackups
Summary and Stackup Details Tables
Summary and Stackup Details Tables
Summary of Tolerance Stackups
Stackup Details Table
Results and Contributions
Results and Contributions
Results Graph for Selected Stackup
Contributions for Selected Stackup
Exercises
Exercise 1: EZ Tolerance Analysis with Automatic Stackup Creation
Exercise 2: EZ Tolerance Analysis with Manual Stackup Creation
Creo Manikin
About Creo Manikin and Creo Manikin Analysis
Creo Manikin Overview
About Creo Manikin
About Creo Manikin Lite
About Manikin Models, Scenarios, and Snapshots
About the Placeholder Assembly
About the Manikin Tree
About the Creo Manikin User Interface
Configuring Creo Manikin
About Manikin Configuration Options
Configuration Options for Manikin
Libraries
About Setting Up and Accessing the Manikin Libraries
To Set the Manikin Library Path
About the Manikin Population Database
About Anthropometric Databases
Constraining a Manikin
About Constraints
About Default Constraint Behavior
Placing a Manikin
To Place a Manikin into a Scenario
About Replacing One Manikin with Another
To Replace One Manikin with Another
About Changing Placement Settings
To Edit the Placement of a Manikin
Manipulating Manikin Posture
About Manipulation and Snapshots
About Manikin Flexibility
To Create a Snapshot
About Posture
To Manipulate Posture
To Apply a Posture to a Manikin
To Add a Posture to the Posture Library
Reaching
About Simulating Reaching
About Reach Envelopes
To Simulate Reaching
Vision
About Simulating Vision
To Simulate Vision
About Vision Windows
About Vision Cones
Analyses
About Manikin Analyses
To Perform a Manikin Analysis
Center of Gravity
About Using the Center of Gravity in an Analysis
To Set and Display the Center of Gravity
RULA Analyses
About RULA Analyses
To Define a RULA Analysis
Comfort Analyses
About Comfort Angle Analyses
To Perform a Comfort Angle Analysis
To Edit the Manikin Comfort Angle (mca) File
About Defining Color in the Comfort Angle Analysis Display
Lifting or Lowering Analyses
To Perform a Lifting or a Lowering Analysis
About NIOSH91 Lifting or Lowering Analyses
About NIOSH91 Lifting or Lowering Analysis Results
About Snook Lifting or Lowering Analyses
About Snook Lifting or Lowering Analysis Results
Carrying Analyses
About Carrying Analyses
To Perform a Carrying Analysis
Pushing or Pulling Analyses
About Pushing or Pulling Analyses
To Perform a Pushing or a Pulling Analysis
Saving and Retrieving Analyses
To Save a Manikin Analysis
To Retrieve a Saved Analysis
Glossary
Glossary for Manikin
Simulation
Simulation
Simulation Live Overview
Overview of Creo Simulation Live
Hardware Requirements for Creo Simulation Live
Getting a Trial License for Creo Simulation Live
Workflow—Creo Simulation Live
Importing Simulation Live Studies from the Part-Level to the Assembly-Level
Creo Simulation Live User Interface
Working with Assemblies in Creo Simulation Live
Creo Simulation Live Studies
Running a Structural Simulation—Creo Simulation Live
Example: Structural Simulation
Running a Thermal Simulation—Creo Simulation Live
Example: Thermal Simulation
Running a Modal Simulation—Creo Simulation Live
Example: Modal Simulation
Simulation Quality
Simulation Inputs—Creo Simulation Live
Constraints
Fixed Constraint—Creo Simulation Live
Displacement Constraint—Creo Simulation Live
Frictionless Constraint—Creo Simulation Live
Thermal Boundary Conditions
Prescribed Temperature Boundary Condition—Creo Simulation Live
Convection Boundary Condition—Creo Simulation Live
Structure Loads
Force Load—Creo Simulation Live
Moment Load—Creo Simulation Live
Pressure Loads—Creo Simulation Live
Gravity Load—Creo Simulation Live
Centrifugal Load—Creo Simulation Live
Thermal Loads
Heat Flow Load—Creo Simulation Live
Heat Flux Load—Creo Simulation Live
Simulation Study Results
Result Options—Creo Simulation Live
Example: Results with Different Rendering Methods
Using the Results Legend in Creo Simulation Live
Querying and Saving Results
Simulation Results Report
Verification Models for Creo Simulation Live
Verification Guide—Creo Simulation Live
Verification Cases for Creo Simulation Live—Static Structural Analyses
Verification Cases for Creo Simulation Live—Modal Analyses
Verification Cases for Thermal Analyses—Creo Simulation Live
Benchmark Cases—Creo Simulation Live
Creo Simulate
Creo Simulate Overview
About Creo Simulate
Updates for PTC Creo Simulate
Getting Started with Creo Simulate
Getting Started
Operating Modes
Operating Modes
Integrated Mode
Standalone Mode
Creo Simulate Products
The Creo Simulate Product Line
Creo Simulate Structure
Creo Simulate Thermal
Creo Simulate Workflow
Creo Simulate Workflow
Native Mode Workflow
FEM Mode Workflow
Planning and Modeling Considerations
Planning and Modeling Considerations
Building Part and Assemblies
Planning and Building Parts and Assemblies
Using Flexible Modeling Tools in Creo Simulate
Strategy: Keeping Models Simple
Strategy: Suppressing Nonessential Features
Strategy: Techniques for Refining your Geometry
Strategy: Techniques for Fully Specifying Your Geometry
Planning for Shape Changes
Planning for Shape Changes
Strategy: Planning Ahead for Shape Changes
Strategy: Developing a Featuring Scheme
Strategy: Identifying Relationships that Affect Shape Changes
Strategy: Changing Dimension Names
Strategy: Avoiding Topology Conflicts
Assembly Considerations
Simplified Assembly Representations in Creo Simulate
Retrieving Assemblies Modified in Creo Direct
Multi-CAD Assemblies in Creo Simulate
Using Creo Product Insight with Creo Simulate
About File Names in Creo Simulate
Using Effective Modeling Techniques
Simulation Modeling Techniques and Prerequisites
About Units
Using Coordinate Systems
Using Datum Features
Working with Surface and Volume Regions
To Dynamically Edit a Feature
About Editing and Replacing the References of Features
Creo Parametric Parameters
Taking Advantage of Symmetry
Working with Symmetric Models
Example: Using Mirror Symmetry
Example: Using Cyclic Symmetry
Preparing a 2D Model
Planning for Optimization
Planning for Optimization Effects
Optimization and Suppressed Features
Optimization and Assemblies
Optimization and Generic Parts
Optimization and Reference Parts
User Interface Basics
Working with the User Interface
Using Dialog Boxes and Message Boxes
Creo Simulate Ribbon User Interface
Customizing the Ribbon
Process Guide
About Process Guide
Process Guide Session
Starting a New Process Guide Session
Re-entering an Existing Process Guide Session
Process Guide Dialog Box
Process Guide Templates
Process Template
Designing Process Guide Templates
Template Structure
Sample Process Guide Template
Process Guide Tasks
Model Objects and Attributes
Process Guide Template Dialog Box
Process Guide Template Dialog Box
Menus and Toolbar
To Create a Process Guide Template
Selection Methods
Mini Toolbar
About the Mini Toolbar in Creo Simulate
Mini Toolbar Commands in 2D Models
Mini Toolbar Commands in 3D Models
About Customizing the Mini Toolbar and Right Mouse Button Commands
Using Layers
Managing Modeling Entities Through Suppression and Family Tables
Simulation Display
Setting Simulation Visibility
Settings Tab
To Set Transparency for a Model
Modeling Entities Tab
Loads/Constraints Tab
Set Visibilities Tab
Mesh Tab
Applying Colors to Simulation Objects
Getting Information on Your Model
Removing Simulation Entities from Your Model
Printing Your Model
Creo Simulate Options
Changing Configuration Settings
Configuration File Options
About Configuration File Options
About Unit Settings Option
About Simulation Display Options
About General Modeling Options
About FEM Mode Modeling, Meshing, and Output Options
About Fatigue Options
About Run Options
About Result Display Options
About Miscellaneous Options
Online Help
Getting Help for Simulate
Online Help for Simulate
Supplemental Online Documents for Simulate
Modeling Structure and Thermal Problems
About Creating Models in Creo Simulate
About Regenerating Models
Using the Notification Center
Model Type
Setting Up a Model
About Model Types
Creo Simulate Lite
About Creo Simulate Lite
To Run a Creo Simulate Lite Analysis
To Display Simulation Entities in Model Tree
To Create a Model Note
To modify a Model Note
Structure Model Types
3D Model Type
2D Plane Stress Structure Model Type
2D Plane Strain Structure Model Type
2D Axisymmetric Structure Model Type
Thermal Model Type
3D Model Type
2D Plane Stress Thermal Model Type
2D Plane Strain Thermal Model Type
2D Axisymmetric Thermal Model Type
Guidelines for Working with Model Types
To Specify a Mode and Model Type
To Define 2D Model Types
Features
About Features
Datum Features in Creo Parametric and Creo Simulate
Datum Features in Creo Parametric and Creo Simulate
Promoting Datum Features to Creo Parametric
Creating Features
Datum Feature Creation
Simulation Feature Creation Methods
Guidelines for Simulation Features
Datum Point
Datum Point
To Create Datum Points
Datum Plane
Datum Plane
To Create Datum Planes
Datum Axis
Datum Axis
To Create Datum Axes
Datum Curve
Datum Curve
To Create a Datum Curve through Points
To Create a Datum Curve from Equations
To Create a Datum Curve Using a Cross Section
Editing Curves in Creo Simulate
To Create a Wrapped Datum Curve
To Copy Curves or Edges
To Create a Projected Datum Curve by Selecting Chains
To Create a Projected Datum Curve by Sketching
To Create a Projected Datum Curve by Cosmetic Sketching
To Offset a Curve Along a Surface
To Intersect Surfaces
To Offset a Curve Normal to Surface
To Trim a Curve or Quilt
Coordinate Systems
About Coordinate Systems
To Create a Coordinate System
Datum Reference
Intent Objects
Creating Intent Surfaces from Patterned Geometry
Datum References
To Create Datum References
Using Lattices in Creo Simulate
Regions
Surface Region
Surface Region
Before You Assign a Surface Region
Defining Surface Regions
To Create Surface Regions
Volume Region
Volume Region
To Create Volume Regions
Split Surface
Split Surface
To Create a Split Surface Using Automatic Selection of Contours
To Create a Split Surface Using Manual Selection of Contours
Connections
About Connections
Welds
About Welds
Weld Definition Dialog Box
About Automatic Midsurface Connections
End Welds
End Welds
End Weld Definition
Example: Extend Adjacent Surfaces for End Weld
To Create an End Weld
Perimeter Welds
Perimeter Welds
Perimeter Weld Definition
To Create a Perimeter Weld
Spot Welds
Spot Welds
Spot Weld Definition
To Create a Spot Weld
Weld Feature Welds
Weld Feature
Weld Feature Weld Definition
To Create a Weld Feature Weld
To Automatically Detect Weld Feature Welds
Fasteners
About Fasteners
About Fasteners
Fastener Modeling Prerequisites
Example: Intervening Geometry
Rotation and Separation in Fasteners
Example: Unwanted Rotation About a Fastener
Creating Fasteners
Fastener Definition Dialog Box—Connecting Shells
Fastener Definition Dialog Box—Connecting Solids
Defining Fasteners Using Diameter and Material
Defining Fasteners Using Spring Stiffness Properties
Modeling Fasteners—Connecting Shells
Modeling Fasteners—Connecting Solids
To Create a Fastener
Opening Models with Fasteners Created in Pre-Creo Simulate 1.0 Releases
Rigid Link
About Rigid Links
To Create a Rigid Link
To Edit a Rigid Link
To Delete a Rigid Link
To Create an Advanced Rigid Link
Rigid Links (FEM mode)
About Rigid Links (FEM Mode)
Rigid Links in NASTRAN
Creating Rigid Links (FEM mode)
To Create a Rigid Link (FEM Mode)
Weighted Links
About Weighted Links
Creating Weighted Links
To Create a Weighted Link
Weighted Links (FEM mode)
About Weighted Links (FEM Mode)
Creating Weighted Links (FEM mode)
To Create a Weighted Link (FEM Mode)
Interfaces
About Interfaces
Creating Interfaces
Structure Interfaces
Bonded Interfaces
Free Interfaces
Contact Interfaces
Thermal Interfaces
Bonded Interfaces
Adiabatic Interfaces
Thermal Resistance Interface
Gaps
About Gaps (FEM Mode)
Creating Gaps (FEM Mode)
To Create a Gap (FEM Mode)
Precedence Rules
Idealizations
About Idealizations
Shells
About Shells
Standard Shells
Shell Definition
Simple Shells
To Define a Simple Shell
Advanced Shells
To Define an Advanced Shell
Midsurface Shells
Before You Define a Shell Model
Before You Define a Shell Model
Pairing Schemes
Unopposed Surfaces
Model Entities and Idealizations
Gaps in Parts
Gaps in Assemblies
Shell Model Development
Defining Solid or Shell Models
Specifying Mesh Treatment for Models with Midsurfaces
Shell Pair Definition
Edit Shell Pair Definition
To Create a Shell Pair
Example: Variable thickness Shell Pairs
Example: Extend Adjacent Surfaces
Auto Detect Shell Pairs
Shell Compression
Shell Compression
To Test Shell Compression
Beams
About Beams
Example: Beam Display
Beam Coordinate Systems
Creating Beams
Beam Definition Dialog Box
Beam References
Beam Type
Y Direction for Beams
To Create a Beam
Masses
About Masses
Native Mode
Mass Definition Dialog Box
Setting a Coordinate System for an Advanced Mass
To Add a Mass to a Point
FEM Mode
Mass Definition Dialog Box (FEM mode)
To Add a Mass (FEM mode)
Springs
About Springs
Guidelines for Spring Creation
Simple Springs
Using Simple Springs
To Create a Simple Spring
To Create a Nonlinear Spring
To Ground Springs
Using To Ground Springs
To Create a To Ground Spring
Advanced Springs
Using Advanced Springs
Advanced Spring Restrictions (FEM mode)
Y Direction for Advanced Springs
To Create an Advanced Spring
Cracks
About Cracks
To Define a Crack
Precedence Rules
Zoom Into Idealizations
Properties
About Properties
Deleting Properties
Background Information
Properties on Idealizations and Geometry
Considerations for Using Properties
Beam Sections
About Beam Sections
Beam Section Library
Library Lists for Beam Sections, Shell Properties, and Spring Properties
Managing Library Files
Beam Section Definition Dialog Box
Sketched Solid and Sketched Thin
To Create a Sketched Thin Beam Section
Connections in Thin Wall Beam Sections
To Create Connections for a Sketched Thin Beam Section
Beam Stress Calculations
Beam Section Icons
Beam Section Property Calculations
To Create a Beam Section
Beam Orientation
About Beam Orientations
Beam Action Coordinate System
Beam Shape Coordinate System
Beam Centroidal Principal Coordinate System
Beam Orientation Definition Dialog Box
To Define Beam Orientation
Beam Releases
About Beam Releases
Beam Release Definition Dialog Box
Beam Release Icons
To Create a Beam Release
Example: Beam Releases on Composite Curves
Shell Properties
About Shell Properties
Shell Property Library
Library Lists for Beam Sections, Shell Properties, and Spring Properties
Managing Library Files
Shell Property Types
Guidelines for Using Shell Properties
About the Shell Properties Dialog Box
Shell Property Definition Dialog Box
Homogeneous Stiffness
Laminate Stiffness
About the Laminate Layup
To Define Shell Properties
Spring Properties
About Spring Properties
Spring Property Library
Library Lists for Beam Sections, Shell Properties, and Spring Properties
Managing Library Files
Defining Spring Stiffness and Damping Properties
Defining Spring Properties for 2D and 3D Models
To Define Spring Properties
Mass Properties
About Mass Properties
Specifying the Off-diagonal Moments of Inertia
Materials
About Materials
Guidelines and Background
Guidelines for Using Materials
About Material Properties
Material Types
Material Property Requirements
Material Basics
Material Definition for Native and FEM Mode
Opening a Model containing Materials from a release before Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0
Converting the Material Library File to the Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0 Format
Material Library
Material Library
Default Material Library
Units for Materials
Materials
Materials Dialog Box
Assign a Material
Assign a Material
To Assign a Material
Create a Material
Material Definition Dialog Box
Structural Options for Material Definition
Thermal Options for Material Definition
To Create a Material
Edit a Material
Edit a Material
To Edit a Material
Copy a Material
Copy a Material
To Copy a Material
Delete a Material
Delete a Material
To Delete a Material
Material Functions
To Create a Table Function
Table Function
Extra Reference for Materials
Hyperelastic Materials
Arruda-Boyce
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion — Isotropic
Graphs for Hyperelastic Material Definition
Hyperelastic Materials in Material Library
Hyperelastic Material
Hyperelastic Material Definition Dialog Box
Isotropic
Linear Isotropic Materials
Material Model for Hyperelastic Material Definition
Material Limits
Mooney-Rivlin
Neo-Hookean
Orthotropic
Poisson's Ratio — Isotropic
Polynomial Form of order 2
Reduced Polynomial Form of Order 2
Tests for Hyperelastic Material Definition
Uniaxial Tests
Biaxial Tests
Planar Tests
Volumetric Tests
Transversely Isotropic
Yeoh
Young's Modulus
Young's Modulus — Isotropic
Elastoplastic Materials
Elastoplastic Materials
Material Models for Elastoplastic Materials
Plastic Hardening Law Definition Dialog Box
Isotropic Material Definition Menu
Perfect Plasticity
Linear Hardening Law
Power Law
Exponential Law
Tests for Elastoplastic Materials
Graphs for Elastoplastic Materials
Creating Elastoplastic Materials
To Define an Elastoplastic Material
To Create an Elastoplastic Material Using Tests
Tensile Yield Stress
Coefficient of Thermal Softening
Stress and Strain Data for the Material Definition Dialog Box
Material Assignment
About Material Assignment
Material Assignment Dialog Box
Guidelines for Material Assignment
Material Orientation
About Material Orientation
Default Material Orientation
Guidelines for Material Orientation
Material Orientations Dialog Box
About the Material Orientations Dialog Box
Create a Material Orientation
Material Orientation Definition Dialog Box
About the Material Orientation Definition Dialog Box
Defining Material Orientation for Volumes
To Create a Volumetric Material Orientation
Defining Material Orientation for Surfaces
To Create a Material Orientation for Surfaces
Copy a Material Orientation
To Duplicate a Material Orientation
Structural Constraints
About Structure Constraints
Adding Constraints
Constraints, Loads, and Analysis Types
Taking Advantage of Planar Symmetry
Constraints on Entities
Guidelines for Structure Constraint Sets
Guidelines for Structure Constraint Sets
Understanding Structure Constraint Sets
Guidelines for Structure Constraints
Displacement Constraints
Displacement Constraints
Constraint Settings
Constraint Options
Structure Constraint Icons
To Define Displacement Constraints
Troubleshooting Your Constraints
Verifying a Constraint
Performing a Body Check for Assemblies
Handling Stress Concentrations
Symmetry Constraints
Symmetry Constraints
Working with Symmetric Models
Cyclic Symmetry Constraints
Cyclic Symmetry Constraints
Guidelines for Cyclic Symmetry
To Add a Cyclic Symmetry Constraint
To Create a Cyclic Symmetry Model Section
To Define a Cyclic Symmetry Constraint
Mirror Symmetry Constraints
Mirror Symmetry Constraints
To Define a Mirror Symmetry Constraint
Planar, Pin and Ball Constraints
About Surface Constraints
To Define a Planar Constraint
To Define a Pin Constraint
To Define a Ball Constraint
Thermal Boundary Conditions
Guidelines for Thermal Boundary Conditions
Guidelines for Thermal Boundary Conditions for Geometry
Boundary Condition Sets
Boundary Condition and Load Sets in Thermal Analyses
Guidelines for Thermal Boundary Condition Sets
Convection Conditions
Convection Conditions
Convection Coefficient, h
Bulk Temperature, Tb
Spatial Variation for Convection Conditions
Temperature Dependent Convection Condition
To Create a Time-Dependent Convection Condition
Background
Calculating the Convective Heat Transfer Rate
Calculating the Radiative Heat Transfer Rate
Ramping of Heat Loads and Convection Conditions
Using External Data
External Data for Convection Conditions
Creating FNF Files for External Loads and Constraints
Sample FNF File for External Convection Conditions
FNF Files in Product Data Management
Radiation Conditions
Radiation Conditions
Emissivity, ε
Ambient Temperature
Spatial Variation for Radiation Conditions
Temperature Dependent Radiation Condition
Prescribed Temperatures
Prescribed Temperature Conditions
Spatially Varying Temperatures
Spatially Varying Temperatures
Guidelines for Spatially Varying Temperatures
Interpolated Over Entity
Interpolated Over Entity
Interpolation Over Entity
Function of Coordinates
To Define a Prescribed Temperature
Structure Loads
About Loads
About Structure Loads
Applying Loads
Load Basics
Guidelines for Structure Loads
Guidelines for Load Sets
Understanding Load Sets
Guidelines for Load Sets
Force and Moment Loads
Force and Moment Loads
Guidelines for Force and Moment Loads
Specifying Magnitude and Direction for Loads
Distribution for Load
Spatial Variation
Preview
To Define Force and Moment Loads
Bearing Loads
Bearing Loads
Guidelines for Bearing Loads
Preview
To Define Bearing Loads
Bolt Preloads
Bolt Preloads
To Create a Prismatic Bolt Preload
To Create a General Bolt Preload
Rules for Setting Solid Type
Centrifugal Loads
Centrifugal Loads
Guidelines for Centrifugal Loads
From and To Fields for Centrifugal Loads
Preview
To Define Centrifugal Loads
Gravity Loads
Gravity Loads
Guidelines for Gravity Loads
Preview
To Define Gravity Loads
Pressure Loads
Pressure Loads
Guidelines for Pressure Loads
Pressure Load Direction
Preview
To Define Pressure Loads
Temperature Loads
Temperature Loads
Guidelines for Temperature Loads
MEC/T Temperature Loads
MEC/T Temperature Loads
Guidelines for MEC/T Temperature Loads
Use Previous Design Study
Step
To Define MEC/T Temperature Loads
MEC/T History Temperature Loads
MEC/T History Temperature Loads
To Define MEC/T History Temperature Loads
Guidelines for MEC/T History Temperature Loads
Use Previous Design Study
Mechanism Loads
Mechanism Loads
To Import Mechanism Loads
Troubleshooting Your Loads
Troubleshooting Loads
Verifying a Load
Reviewing Resultant Loads
To Review Resultant Loads
Performing a Body Check for Assemblies
Handling Stress Concentrations
Thermal Loads
About Loads
About Heat Loads
Guidelines for Heat Loads
Guidelines for Load Sets
Understanding Load Sets
Guidelines for Load Sets
Example: Load Set
Defining Heat Loads
Load Per Unit Type
Total Load for Heat Loads
Heat Transfer Rate (Q)
Function of Time
To Define Heat Loads
Defining Component Heat Loads
Heat Transfer Rate (Q)
Function of Time
Reviewing Total Heat Loads
To Review Total Heat Loads
Measures
About Simulation Measures
Uses of Measures
Measure Basics
Measure Basics
Guidelines for Measures
Predefined, User-Defined, and Automatically-Defined Measures
Predefined Measures
Predefined Measures
Predefined Measures in Structure
Predefined Measures in Thermal
User-Defined Measures
User-Defined Measures
Reasons to Create User-Defined Measures
Automatically-Defined Measures
Global and Local Measures
Global and Local Measures
Point Measures
Near Point Measures
Parameter-Based Measures
Parameter-Based Measures
Parameter-Based Measure Basics
Results Specific to a Creo Parametric-Based Parameter
Results for a Specialized Creo Parametric Quantity
Setting Up Optimization Goals
Setting Up Optimization Limits
Setting Up Parameters for Regeneration Analyses
Example: Using Parameter-Based Measures
Coordinate Systems and Measures
Measures and Output
Measures Dialog Box
Measures Dialog Box
To Define Measures for Structural Analyses
To Define Measures for Thermal Analyses
Measures Definition Dialog Box
Measure Definition Dialog Box
Define Measures in Structure
Measures for Basic Analyses
User-Defined Measures for Basic Analyses
Basic Analysis Measure Selections
Measures for Dynamic Analyses
Measures for Dynamic Analyses
User-Defined Measures for Dynamic Analyses
Dynamic Analysis Measure Selections
Measure Quantities
Stress, Strain
Failure Index
Displacement
Rotation
Force
Moment
Computed Measure
Velocity
Acceleration
Rotational Velocity
Rotational Acceleration
Stress Intensity Factor (SIF)
Phase
Time
Fatigue Measures
Interface Measures
Center of Mass
Moment of Inertia
Driven Parameter
Define Measures in Thermal
User-Defined Measures for Thermal Analyses
Thermal Analysis Measure Selections
Temperature
Heat Flux, Temperature Gradient
Results Available for Measures
Selecting One or More Measures
Meshes
Native Mode Meshes
About AutoGEM
Controlling an AutoGEM Mesh
Controlling an AutoGEM Mesh
Maximum Element Size
Edge Length By Curvature Control
Minimum Edge Length
To Control Minimum Edge Length in an AutoGEM Mesh
Isolate for Exclusion (IEAC)
Hard Points
Hard Curves
Hard Surface Control
Edge Distribution
To Control Edge Distribution in an AutoGEM Mesh
Prismatic Elements
Requirements for Creating Valid Prismatic Elements
Example: AutoGEM Mesh with Prismatic Control
Thin Solid
Example: AutoGEM Mesh with Thin Solid Control
Requirements for Creating Valid Thin Solid Regions
Auto Detect Thin Solids
Example: Limitations Involving Side Surfaces
Example: Split Surfaces
Precedence Rules
About Mapped Meshing
Mapped Mesh
To Create a Mapped Mesh Control
Example: AutoGEM Mesh with Mapped Mesh Control
Guidelines for Mapped Meshing
Wedge and Tri Mapped Mesh Regions
Ignored AutoGEM Control
Creating an AutoGEM Mesh
Preparing Your Model
AutoGEM Dialog Box
Creating AutoGEM Mesh Elements
AutoGEM File Menu
AutoGEM Info Menu
Element Types
Solid Elements
Shell Elements
Beam Elements
Mass and Spring Elements
2D Elements
Element Type and Geometric Entity
Types of Elements in Structure
Types of Elements in Thermal
How AutoGEM Uses Existing Geometry
How AutoGEM Uses Existing Elements
Surface
Surface
Using Surface
Strategies for Using the Surface Option
Volume
Volume
Using Volume
Strategies for Using the Volume Option
Status Messages
If AutoGEM Completes Successfully
Interrupting AutoGEM
Diagnosing AutoGEM Problems
Diagnose AutoGEM Problems
Using the AutoGEM Log File
Log
AutoGEM Log File Information
Example: Reducing the Element Count
Reduce the Number of Solid Elements
Applying AutoGEM Settings
AutoGEM Settings Dialog Box
AutoGEM Settings Dialog Box
Isolation for Shells and 2D Solids
Settings Tab
Limits Tab
Specifying Mesh Treatment for Models with Midsurfaces
Working with Geometry Tolerances
About Geometry Tolerance
Geometry Tolerance Settings Dialog Box
Absolute and Relative Tolerance Settings
FEM Meshes
About FEM Meshes
Transient and Retained FEM Meshes
Transient and Retained Meshes
If You Use Transient Meshes
If You Use Retained Meshes
Meshing Guidelines
Guidelines for Transient Meshes
Guidelines for Retained Meshes
Invalidating a Mesh
Troubleshooting FEM Mesh Generation
Assembly Meshing
Assembly Meshing Methods
Flat Meshing
Hierarchical Meshing
Hierarchical Meshing
Hierarchical Meshing Workflow
Understanding Hierarchical Meshes
Example: Hierarchical Mesh Generation
Connections in Assembly Meshing
Creating Load Paths for FEM Meshing
Load Paths for Flat Meshes
Load Paths for Hierarchical Meshes
Controlling a FEM Mesh
Controlling a FEM Mesh
Maximum Element Size (FEM mode)
Minimum Element Size (FEM mode)
Hard Points (FEM mode)
Hard Curves (FEM mode)
Hard Surface Control
Edge Distribution (FEM mode)
Shell Element Direction (FEM mode)
Displacement Coordinate System (FEM mode)
Mesh Numbering (FEM mode)
Mesh ID Offset (FEM mode)
About Mapped Meshing
Mapped Mesh
To Create a Mapped Mesh Control
Example: AutoGEM Mesh with Mapped Mesh Control
Guidelines for Mapped Meshing
Wedge and Tri Mapped Mesh Regions
Ignored Mesh Control (FEM mode)
Mesh Control Icons (FEM mode)
Creating a FEM Mesh
Types of FEM Meshes
To Create a FEM Mesh
Shell Mesh
Shell Mesh (FEM mode)
Example: Shell Mesh Using Triangles and Quadrilaterals
Creating a Partial Shell Mesh
Strategy: Working with Partial Shell Meshes
Mixed Mesh (FEM mode)
About Quilts
FEM Mesh Settings
FEM Mesh Settings Dialog Box
Performing FEM Mode Mesh Operations
Performing FEM Mesh Operations
Importing NASTRAN Files
Improving a FEM Mesh
Reviewing a FEM Mesh
Reviewing a FEM Mesh
Review Nodes Dialog Box
Review Elements Dialog Box
Reviewing Analyses
Checking Elements
Checking a FEM Mesh
Aspect Ratio (FEM mode)
Warp Angle (FEM mode)
Skew (FEM mode)
Taper (FEM mode)
Edge Angle (FEM mode)
Distortion (FEM mode)
Mid Ratio (FEM mode)
Saving a FEM Mesh
Retrieving a FEM Mesh
Verifying Models
Checking Your Model
Validity Checking
Structure and Thermal Errors
Structure and Thermal Errors
Missing Properties
Invalid Analysis Definitions
Structure Errors
Structure Errors
Constraint–Constraint Conflicts
Missing Constraints
Thermal Errors
Thermal Errors
Missing Prescribed Temperatures or Convection Conditions
Conflicting Prescribed Temperatures
Creating Analyses
About Analyses
Creating Analyses and Design Studies
Analyses and Design Studies Dialog Box
Analysis Types
Displaying Analyses on the Model Tree
Structural Analysis
About Structural Analysis
Constraint and Load Sets in Structural Analyses
Static and Prestress Static Analyses
Static Analysis
Static Analysis Overview
To Create a Static Analysis
Prestress Static Analysis
Prestress Static Analysis Overview
To Create a Prestress Static Analysis
Nonlinear Analyses
Nonlinear Options
Large Deformation Static Analysis
Static Analysis of Models with Large Deformation
Static Analysis with Large Deformation Overview
To Create a Static Analysis with Large Deformation
Example: Large Deformation Analysis for Elastoplastic Materials
Static Analysis of Models with Contact Interfaces
Static Analysis of Models with Contact Interfaces
Description of a Static Analysis with Contacts
Requirements for a Static Analysis with Contacts
To Create a Static Analysis with Contact
Static Analysis of Models with Hyperelastic Materials
Static Analysis of Models with Elastoplastic Materials
Convergence Options
Convergence Options for Structural Analyses
Convergence Measures
Convergence Method
Advanced SPA Convergence Control
Convergence Options for Thermal Analyses
Convergence Percentage Calculation
Convergence Quantities for Steady Thermal Analysis
Convergence Quantity for Buckling Analyses
Convergence Quantity for Modal and Prestress Modal Analyses
Convergence Quantity for Static, Prestress Static, Large Deformation, and Contact Analyses
Check Contact Force
Press fit (initial interpretation)
Include Snap-through
Include Snap-Through
To View Snap-through in Results
Example: Results with Snap-through in Large Deformation Analysis
To Set Convergence for a Structural Analysis
To Set Convergence for a Thermal Analysis
Modal and Prestress Modal Analyses
Modal and Prestress Modal Analyses
Modal Analysis Overview
To Create a Modal Analysis
Prestress Modal Analysis Overview
To Create a Prestress Modal Analysis
Buckling Analysis
Buckling Analysis
Buckling Analysis Overview
To Create a Buckling Analysis
Fatigue Analysis
About Fatigue Analysis
Fatigue Analysis Overview
About the External Fatigue Material File
Example: External Fatigue Material File
To Use an External Fatigue Material File in a Fatigue Analysis
To Create a Fatigue Analysis
Thermal Analysis
About Thermal Analysis
Boundary Condition and Load Sets in Thermal Analyses
Steady Thermal Analysis
Steady Thermal Analysis
Nonlinear Steady Thermal Analysis
Steady Thermal Analysis Overview
To Create a Steady Thermal Analysis
Transient Thermal Analysis
Transient Thermal Analysis
Transient Thermal Analysis Overview
To Create a Transient Thermal Analysis
Vibration Analysis
About Vibration Analysis
Guidelines for Using Dynamic Analyses
Steps in a Dynamic Analysis
Dynamic Time Analysis
Dynamic Time Analysis
Dynamic Time Analysis Overview
Base Excitation for a Dynamic Time Analysis
Translations at Three Points
Output for a Dynamic Time Analysis
Calculate Quantities for a Dynamic Time Analysis
Mode Options for Dynamic Analyses
To Create a Dynamic Time Analysis
To Select Output Options for a Dynamic Time Analysis
Dynamic Frequency Analysis
Dynamic Frequency Analysis
Dynamic Frequency Analysis Overview
Base Excitation for a Dynamic Frequency Analyses
Translations at Three Points
Output for a Dynamic Frequency Analysis
Calculate Quantities for a Dynamic Frequency Analysis
To Create a Dynamic Frequency Analysis
To Select Output Options for a Dynamic Frequency Analysis
Dynamic Random Analysis
Dynamic Random Analysis
Dynamic Random Analysis Overview
Base Excitation for a Dynamic Random Analysis
Translations at Three Points
Output for a Dynamic Random Analysis
Calculate Quantities for a Dynamic Random Analysis
To Create a Dynamic Random Analysis
To Select Output Options for a Dynamic Random Analysis
Dynamic Shock Analysis
Dynamic Shock Analysis
Direction of Base Excitation for a Dynamic Shock Analysis
To Create a Dynamic Shock Analysis
Output for a Dynamic Shock Analysis
Calculate Quantities for a Dynamic Shock Analysis
Response Spectrum Options for Dynamic Shock Analysis
To Select Load Functions for a Dynamic Analysis
To Select Output Options for a Dynamic Shock Analysis
To Define the Response Spectrum for a Dynamic Shock Analysis
Load Set Functions
Modes Included
To Select Mode Options for a Dynamic Analysis
To Use Previous Analysis Results in a Dynamic Analysis
FEM Analysis
About FEM Analysis
FEM Analyses
Defining a FEM Analysis
Defining a Modal FEM Analysis
To Create a FEM Analysis
Creating Design Studies
About Design Studies
Strategies for Running a Standard Design Study
Design Study Files
Design Variables
Overview of Design Variables
Example: Design Variable
Prepare Your Model for Design Variables
Types of Design Variables
Design Variables
Creating Design Studies
Analyses and Design Studies Dialog Box
To Create a Design Study
To Add a Dimension to a Design Study
To Add a Section Dimension to a Design Study
Defining Variables in a Design Study
Design Study Options Dialog Box
Standard Study for Structure and Thermal
Standard Design Study
To Create a Standard Design Study
Regeneration Analysis
To Run a Regeneration Analysis
Global Sensitivity Study for Structure and Thermal
Global Sensitivity Study
Repeat P-Loop Convergence
Regeneration Analysis
To Create a Global Sensitivity Study
Local Sensitivity Study for Structure and Thermal
Local Sensitivity Study
Regeneration Analysis
To Create a Local Sensitivity Study
Optimization Study for Structure and Thermal
Optimization Design Study
Goal
To Define a Goal for an Optimization Study
Design Limits
To Define Design Limits for an Optimization Study
Optimization Convergence
Optimization Algorithm
Maximum Iterations
Regeneration Analysis
To Create an Optimization Study
To Save an Optimized Shape
Shape Animate
Shape Animate
Example: Shape Animation
To Perform a Shape Animation
Running Solvers
Native Mode Solvers
Running Analyses and Design Studies
Before You Run an Analysis or Design Study
Before You Run an Analysis or Design Study
Before Creo Simulate Starts a Run
Analyses and Design Studies Dialog Box
Results Menu
To Start an Analysis or Design Study Run
Setting Up a Run
Setting Up a Run
Directory for Temporary Files
Directory for Output Files
Elements
Output File Format
Memory Allocation
Use Iterative Solver
Start
Start
Existing Design Study Files
Invalid Design Studies
Error Detection
Batch
Creating a Batch File
What Batch Does
Run a Batched Analysis or Design Study
Run Distributed Batch
Stop
Monitoring an Analysis or Design Study Run
Monitoring an Analysis or Design Study Run
Run Status
Summary Report Contents
RMS Stress Error Estimates
Error Messages
Time and Disk Usage Information
Interactive Diagnostics
Troubleshoot Run Problems
Troubleshoot Run Problems
Troubleshoot High Elapsed Run Times
mecbatch
mecbatch
Use mecbatch
msengine
msengine
Use msengine
Use External Optimizers
FEM Solvers
About Running FEM Analyses and Generating Output Decks
Solving a Model Using an FEA Program
Selecting a Solver
FEM Analysis Types
Element Shape
Determining a Run Method
Run Methods
Reviewing a FEM Mesh
Outputting Data to an Offline FEA Program
Outputting to a User-Defined Solver
Creo Simulate Results Window
Results for Native Mode
About Results
Working with the Results User Interface
About the Quick Access Toolbar
Results User Interface Ribbon
Results User Interface Ribbon
About Command Search
About Minimizing the Ribbon
Graphics Toolbar
Graphics Toolbar
Default View
Spin Center
Refit
Shortcut Menus in Graphics Window
Basic Functions for the Results User Interface
Loading Result Windows
Loading Result Windows
Insert Result Windows from Template Dialog Box
Defining Result Windows
Result Window Definition Dialog Box
Study Selection Area
Step/Combination Selection
Display Type Area
Quantity Tab
Quantity for Result Windows
Display Options Tab
Fringe Display Type
Vectors Display Type
Graph Display Type
Model Display Type
To Display a Result Window
Display Location Tab
To Define a Result Window
Updating Results Window
Viewing Results
Viewing Results
Orienting Results
The Orientation Dialog Box
To Tie the Orientation of Multiple Windows
Controlling Result Windows and Model Appearance
Controlling Result Windows and Model Appearance
Visibilities
Overlay
Exploded
Spin Center
Animating Results Display
Animating Your Results Display
To Animate a Results Display
To Format a Fringe, Contour, Vector, Model, or Animation Result Window
Example: Comparing Mode Animations for the Same Model
Capping and Cutting Surfaces
Examining Model Interiors for Fringe and Contour Plots
Results Surface Definition Dialog Box
Defining Cutting or Capping Surface References
Defining Reference Planes for Cutting or Capping Surfaces
Defining Cutting or Capping Surface Depth
Dynamic Cutting and Capping Surface Displays
Defining Graph along Reference Planes for Cutting or Capping Surfaces
To Create a Capping Surface
To Create a Cutting Surface
To Modify a Capping Surface
To Modify a Cutting Surface
Arranging Multiple Result Windows
Arranging Multiple Result Windows
To Reorder Result Windows
To Swap Result Windows
Annotating Result Windows
Annotating Result Windows
To Annotate a Result Window
Querying Results
Dynamic Query
About the Linearized Stress Report Dialog Box
To Query for Linearized Stress
Querying Quantities for Fringe Plots and Linearized Stress Analyses
Querying on Cutting or Capping Surfaces
To Query for Linearized Stress on Cutting or Capping Surfaces
Clearing Query Tags from a Result Window
Evaluating Results
Evaluating Results
Evaluating Fringe Contour and Vector Plots
Adjusting the Legend
Adjusting the Fringe, Contour, and Vector Legends
Edit Legend Dialog Box
Adjusting Color Scale for Fringe, Contour, and Vector Legends
Using Maximum and Minimum Legend Values to Get More Details
Saving Spectrum
Comparing Results
Comparing Results
Tie—Contour, Fringe, Graph, or Vectors Result Windows
General Guidelines for Tying Result Windows
Guidelines for Tying Graphs
Tie Graph Windows
Tie Multiple Graph Result Windows
To Tie Multiple Graph Result Windows, Procedure 1
To Tie Multiple Graph Result Windows, Procedure 2
To Tie Multiple Result Windows
Untie—Contour, Fringe, Graph, or Vectors Result Windows
To Untie Multiple Result Windows
Probing Fringe, Contour, and Vector Plots
Shading Your Model
Evaluating Graphs
Managing Graphs
Probing Graphs
Evaluating Animations
Controlling Animations
Comparing Animations
Example: Comparing Mode Animations for the Same Model
Example: Comparing Animation Stages for the Same Model
Reviewing and Editing Result Windows
To Edit a Result Window
Copying, Deleting and Editing Result Windows
About Saving Results in Creo Simulate
About Saving Results in Creo Simulate
Save Options in Creo Simulate Results
Graph Report
Excel
HTML Report
To Export a File in HTML
Export HTML Dialog Box
About HTML Report Preferences File
Export Movie
Movie Export Dialog Box
To Export a File as a Movie
NASTRAN Mesh
To Export a Surface Mesh in NASTRAN format
Creo View
VRML
To Mail Analyses Results
To Save Results to the Active Workspace
To Save Results as HTML Reports to the Active Workspace
Printing Result Windows
Results for FEM
About FEM Results
Using the Postprocessor in FEM Mode
Loading NASTRAN Results Database
Graphical Result Windows
Viewing FEM Analysis Results
Supported FEA Solvers
Diagnostics and Troubleshooting in Creo Simulate
Diagnostics
Diagnostics Menu
Diagnostics Messages
Singularities
Singularities
Singularities and Constraints
Singularities and Loads
Strategy: Minimizing Singularities
Selecting Singularities for IEAC
Best Practices in Creo Simulate
Best Practice: Using Failure Index Results to Predict Material Failure in a Model
Best Practice: Using Fasteners in Creo Simulate
Creo Simulate Verification Guide
Verification Overview
Static Analysis Problems
Modal Analysis Problems
Steady-State Thermal Analysis Problems
Transient Thermal Analysis Problems
Dynamic Time Response Analysis Problem
Dynamic Frequency Response Analysis Problem
Dynamic Shock Response Analysis Problem
Dynamic Random Response Analysis Problems
Buckling Analysis Problems
2D-3D Contact Analysis Problems
Static Analysis with Large Deformation Problem
Static Analysis with Plasticity Problems
Prestress Modal Analysis Problem
Optimization Analysis Problem
Additional Information
Units
About Units
Guidelines for Specifying Units
Specifying Units for Simulation Entities
Units Manager Dialog Box
Systems of Units Management
Predefined Systems of Units
Set the Principal System of Units
To Set a Principal System of Units
Custom System of Units
To Create a Custom System of Units
To Edit a Custom System of Units
To Review a System of Units
Units Management
Predefined Units
Custom Units
To Create a Custom Unit
To Edit a Custom Unit
To Review an Individual Unit
To Convert Simulation Values to Principal System of Units
Unit Conversion Tables
Units for Result Window
Working with Functions
Functions Dialog Box
Function Definition Dialog Box
Function Definition Dialog Box
Symbolic Function Type
Independent Variables
Valid Symbols
Table Function
Interpolation Method
Graph Function Dialog Box
To Create a Function
Working With Normals
Surface Normals
Surface Normals
Normal Direction for Surfaces and Shells
Specifying Y Direction for Beams
Shell Normals
Improving Performance
Improving Performance
Managing RAM, Solram and Swap Space
Memory Usage—Different Scenarios
Managing Performance
Guidelines for Allocating RAM for Solver and Element Data
Guidelines for Managing Disk Space Resources
Guidelines for Disk Usage and Allocating Swap Space
Guidelines for Setting Solram
Strategy: If Solver RAM Is Too High
Strategy: If Solver RAM Is Too Low
Strategy: Running the Engine with Parallel Processing
Background Information
Long-Term Limitations
Icons Used in Creo Simulate
Bibliography
The Database
Database Considerations
Files Created by Creo Simulate
Information Transfer
FEM Neutral Format File
Specialized Information
Understanding Fatigue Analysis
Shell Property Equations
Glossary
Glossary for Creo Simulate
Reference Links
–ascii
–bsram ram_size
–elram ram_size
Run a Batched Analysis or Design Study
–asm_elm_fix_p_order_off
–sim_accurate_asm_links
–pmax n
–results_always
–no_pert
–contact_penetration pen_percent
–no_supercon_recovery
–i input_dir
–iter n
-massnorm
–p password
–solram ram_size
–sturm option
–w working_dir1;working_dir2;...
About Creating and Running Analyses and Design Studies
About Material Models
About Press Fit
About Thermal Boundary Conditions
Account for Stiffness
Accuracy
Add for Interpolation
Adjusting Cyclic Material Properties for Fatigue
Adjusting the Biaxiality Parameter for Fatigue
Adjusting the Material Confidence Level for Fatigue
Adjusting the Mean Stress Parameter for Fatigue
Advanced Tuning for Fatigue Advisor
After P-Loop Pass
Alignment
Allowable Edge and Face Angles
Allowable Errors
Analyses and Design Studies Toolbar
Analysis and Design Study Workflow
Analysis Results in Product Data Management
Analyzing a Model (Native Mode)
ANSYS
Apparent Frequency
Area
Arruda-Boyce
Assembly Modeling Entities, Idealizations, and Connections
At Each Step
At Each Step—Time Evaluation (Thermal Analysis)
At Each Step—Time or Frequency Evaluation Method
AutoGEM File Names
AutoGEM Interruption Guidelines
AutoGEM Overconstrained
Automatic Interrupt
Automatically Smooth Convections
Axis and Component Equivalents in Different Coordinate Systems
About the Linearization Basis
Beam Contribution
Beam Resultant Results Quantity
Beam Sections Dialog Box
Before You Use the Results Command
BLF Convergence
Bonding Elements
Boundary Edges
Boundary Faces
Boundary Processing Takes Too Long
Buckling Load Factor and Optimization Studies
Building and Saving Queries
Calculate Quantities for Analyses
Calculating Stresses and Strains
Cartesian Coordinate System
Channel
Clearing Query Tags from a Result Window
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion — Isotropic
Color Scale
Combine Results with Results from Previous Static Analysis
Combine Spatial and Temporal Functions
Comparing Mirror and Cyclic Symmetry
Component
Component—Basic Analyses
Component—Center of Mass Quantities
Component—Contact Force Quantity
Component—Displacement, Rotation, and Reaction Quantities
Component—Dynamic Analyses
Component—Moment of Inertia Quantities
Component—Stress and Strain Quantities
Component—Stress, Strain
Component—Thermal Analyses
Component and Layer Visibility in Results
Component for Linearized Stress Results
Components for Acceleration, Displacement, Reaction, Rotation, Rotation Acceleration, Rotation Velocity, or Velocity
Components for Beam Bending, Tension, Torsion, and Total
Components for Beam Resultant
Components for Fatigue
Components for Flux and Temp Gradient
Components for Reactions at Point Constraints
Components for Shear and Moment
Components for Shell Resultant
Components for Stress or Strain
Compressive Ultimate Stress
Conflicting Coordinate Systems
Connected and Unconnected Parts
Considerations for Multiple Model Sessions
Constrained, With Rigid Mode Search
Constraint Sets for Analysis
Constraints and Loads on Compressed Geometry
Constraints and Modal Analysis
Constraints on Compressed Midsurfaces
Contact — 2D Models
Contact — 3D Models
Static Analyses with Contacts in Design Studies
Contact Pressure Results Quantity
Contact Slippage Indicator Results Quantity
Contact Tangential Traction Magnitude Result Quantity
Contour Labels
Contour Results Display
Controlling FEM Mesh Display
Controlling Mesh Display
Convergence Indicators
Conversion of Tensile Ultimate Stress from Wildfire 4.0 Models
Coordinate System Guidelines
Coordinate System Types
Coordinate Systems and Functions
Coordinate Systems and Loads and Constraints
Coordinates for Cylindrical UCS
Coordinates for Spherical UCS
Count
Create a Full Set of Elements
Create a Material
Create Links Where Needed
Creating
Creating a Mesh (FEM Mode)
Creating Rigid Links
Customizing Graph Display Settings
Cylindrical UCS
Damping Coefficient (%)
Data Series Tab
Datum Points for User-Defined Measures
Default Interface
Default Result Windows Templates
Defining an Analysis (FEM Mode)
Defining Design Changes (Native Mode)
Deformed Results Display
Degrees of Freedom for Rigid Links
Degrees of Freedom for Weighted Links
Density
Design Variable Errors
Design Variables with Laminate Layup
Detailed Fillet Modeling
Summary, Log, and Checkpoints
Determining the Minimum and Maximum Locations for a Quantity
Developing a Model (FEM Mode)
Developing a Model (Native Mode)
Diamond
Dimension Selection Dialog Box
Direction of Base Excitation for a Dynamic Shock Analysis
Displacement Results Quantity
Display AutoGEM Prompts
Displaying Element IDs, Node IDs, and Result Values (FEM mode)
Displaying Result Windows
Displaying the Mesh Model
Distortion Energy (von Mises) Failure Criterion
Driven and Driving Parameters
Dynamic Evaluation in Structure
Dynamic Evaluation in Thermal
Elements with Approximated Linear Edges
Entering Creo Simulate with Failed Features
Error Detection in Optimization Studies
Error Resolution
Estimated Variation
Example: 2D Axisymmetric Modeling
Example: 2D Plane Strain Modeling
Example: 2D Surface Directions
Example: Advanced Rigid Link
Example: Assembly Model with Gap
Example: Auto-mapping an Imported Coefficient Mesh
Example: Avoiding Interference
Example: Axis of Symmetry
Example: Bearing Load
Example: Bearing Load on a Surface
Example: Bearing Load on an Open Curve
Example: Bonding Elements
Example: Brick
Example: Collet Illustration
File Types Supported in Creo Simulate Standalone
Example: Contour Plot
Example: Creating Load Paths for Pre-meshed Components
Example: Curved Surface Directions
Example: Cut for Cyclic Symmetry
Example: Cylindrical Coordinate System
Example: Dependent Movement in Patterned Features
Example: Excluded Elements — Point and Line Loads
Example: Excluded Elements — Point Loads
Example: Excluded Elements — Reentrant Corners
Example: Featuring Your Part
Example: Fringe Display
Example: Function of Coordinates
Example: Geometric Precedence Rules
Example: Insert Points
Example: Interface Types
Example: Invalidating a Modeling Entity
Example: Laminate Layup
Example: Laminate Orientation
Example: Material Coordinate System for a Cylindrical UCS
Example: Material Directions
Example: Max Principal Stress Vector Plot
Example: Modeling Specialized Loads with a Cylindrical Coordinate System
Example: Near Point Measures and Geometric Intersection
Example: Near Point Measures and Model Types
Example: Orientation and Tolerance Settings
Example: Orienting the BSCS Shear Center
Example: Orienting the BSCS to the BACS
Example: Part with Unopposed Surfaces
Example: Point Loads
Example: Pre-planning for Shape Changes
Example: Pressure Load
Example: Project a Vector onto a Surface
Example: Reentrant Corners
Example: Relations
Example: Resultant Force for a Simple Spring or Beam Model
Example: Reviewing Laminate Layup and Stiffness
Example: Rigid Link
Example: Rotation for Shells and Surfaces
Example: Setting up a Solid Model for a 2D Analysis on an Internal Surface
Example: Spatially Varying Loads
Example: T-Bracket
Example: Tetra
Example: Unpaired Surface on L-Bracket
Example: Using a Simplified Part
Example: Variable Material Orientation
Example: Vector Plot
Example: Wedge
Example: Weighted Link
Excluded Elements Options for Structural Analyses
Excluded Elements Options for Thermal Analyses
Export HTML Setup Dialog Box
External Coefficients Field
Extra Tab on Beam Definition Dialog Box
Factors Determining the Selection of Entities
Failure Criterion
Failure Index Results Quantity
Fatigue
Fatigue Results Quantity
FEM Mesh Display Buttons
FEM Mesh File Names
FEM Mode
FEM Mesh Settings
FEM Neutral Format
Fix and Flip Normals
Fixing Parabolic Elements
Flux Results Quantity
For Individual Modes
Force-Deflection Curve
Force Per Unit Type
Force Per Unit Type Guidelines
Visibilities
Frequency Convergence
Frequency Range
From and To Fields for Dir Points & Mag
Full Results
Function Definition Dialog Box
Function—Material Properties
Function of Arc Length
Function of Coordinates
Function of Frequency
Functional Form of Interpolation
General
Generate Report for Measure Results
Saving Linearized Stress Results
To Save a Report for Linearized Stress
Global Energy Index
Global RMS Stress Index
Global Spatial Evaluation Methods
Graph Display Tab
Graph Function Dialog Box
Graph Abscissa
Graphic Size
Graphs for Hyperelastic Material Definition
Graphtool Window
Grouping for ANSYS
Guidelines and Tips for Using Datum Points
Guidelines for Assigning Mass Properties
Guidelines for Bonding Elements
Guidelines for Entering Polynomial Order
Guidelines for Fitting the Material Model
Guidelines for Meshing Large Assemblies
Guidelines for NASTRAN Deck Import
Guidelines for Prescribed Displacement Constraints
Guidelines for Spatially Varying Loads
Guidelines for Surface-Surface Connections and Interfaces (FEM mode)
Guidelines for Using IEAC Mesh Control
Guidelines for Using Process Guide
Guidelines for Using Relations
Heat Flux
Heat Loads on Internal Surfaces
Heat Transfer Rate Measure
Help Not Available for Selected Menu Item
Hollow Circle
Hollow Ellipse
Hollow Rect
How Loads Transfer to Structure
How Creo Simulate Handles Your Working Model
How Stress Components Relate to Textbook Examples
How Structure Imports Loads from Mechanism Design
Hyperelastic Material
Hyperelastic Material Definition Dialog Box
Hyperelastic Materials in Material Library
I-Beam
Ignore for Excluded Elements
Ignore Heat Flux in Excluded Elements
Improperly Connected Idealizations
Improperly Constrained Springs, Beams, or Shells
Inconsistent Shell Normals
Inertia Relief
Initial Temperature Distribution
Insert Points
Insufficiently Constrained Models
Interface Flux Results Quantity
Interface Types
Interfaces in FEM Mode
Interfaces in Native Mode
Interpolated Over Entity
Invalid Curves for 2D Axisymmetric Models
Invalid Surfaces for 2D Axisymmetric Models
Isolating Elements for IEAC
Isotropic
Iyy, Iyz, Izz
J
L-Section
Label
Limit Polynomial Order for Excluded Element
Limitations for Meshing Large Assemblies
Limitations of Averaging in Results
Linear Isotropic Materials
About the Linearized Stress Report
Calculating the Linearized Stress Value
Load History Options for Fatigue Analysis
Combination Criteria for Load Histories:
Load Interpolation
Load Preview Dialog Box
Total Heat Load Dialog Box
Load Resultant Dialog Box for Structure Loads
Load Scale Factor for Prestress Analyses
Load Sets for Analysis
About Loads, Idealizations and Connections in Static Analysis with Large Deformation
Loading Types for Fatigue Analysis
Local Disp/Energy Index, Local Temp/Energy Index
Local Sensitivity Graph Notes
Local Sensitivity Studies
Local Temperatures and Local and Global Energy Norms
Local Temperatures and Local Energy Norms
Localized Mesh Refinement
Log Scale
Managing Constraints in Process Guide
Managing Loads in Process Guide
Mass Participation Factor Results
Mass of a Supported Part
Masses Based on Components
Masses Based on Components (FEM mode)
Matching Parameters
Material Directions 1, 2, and 3
Material Model for Hyperelastic Material Definition
About the Material or Sub-laminate Menu
Material Property Requirements—Failure Criterion
Max Absolute
Max Aspect Ratio
Max Edge Turn (Degrees)
Maximum
Maximum—Time Evaluation (Thermal Analysis)
Maximum—Time or Frequency Evaluation Method
Maximum Absolute—Time Evaluation (Thermal Analysis)
Maximum Absolute—Time or Frequency Evaluation Method
Maximum and Minimum Shell Values
Maximum Number of Iterations
Maximum Shear Stress (Tresca) Failure Criterion
Maximum Strain Failure Criterion
Maximum Stress Failure Criterion
Measure Convergence
Measure Results Quantity
Measures Dialog Box
Measures Not Calculated for Dynamic Random Analyses
mech_extopt.in File Format
mech_extopt.out File Format
Creo Simulate Fatigue Advisor
Mechanism Load Import Dialog Box
Methods of Simplifying Your Model
Min Frequency, Max Frequency
Minimum
Minimum—Time Evaluation (Thermal Analysis)
Minimum—Time or Frequency Evaluation Method
Minimum and Maximum Angles
Mode Options for Modal and Prestress Modal Analyses
Model Accuracy
Temperature Distribution for Static Analyses
Modified Mohr Failure Criterion
Modify or Delete Existing Elements
Modifying Analyses and Design Studies
Mooney-Rivlin
Move or Delete Existing Points
MSC/NASTRAN
Multi-Pass Adaptive Convergence Method
Multiple Measure Copy Dialog Box
NASTRAN Templates
Navigation Area Task Status
Neo-Hookean
Normalized Tsai-Wu Interaction Term
Note Style Dialog Box
Number of Master Steps
Number of Modes, All Modes in Frequency Range
Object Action
Object Action Shortcut Menus
Omit Unopposed Surfaces
Optimization Studies
Optimizing a Model (Native Mode)
Order of Rotation
Orientation
Orthotropic
Output Format
Output Formats
Output Steps for Thermal Analyses
Output for Structural Analyses
Output Options for Thermal Analyses
Output Steps
P-Level Results Quantity
Pairing Unopposed Surfaces
Paper
Parameter
Parameter-Based Measures—Goal
Parameter-Based Measures—Limit
Parameter-Based Measures—Parameters
Parameter-Capable Edit Fields
Parameter-Capable Edit Fields
Pass or Fail Results — 2D
Pass or Fail Results — 3D
Percent Convergence
Percent Convergence
Permanent and Session-based Configuration Files
Phase Type
Plotting Grid
Plotting Grid
Point Loads, Point Constraints, Point Heat Loads, Point Prescribed Temperatures, Point Convection Conditions
Point–Point Pairs
Poisson's Ratio
Poisson's Ratio — Isotropic
Polynomial Form of order 2
Polynomial Order
Precedence Rules for Interfaces
Precedence Rules for Mesh Controls
Preview for Interpolation
Previous Analysis Options for Buckling Analysis
Previous Analysis Options for Dynamic Analysis
Previous Analysis Options for Fatigue Analysis
Previous Analysis Options for Prestress Analyses
Creo Parametric Parameters as Design Variables
Creo Parametric Parameters as Measures
Problems with Elements
Problems with Loads and Constraints
Problems with Properties
Projected Vector in WCS
Properties According to Mass Type (FEM mode)
Property Type
Quantity—Basic Analyses
Quantity—Dynamic Analyses
Quantity—Thermal Analyses
About the Quantity Option for Measure Definition
Components for Raw and Normalized Stress
Element Stress Error Estimate Quantity
To Define a Stress Error Estimate Quantity
Quantity Notes for Modal and Dynamic Analyses
Radius
Ramp Function
Reaction Results Quantity
Reaction Results Reporting
Reactions at Point Constraints Quantity
Recovery Points for Beam Results
Rectangle
Redefine the Design Study
Reduced Polynomial Form of Order 2
Reentrant Corners
Reference Entities for Weighted Links
Relabel Contour
Relative To
Remove for Interpolation
Required Modeling Entities
Reserved Material Parameters
Restrictions When Specifying Multiple Working Directories
Resultant Measure
Output Steps
Results Relative to Beam Orientation
Results Relative to Coordinate
–results_io_cache_size
Results Relative to Coordinate Systems
Results Relative to Curve Arc Length
Results Relative to Material Orientation
Results Relative to Ply Orientation
Results When Using Automatic Midsurface Connections
Review Beam Section Properties
Reviewing the Results
Rigid Link Icon
RMS
Rotate About
Rotation Acceleration Results Quantity
Acceleration Results Quantity
Rotation Results Quantity
Rotation Velocity Results Quantity
Sample FNF file for External Pressure Load
Sample FNF File for External Temperature
Sample HTML Report Preferences File
Sample mecbatch File
Sample Uses for Prestress and Buckling Analyses
Search Tool
Search Tool Dialog Box
Secondary Quantity Menu
Segmenting a Graph
Select the Solver
Selecting geometry in Results User Interface
Selecting Load Sets and Modes for Optimization Studies
Setting a Current Coordinate System
Shear & Moment Results Quantity
Shear DY, Shear DZ
Shear FY, Shear FZ
Shear Modulus
Shear Ultimate Stress
Shell Contribution
Shell , 2D Plate Element Type, 2D Solid Element Type
Shell Resultant Results Quantity
Shell Thickness
SIM SELECT Menu
Simulation Model
Simulation Geometry Dialog Box
Single-Pass Adaptive Convergence Method
Slippage Indicator Measures
Solid Circle
Solid Ellipse
Solids
Solid-Shell Links
Solving a Model (FEM Mode)
Spatial Evaluation—Structure
Spatial Evaluation—Thermal
Spatial Evaluation Method—Basic and Dynamic Analyses
Spatial Evaluation Method—Thermal Analyses
Spherical UCS
Spin Softening
Spring References
Square
Stability Check
Standard Design Study with Variables
Standard Studies, Dynamic Shock Analyses
Standard Studies: Dynamic Time, Frequency, and Random Analyses
Standard Studies: Static, Large Deformation Static, Contact, Prestress Static, Modal, Prestress Modal, Buckling, Steady-State Thermal, and Transient Thermal Analyses
Steady Thermal Convergence Method
Storing and Retrieving FEA Results
Strain Energy Density Results Quantity
Strain Measures in Large Deformation Static Analysis
Strain Results Quantity
Strategy: After You Run an Optimization Study
Strategy: Defining Optimization Studies
Strategy: Displaying Graphs with Logarithmic Scales
Strategy: Establishing Geometrically-Consistent Node Locations
Strategy: Fixing Convergence Problems
Strategy: Identifying and Resolving Potential Trouble Spots in a Model
Strategy: Improving Convergence
Strategy: Interpreting Beam Resultant Forces and Moments
Strategy: Optimizing a Model
Strategy: Preparing for Optimization Studies
Strategy: Running a Global Sensitivity Study
Strategy: Scaling Results for Centrifugal Loads in a Combined Load Set
Strategy: Specifying Polynomial Order for a Multi-Pass Adaptive Analysis
Strategy: Using Static Analysis with Contacts Effectively
Strategy: Using Convergence Graphs to Review Results
Strategy: Using Design Variables
Strategy: Viewing Optimization Results
Stress Grids
Stress Notes
Stress Results Quantity
Structural Temperature Loads
Structure Constraints and Coordinate Systems
Structure Constraints on Datum Points
Structure Constraints on Geometry
Structure Constraints on Regions
Structure Loads on Geometry
Structure Loads on Points
Structure Loads on Regions
Sum Load Sets
Suppression and Family Tables
Surface-Surface Gaps
Surfaces and Curves Used in Shell Definition
Symmetry Type
Table Force-Deflection Functions beyond the specified Range
Techniques for Establishing Consistent Hierarchical Meshes
Temp Gradient Results Quantity
Temperature Distribution
Temperature Distribution
Temperature Options for Transient Thermal Analysis
Temperature Results Quantity
Tensile Ultimate Stress
Tests for Hyperelastic Material Definition
Thermal Measures
Thermal Strain Results Quantity
Thermal Conductivity as a Function of Temperature
Thermal Values for Isotropic Properties
Thermal Values for Orthotropic Properties
Thermal Values for Transversely Isotropic Properties
Thickness
Time Dependent Convection Condition
Time Evaluation Method—Thermal Analyses
Time or Frequency Evaluation Method—Dynamic Analyses
Time Range
Time Range
Time Range Specification
Time Stamp
Time/Frequency Eval
Time/Frequency Eval Options
Tips for Fringe Displays
To Assign a Creo Simulate Material in Creo Parametric
To Assign Fatigue Properties to Materials
To Auto Detect and Create Contacts
To Control Icon Appearance
To Create a Bonded Interface
To Create a Contact Interface
To Create a Free Interface
To Create a Hyperelastic Material
To Create a Hyperelastic Material Using Tests
To Create a Modal FEM Analysis
To Create a Symbolic Function
To Create a Table Function
To Create a Thermal Resistance Interface
To Create Adiabatic Interfaces
To Create an Interface
To Create an Orientation for Parts, Solids, Volumes
To Create an Orientation for Surfaces
To Create an Output File
To Create Shells
To Customize Annotation Styles
To Define a Beam Resultant Quantity
To Define a Center of Mass Measure
To Define a Contact Pressure Quantity
To Define a Contact Slippage Indicator Quantity
To Define a Contact Tangential Traction Magnitude Quantity
To Define a Contour Results Display
To Define a Deformed Results Display
To Define a Displacement Measure
To Define a Displacement Quantity
To Define a Driven Parameter Measure
To Define a Failure Index Measure
To Define a Failure Index Quantity
To Define a Fatigue Measure
To Define a Fatigue Quantity
To Define a Flux or Temp Gradient Quantity
To Define a Force Measure
To Define a Fringe Results Display
To Define a Graph Results Display
To Define a Heat Flux or Temperature Gradient Measure
To Define a Heat Transfer Rate Measure
To Define an Interface Flux Results Quantity
To Define an Interface Measure for Structural Analysis
To Define a Interface Measure for Thermal Analysis
To Define a Measure Quantity
To Define a Model Results Display
To Define a Moment Measure
To Define a Moment of Inertia Measure
To Define a Phase Measure
To Define a Reaction Quantity
To Define a Reactions at Point Constraints Quantity
To Define a Results Display Location
To Define a Rotation Acceleration Quantity
To Define a Rotation Measure
To Define a Rotation Quantity
To Define a Rotation Velocity Quantity
To Define a Rotational Acceleration Measure
To Define a Rotational Velocity Measure
To Define a Shear & Moment Quantity
To Define a Shell Resultant Quantity
To Define a Strain Energy Density Quantity
To Define a Strain Quantity
To Define a Stress or Strain Measure
To Define a Stress Intensity Factor Measure
To Define a Stress Quantity
To Define a Temperature Measure
To Define a Temperature Quantity
To Define a Thermal Strain Quantity
To Define a Time Measure
To Define a Vectors Results Display
To Define a Velocity Measure
To Define a Velocity Quantity
To Define an Acceleration Measure
To Define an Acceleration Quantity
To Define Convection Condition
To Define Radiation Condition
To Define Structural Temperature Loads
To Define the Load History for a Fatigue Analysis
To Display Run Errors
To Edit a Coordinate System Definition
To Exclude Elements From a Structural Analysis
To Exclude Elements From a Thermal Analysis
To Export Simulation Geometry
To Save a Report for Linearized Stress
To Modify an Offset Coordinate System
To Promote Simulation Features to Creo Parametric
To Review and Save Laminate Layup and Stiffness
To Review the Mesh
To Segment a Graph
To Select Master Steps
To Select Mode Options for a Modal Analysis
To Select Output Options for a Structural Analysis
To Select Output Options for a Steady Thermal Analysis
To Select Output Options for a Transient Thermal Analysis
To Select Temperature Options for a Transient Thermal Analysis
To Select the Iterative Solver
To Set a Current Coordinate System
To Set Icon Visibilities for Loads and Constraints
To Set Icon Visibilities for Modeling Entities
To Set Labels
To Set Simulation Entity Prehighlighting Filters
To Solve a FEM Model Online or in the Background
To Specify a Result Window Quantity
To Specify Result Window Display Options
To Suppress Modeling Entities Through a Family Table
To Use Previous Analysis Results in a Buckling Analysis
To Use Previous Analysis Results in a Fatigue Analysis
To Use Previous Analysis Results in a Prestress Analysis
Tolerance Report
Top and Bottom Shell Location
Total Load
Total Load at Point
Total Bearing Load at Point
Track Specific Mode
Transient Thermal Convergence Method
Translations at Three Points
Transversely Isotropic
Troubleshoot Shape Change Problems
Troubleshooting Constraints
Tsai-Wu Failure Criterion
Tsai Definition for Poisson's Ratios
Types of Measure Results Graphs
UCS-Based Measures
Unconstrained
Understanding Accuracy
Understanding the Instruction Area
Understanding the Navigation Area
Understanding Thermal Boundary Condition Sets
Units According to Model Type and Entity
Units of Modal Frequency Results
Use Modes From Previous Design Study
Use of Function Definitions
Use Static Analysis Results From Previous Design Study
Use Temperatures from Previous Design Study
User-defined Steps
User-defined Steps for Thermal Analyses
Using Global Sensitivity Studies Effectively
Using the Coordinate System Option
Using Heat Transfer Rate Measure
Using Mapkeys
Using Measures More than Once for Optimization Limits
Using Solver Results in the Postprocessor
Validate
Variation in Properties
Varying a Single Variable in a Global Sensitivity Study
Velocity Results Quantity
Warp & Mass Tab
Weighted Link Icon
When a Nonessential Feature Causes Unexpected Model Behavior Changes
When a Nonessential Feature Provides Hidden Benefits
Working in Online and Offline Modes in Creo Simulate
Working with the Laminate Layup Dialog Box
Working with the Process Guide Dialog Box
X Axis and Y Axis Tabs
Y Direction for Gaps
Yeoh
Young's Modulus
Young's Modulus — Isotropic
Orientation for Zero Length Springs in 2D Models
Mechanism Design and Mechanism Dynamics
Mechanism Design and Mechanism Dynamics Overview
About Mechanism Design and Mechanism Dynamics
About Mechanism Design, Mechanism Dynamics, and Design Animation
About the Mechanism User Interface
About the Mechanism Tree
About Displaying Information
Example: Detailed Summary
About Diagnosing Failures in Mechanism
Mechanism Design
Using Mechanism Design Kinematics
Mechanism Design Kinematics Workflow
To Check Your Model
To Add Modeling Entities for Mechanism Design Kinematics
To Prepare for a Position or Kinematic Analysis
To Run a Position or Kinematic Analysis
To Save and View Analysis Results in Mechanism Dynamics
Creating Mechanism Models
To Assemble a Mechanism Model
To Edit a Mechanism Model
To Create a Model for Mechanism Design
Tip: Fixing a Failed Assembly
Mechanism Design Settings
To Define Mechanism Settings
To Define Collision Detection Settings
About Advanced Dragging Options
Connections and Degrees of Freedom
About Predefined Constraint Sets
About Redefining Disconnected Components
About Legacy Slot-Follower Connections
About Degrees of Freedom
To Calculate Degrees of Freedom and Redundancies
About Redundancies
Motion Axis Settings
About Motion Axis Settings
About the Motion Axis Dialog Box
To Specify Motion Axis Settings
About the Regeneration Value
To Set a Regeneration Value
To Set a Range Limit
About Dynamic Properties
To Specify a Friction
About the Coefficient of Restitution
Bodies
About Mechanism Design Bodies
To Redefine a Component as Ground
To Highlight Bodies
Cams
About Cam-Follower Connections
To Create a Cam-Follower Connection
To Define Properties for Cam-Follower Connections
About Cam-Follower Connections with Liftoff
About Cam-Follower Connection Design
About Surfaces for Cam-Follower Connections
About Curves for Cam-Follower Connections
About Depth References for Cam-Follower Connections
To Edit Cam-Follower Connections
Using Cam-Follower Connections in Dragging Operations
To Delete Cam-Follower Connections
Modeling Entities
Gears
About Generic Gear Pairs
About Dynamic Gear Pairs
Types of Dynamic Gear Pair
To Create a Dynamic Gear Pair
To Create a Generic Gear Pair
To Create a Spur Gear Pair
To Create a Bevel Gear Pair
To Create a Worm Gear Pair
To Create a Rack and Pinion Gear Pair
To Define Gear Pair Orientation
To Edit a Gear Pair
Using Gear Pairs in Mechanism Dynamics Analyses
About Measures for Generic and Dynamic Gears
Servo Motors
About Servo Motors
Understanding Geometric Motors
To Define a Motor
To Edit a Motor
To Define a Table Motor Function
To Define a User-Defined Motor Function
About Settings for SCCA Motor Functions
User Defined Expression Definition
To Define a User-Defined Motor Function
About the Expression Graph Dialog Box
About the Functions Dialog Box
About the Operators Dialog Box
About the Variables Dialog Box
About the Constants Dialog Box
Belts and Pulleys
About Belts and Pulleys
About the Belt and Pulley User Interface
To Create a Belt and Pulley System
Analysis
Position Analyses
About Position Analysis
To Create a Position Analysis
To Enter Preferences for Position and Kinematic Analyses
Kinematic Analyses
About Kinematic Analysis
To Create a Kinematic Analysis
Measures, Graphs, and Evaluation Methods
Measures
About Measure Results
To Graph Measure Results
About the Measure Results Dialog Box
About Measures Associated with Model Entities
To Create Measures
Types of Measure
Position, Velocity, and Acceleratioin
About Position, Velocity, and Acceleration Measures
To Create Slot-Follower Impulse Measures
Components
Components for Pin Connection Reaction Measures
Components for Slider Connection Reaction Measures
Components for Cylinder Connection Reaction Measures
Components for Ball Connection Reaction Measures
Components for Planar Connection Reaction Measures
Components for Bearing Connection Reaction Measures
Components for Weld Connection Reaction Measures
Components for 6DOF Connection Reaction Measures
Components for General Connections
Components for Slot-Follower Connection Reaction Measures
Components for Body Angular Velocity, Angular Acceleration, and Center of Mass Measures
Components for Body Centroidal Inertia Measures
Components for Body Orientation Measures
Components for System Linear Momentum, Angular Momentum, and Center of Mass Measures
Components for System Centroidal Inertia Measures
Other Measures
About System Measures
To Create System Measures
About Body Measures
To Create Body Measures
About Separation Measures
To Create Separation Measures
About Cam Measures
About User-Defined Measures
To Create User-Defined Measures
About Quantity for User-Defined Measures
Graphs
About Multiple Graphs
About Graphing
About Segmenting a Graph
About Managing Graphs
About the X Axis and Y Axis Tabs
About the Data Series Tab
About the Graph Display Tab
Evaluation Methods
About Evaluation Methods
About the At Time Evaluation Method
About the Integral Evaluation Method
Example: Evaluation Methods
Trace Curves
About Trace Curves
About the Trace Curve Dialog Box
To Create a Trace Curve
To Edit 3D Trace Curves
Using Analysis Results
Playback
About Playback
About the Playbacks Dialog Box
To Play a Result Set
To Track a Measure During Playback
About the Movie Schedule
About Display Arrows
About Measures Available for Display Arrows
About Input Loads Available for Display Arrows
To Save a Result Set to a File
To Restore a Saved Result Set File
About the Animate Dialog Box
About the Capture Dialog Box
To Capture a Playback Result Set
To Create a Motion Envelope
About the Create Motion Envelope Dialog Box
To Remove a Playback Result Set
To Export a Playback Result Set
Mechanism Dynamics
Using Mechanism Dynamics
To Create a Model for Mechanism Dynamics
Mechanism Dynamics Workflow
To Add Modeling Entities for Mechanism Dynamics
To Use Servo Motors in Mechanism Dynamics
To Prepare for Analyses in Mechanism Dynamics
To Run Analyses in Mechanism Dynamics
Initial Conditions
About Initial Conditions
About the Initial Condition Definition Dialog Box
To Create an Initial Condition
To Edit an Initial Condition
To Create an Initial Condition from a Playback
To Specify the Velocity Vector Direction
Tip: Using Initial Conditions
About Incompatible Initial Conditions
About Validation Checks for Initial Conditions
To Set a Motion Axis Position for Initial Conditions Using the Drag Dialog Box
Termination Conditions
About Termination Conditions
To Create a Termination Condition
Example: Using a Termination Condition
Guidelines for Creating Termination Conditions
Mass Properties
About Mass Properties
About the Mass Properties Dialog Box
To Specify Mass Properties of a Part
To Specify Mass Properties of an Assembly
About Inertia
3D Contact
About the 3D Contact User Interface
About 3D Contact
To Create a 3D Contact
Modeling Entities
Force Motors
About Force Motors
Forces and Torques
About Force and Torque
To Create a Force or a Torque
To Edit a Force or a Torque
Gravity
About Gravity
About the Gravity Dialog Box
To Define or Edit Gravity
To Remove Gravity
About Cam-Follower Friction
Springs and Dampers
About Springs
About the Spring User Interface
To Create a Spring
To Edit a Spring
About Dampers
About the Dampers User Interface
To Create a Damper
To Edit a Damper
To Display Springs and Dampers in the Assembly Model Tree
Bushing Loads
About Bushing Loads
To Create a Bushing Load
Custom Loads
About Custom Loads
About Custom Load Functions
About Functions and Their Argument Values
Guidelines for Creating a Custom Load Application
Guidelines for Using a Custom Load Application
Analyses
About Analyses
About the Analysis Definition Dialog Box
To Run an Analysis
Tip: Running an Analysis
About Locked Entities for Analyses
To Copy an Analysis
To Delete an Analysis
To Edit an Analysis Definition
To Specify Motors for an Analysis
To Specify External Loads for an Analysis
To Enable All Friction
To Enable Gravity
To Enter External Load Information
To Enter Motor Information
About Validation Checks for Analyses
To Save and View Position or Kinematic Analysis Results
Dynamic Analyses
About Dynamic Analysis
To Create a Dynamic Analysis
To Define Preferences for Dynamic Analysis
To Enter Preferences for Dynamic Analyses
Force Balance Analysis
About Force Balance Analysis
To Create a Force Balance Analysis
To Define Preferences for Force Balance Analysis
To Enter Preferences for a Force Balance Analysis
Static Analysis
About Static Analysis
To Create a Static Analysis
To Enter Preferences for Static Analyses
Examples: Static Analysis
Measures
About Connection Reaction Measures
To Create Connection Reaction Measures
To Create Connection Reaction Measures with a Specific CSYS
Other Measures
About Net Load Measures
About Comparing Net Load and Connection Reaction Measures
To Create Net Load Measures
About Loadcell Reaction Measures
To Create Loadcell Reaction Measures
To Create Loadcell Locks
About Impact Measures
To Create Impact Measures
About Impulse Measures
To Create Motion Axis Impulse Measures
To Create Cam-Follower Impulse Measures
About the Slip Component for Cam-Follower Connections
To Create Cam Measures
To Create Cam-Follower Connection Reaction Measures
To Create Position, Velocity, or Acceleration Measures
Load Transfer to PTC Creo Simulate
About Load Transfer to Creo Simulate Structure Mode
About the Load Export Dialog Box
About the Load Information List
Guidelines for Exporting Loads to Creo Simulate Structure Mode
How Loads Transfer to Creo Simulate Structure Mode
To Export Loads to Creo Simulate Structure Mode
Example: Load Transfer for a Cam Assembly
Glossary
Glossary for Mechanism Design
Design Animation
Design Animation Overview
Design Animation
About Design Animation
About Animation
About the Animation User Interface
Creating an Animation
To Define an Animation
Setting Up a Snapshot Animation
Setting Up an Explode Animation
Running an Animation
To Edit an Animation
Defining Bodies
About Bodies
To Create a Body
About the Body Definition Dialog Box
Creating Key Frame Sequences
About Key Frame Sequences
About the Key Frame Sequence Dialog Box
To Define a Key Frame Sequence
To Control Bodies in a Key Frame Sequence
About Managing Key Frame Sequences
About the Bodies Tab on the Key Frame Sequence Dialog Box
About the Sequence Tab on the Key Frame Sequence Dialog Box
About the KFS Instance Dialog box
Example: Reference Body
Creating Servo Motors
About Servo Motors
To Create a Servo Motor
To Manage Servo Motors
About Geometric Servo Motors
To Define a Table Motor Function
To Create a User-Defined Motor Function
Example: Types of Motor Profile
About SCCA Servo Motor Functions
About Graphing
About Segmenting a Graph
About Managing Graphs
About the X Axis and Y Axis Tabs
About the Data Series Tab
About the Graph Display Tab
To Include a Servo Motor in an Animation
To Define Servo Motor Timing
About Motion Axis Settings
To Set Motion Axis Settings
About Defining Motion Zero References
Locking Bodies
About Locking Bodies
To Lock Bodies
Defining Connection Status
About Connection Status
To Define Connection Status
About Connection Icons
Defining Events
About Events
To Define an Event
Including Subanimations
About Subanimations
About the Subanimation Dialog Box
Running and Playing Back the Animation
About Playback
To Play Back an Animation
About the Animate Toolbar
About the Capture Dialog Box
About the Create Motion Envelope Dialog Box
Defining the Time Domain
About Time Domains
To Set a Time Domain
About Types of Time Domain
Defining Views
About the View @ Time Dialog Box
To Define Views for an Animation
Defining Display Styles
About the Style @ Time Dialog Box
To Define a Display Style for an Animation
Defining Settings
About Animation Settings
To Define Animation Settings
Defining Transparency
About Transparency at Time
About the Transparency at Time Dialog Box
To Define Transparencies for an Animation
About the Interpolation Dialog Box
Design Animation Timeline
About the Animation Timeline
Changing the Timeline Display
Glossary
Glossary for Design Animation
Creo Flow Analysis
Getting Started with Creo Flow Analysis
Workflow in CFA
Interface for Creo Flow Analysis
Preprocessing
Fluid Domain Extraction
Meshing
Defining Physics
Defining Physics
Flow
Flow—Introduction
Definitions
Physics
Flow Models
Conditions
Conditions
Material Property
Boundary Conditions
Resistance Model
Noninertial Frame
Source
Initial Condition and State
Output Variables
Turbulence
Turbulence—Introduction
Definitions
Physics
Physics
Wall Physics
Turbulence Models
Conditions
Conditions
Turbulent Viscosity
Boundary Conditions
Source
Initial Condition and State
Output Variables
Heat
Heat—Introduction
Definitions
Physics
Physics
Heat Models
Conditions
Conditions
Material Properties
Boundary Conditions
Interface Conditions
Source
Initial Condition and State
Output Variables
Multiphase
Multiphase—Introduction
Definitions
Physics
Eulerian Models and Governing Equations
Special Considerations of Volume of Fluid (VOF) Model
Numerical Considerations
Conditions
Material Property
Boundary Conditions
Initial Condition and State
Output Variables
Cavitation
Cavitation—Introduction
Definitions
Physics
Governing Equations
Theory of Cavitation Models
Cavitation Models
Modeling of Cavitation Boundaries
Conditions
Material Property
Boundary Conditions
Initial Condition and State
Output Variables
Common
Common—Introduction
Definitions
Conditions
Numerics and Convergence
Numerics
Convergence
Performing the Simulation
Post-processing
Creo Topology Optimization
Topology Optimization Introduction
Topology Optimization Introduction
Workflow for Topology Optimization
About the Topology Optimization User Interface
Licenses for Topology Optimization
Video and Tutorial for Topology Optimization
Additional Resources
Configuring Topology Optimization
About Configuration Options for Topology Optimization
Configuration Options for Topology Optimization
Model Setup
About Setting Up the Model—Topology Optimization
Loads
About Loads in Topology Optimization
To Define Force and Moment Loads—Topology Optimization
To Define Pressure Loads—Topology Optimization
To Define Gravity Loads—Topology Optimization
To Define Centrifugal Loads—Topology Optimization
To Define Temperature Loads—Topology Optimization
To Define Heat Loads—Topology Optimization
Constraints
About Constraints in Topology Optimization
To Define Displacement Constraints—Topology Optimization
To Define Planar Constraints—Topology Optimization
To Define Pin Constraints—Topology Optimization
To Define Ball Constraints—Topology Optimization
To Define Prescribed Temperatures—Topology Optimization
To Define Convection Conditions—Topology Optimization
Surface Regions
About Surface Regions in Topology Optimization
To Create Surface Regions—Topology Optimization
Volume Regions
About Volume Regions in Topology Optimization
To Create Volume Regions—Topology Optimization
Materials
To Create a Material—Topology Optimization
To Assign a Material—Topology Optimization
Optimization Setup
About Setting Up the Optimization
Analyses
About Analyses in Topology Optimization
To Create a Structural Analysis
To Create a Modal Analysis
To Create a Thermal Analysis
Mode Tracking (MODTRK)
Topology Regions
About Topology Regions
To Define a Topology Region
Fabrication Constraints
Initial Mass Fraction (INIT)
Power Rule—the Relationship between Design Variables and Material Properties
Design Objectives
About Design Objectives
To Create a Mass Fraction Design Objective
To Create a System Inertia Design Objective
To Create a Strain Energy Design Objective
To Create a Displacement Design Objective
To Create a Reaction Force Design Objective
To Create a Stress Design Objective
To Create a Strain Design Objective
To Create a Grid Stress Design Objective
To Create a Frequency Design Objective
To Create a Temperature Design Objective
To Create a Heat Transfer Compliance Design Objective
Design Constraints
About Design Constraints
To Create a Mass Fraction Design Constraint
To Create a System Inertia Design Constraint
To Create a Strain Energy Design Constraint
To Create a Displacement Design Constraint
To Create a Reaction Force Design Constraint
To Create a Stress Design Constraint
To Create a Strain Design Constraint
To Create a Grid Stress Design Constraint
To Create a Frequency Design Constraint
To Create a Temperature Design Constraint
To Create a Heat Transfer Compliance Design Constraint
Mesh
About Mesh in Topology Optimization
Mesh Controls
About Mesh Controls—Topology Optimization
Maximum Element Size—Topology Optimization
Minimum Element Size—Topology Optimization
Hard Points—Topology Optimization
Hard Curves—Topology Optimization
Hard Surface—Topology Optimization
Edge Distribution—Topology Optimization
Displacement Coordinate System—Topology Optimization
Mapped Mesh—Topology Optimization
Mesh Numbering—Topology Optimization
Diagnostics for a FEM Mesh—Topology Optimization
Improving a FEM Mesh—Topology Optimization
Checking a FEM Mesh—Topology Optimization
Reviewing a FEM Mesh—Topology Optimization
Erasing a FEM Mesh—Topology Optimization
Saving a FEM Mesh—Topology Optimization
Retrieving a FEM Mesh—Topology Optimization
Optimization Study
About Optimization Studies
To Set Up an Optimization Study
To Run an Optimization Study
Move Limits for Topology Design
Topology/Design Index Method (TINDEXM/DINDEXM)
Constraint Screening (DSCREEN)
Results
About Exploring Topology Optimization Results
To Select a Response to Explore
About Exploring Topology Element Density
To Explore a Topology Element Density Isosurface
To Explore the Color Mesh
About Exploring Deformation
To Explore Deformation
To Hide Elements Excluded from the Optimization
To Explore Cross Sections
Construct Optimized Geometry
About Constructing Optimized Geometry
To Construct a Tessellated Model from the Optimization Study Results
To Construct a Full Geometry Model from the Optimization Study Results
Propagate Geometry
About Propagating Geometry Changes
To Propagate Geometry Changes
Examples
About the Creo Topology Optimization Examples
Downloading Models for the Examples
To Work with the Creo Topology Optimization Examples
Example 1: Topology Design of a Bracket
Example 2: Topology Design of a Circular Plate
Example 3: Topology Design with Displacement Constraints
Example 4: Topology Design with Stress Constraints
Example 5: Topology Design to Maximize Modal Frequency
Example 6: Topology Design to Maximize Heat Conduction
Example 7: Topology Design of a Compliant Mechanism
Example 8: Topology Design with Casting Fabrication Constraints
Example 9: Topology Design with Radial Extrusion Fabrication Constraints
Example 10: Topology Design with Frequency Constraints
Glossary
Glossary
Language Support
Language Support
Using Language Support
About Language Support
About Localization Provided by PTC
Configuring Creo Applications for Language Support
About Configuration Options for Language Support
To Set Configuration Options for Language Support
Configuration Options for Language Support
Setting the Language Environment Variable
About Setting the LANG and Pro_LANG Environment Variables
About Locales
To Set the Language Environment Variable on Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10
Detecting a Value for LANG or PRO_LANG
LANG and PRO_LANG Environment Variables
Running a Localized Application on an English System
About Running a Localized Application on an English System
Working with a Multibyte Language
About Multibyte File Types and Character Support
About Switching Input Mode for Asian Languages
Working with Multilingual Drawings
About Creating, Viewing, and Editing Multilingual Drawings in Creo Parametric
To Create Multilingual Drawings in Creo Parametric
Other Modules
Other Modules
Using Legacy
About Legacy
To Enter Legacy
To Finish a Legacy Session
Configuring Legacy
About Configuring Legacy
To Set Legacy Configuration Options
Configurations Options for Legacy
Working with Parts
About Legacy Part Mode
To Enter Legacy Part Mode to Work with an Existing Part
To Enter Legacy Part Mode to Create a Part
Interface Functions in Legacy Part Mode
About Adding New Features
Legacy Part Modeling Functions
Creating New Wireframe Entities
To Add a New Entity to a Wireframe
To Create Wireframe Entities by Sketching
Using the Get Point Menu
To Set the Origin
To Create a Copy of a Wireframe Entity by Offsetting
To Add a Fillet Between Two Wireframe Entities
To Create a Wireframe Entity by Connecting Points
Modifying Existing Wireframe Entities
About Modifying Existing Wireframe Entities
To Trim or Extend a Wireframe Entity
To Split a Wireframe Entity
To Translate Wireframe Entities
To Rotate Wireframe Entities
To Mirror Wireframe Entities
To Modify the Diameter of Wireframe Entities
To Delete a Wireframe Entity
Modifying Spline Points
About Modifying Spline Points
To Add a Point to a Spline
To Add an Endpoint at a Selected Datum Point or Vertex
To Add an Endpoint on a Second Curve or Edge
Example: Using In Osc Plane to Add an Endpoint on a Second Curve
To Decrease the Number of Spline Points by Deleting One or More Points
To Move an Endpoint to a Second Curve or Edge
Example: Using 2nd Crv/Edge to Move an Endpoint to a Second Curve
To Move an Endpoint to a Selected Datum Point or Vertex
To Move an Interpolation Point in a Specified Plane
To Make a Spline Tangent to a Reference
Example: Making a Spline Tangent to a Curve Using the Crv/Edge/Axis Option
Working with Imported Surfaces
To Remove Selected Imported Surfaces
Removing Imported Surfaces
To Restore Selected Imported Surfaces
Working with Assemblies
About Working with Assemblies in Legacy
To Enter Legacy Assembly Mode to Work with an Existing Assembly
To Enter Legacy Assembly Mode to Create an Assembly
To Import an Assembly from Another System
To Output the Current Assembly to Another System
To Remove Surfaces
Manipulating Imported Objects
Working with Drawings
About Working with Drawings in Legacy
To Enter Legacy Drawing Mode to Work with an Existing Drawing
To Enter Legacy Drawing Mode to Create a Drawing
To Add or Replace a Format in an Existing Drawing
About Using the Grid
To Move the Origin of the Grid
About Using Sheets in a Legacy Drawing
To Obtain Information About Your Legacy Drawing
To Import a Drawing from Another System
To Export a Drawing to Another System
To Plot a Drawing
Using Layers
About Using Overlays
Setting Up Drawing Setup File Options
Working with 2D Views
About Working with 2D Views
To Create a 2D View
To Change the View Scale
To Set a Current View
To Associate Items with a View
To Move a View
To Delete a 2D View
To Reset the Border
Working with 2D Geometry
About 2D Geometry
To Create a Construction Line
To Create a Construction Circle
To Create a Spline and Specify Tangency
To Create a Point
To Offset an Entity
To Delete Entities
Creating Ellipses
About Creating Ellipses
To Create an Ellipse Using Ctr/Pnt/Ang
To Create an Ellipse Using Ctr/Pnt/Pnt
To Create an Ellipse Using Pnt/Pnt/Ang
To Create an Ellipse Using 3 Points
Creating Chamfers
About Creating Chamfers
To Create a Chamfer Using 45 x d
To Create a Chamfer Using Ang x d
To Create a Chamfer Using d x d
To Create a Chamfer Using d1 x d2
Working with Dimensions
About Dimensions
To Create a Dimension
To Align a Dimension with Any Point on the Screen
To Create Ordinate Dimensions
Adding Text to a Dimension
To Change an Ordinate Dimension into Standard
To Change the Direction of Dimension Arrows
Changing Arrow Style
About Changing the Tolerance Format
To Change a Dimension Symbol
To Modify a Dimension Value
About Modifying the Number of Digits
To Control the Placement of Dual Dimensions (Primary and Secondary)
To Convert a Standard Dimension to Ordinate
Updating Draft Dimensions
Creating Gaps in Lines
Increasing the Gap between a Dimension Line and Geometry
Adding a Jog
Sketching Lines
About Sketching Lines
To Create a Line Using 2 Points
To Create a Line Using Horiz Line
To Create a Line Using Vert Line
To Create a Line Using Angle
To Create a Line Using Pnt/Tang
To Create a Line Using Parl Line
To Create a Line Using Perp Line
To Create a Line Using Norm At Point
To Create a Line Using Tang Line
To Create a Line Using 2 Tang Line
To Create a Line Using Ref Tan/Para
To Create a Line Using Ref Tan/Norm
Sketching Circles
To Create a Circle Using Center/Pnt
To Create a Circle Using Center/Tang
To Create a Circle Using Center/Rad
To Create a Circle Using Center/Dia
To Create a Circle Using 3 Tangent
To Create a Circle Using Fillet
To Create a Circle Using 3 Points
Sketching Arcs
To Create an Arc Using Tang End
To Create an Arc Using 3 Points
To Create an Arc Using Center and Ends
To Create an Arc Using Pnt/Ctr/Ang
To Create an Arc Using 3 Tangent
To Create an Arc Using Fillet
Working with Cross-Sections
About Cross-Sections
To Create a Hatched Cross-Section
To Create a Filled Cross-Section
To Modify the Cross-Hatching Pattern
To Modify the Spacing
To Modify the Angle of Hatching
To Modify the Line Style
To Modify the Offset of a Parallel Line Pattern
To Add a Line to a Pattern
To Delete a Line
To Save a Cross-Hatch Pattern
To Retrieve a Pattern
Modifying Geometry
About Modifying Geometry
To Translate Entities
To Rotate Entities
To Create Copies by Translating
To Create Copies by Rotating
To Mirror Entities
To Trim or Extend an Entity by a Specified Amount
About Trimming Entities to a Specified Bounding Entity or Point
To Trim or Extend an Entity to a Specified Bounding Entity or Point
To Trim or Extend an Entity to a Specified Length
To Trim or Extend to Make a Corner
To Intersect Geometry
About Stretching Entities
To Stretch Entities
To Divide an Entity
To Resize an Entity
About Using Groups
To Measure the Distance Between Two Entities
To Measure the Angle Between Two Lines
To Move Geometry
To Delete Geometry in Legacy
To Modify the Diameter of an Arc or Circle
To Change Line Style
Modifying Splines
To Move a Point
To Modify a Spline by Adding Points
To Delete a Point from a Spline
To Modify a Spline Using Control Poly
Modifying the Shape of a Spline
To Decrease the Number of Spline Points with a Deviation Value
To Smooth a Spline in Legacy
Working with Text in Drawings
About Text in Drawings
To Add a Note with a Leader to a Drawing
To Add a Note without a Leader
To Enter Notes
Working with Geometric Tolerances
About Geometric Tolerances
To Set a Reference Datum
Tip: Setting a Reference Datum
To Transform Dimensions into Basic Dimensions
To Set Inspection Dimensions According to the DIN Standard
To Add a Gtol to a Legacy Drawing
Specifying Geometric Tolerances
To Delete a Geometric Tolerance
To Create a Datum Target
Working with Symbols
About User Symbols
To Define a Symbol
Tip: To Redefine a Symbol
To Add An Instance
To Delete an Instance
To Modify an Instance
To Add a Surface Finish Symbol
Adding Surface Finish Symbols
To Create a Datum Plane
To Create and Name a Datum Axis
To Add a Balloon Note
Adding Balloons
Working with Details
About Details
To Move a Dimension, Unattached Note, or Symbol
To Move Dimension Text
To Move An Attachment Point
To Re-Attach a Symbol with Multiple Attachments
To Re-Attach a Symbol with a Single Attachment
To Add Another Leader Line to a Detail Item
To Delete a Group
Index
Welcome to the Creo Parametric 5.0.6.0 Online Help
To Use the F1 Key for Context-Sensitive Help
Viewing Tooltips During Installation
Modelcheck Reports Are Modernized
Creo Tutorials
Push Results to PTC Creo Parametric
Fundamentals
Editing a Design to Correct an Error
Model-Based Definition
Glossary
Design Exploration
Glossary for Design Exploration
Data Management
Conflicts in Pro/INTRALINK
Layout
To Export a Layout to Other Formats
Part Modeling
Example: Intersection of Non-Adjacent Surfaces
Data Exchange
To Reuse an Existing TIM Model for the Design Changes
Rendering
Glossary for Render Studio
Surfacing
Glossary
Detailed Drawings
The Edit Program Menu
Assembly Design
Troubleshooting the Analysis Agent Process
Welding Design
To Insert a Symbol Instance into a Drawing
Advanced Framework Design
To Configure Automatically–Created Drawings
Electrical Design
Glossary for ECAD
Piping Overview
Glossary for Piping
Mold Design and Casting
X-Y Plot Results
Manufacturing
Glossary for Additive Manufacturing
Simulation
Glossary
Sheetmetal
Glossary for Creo NC Sheetmetal
Model Analysis
Glossary for Manikin
Language Support
To Create Multilingual Drawings in Creo Parametric
Other Modules
To Delete a Group